PF 3109 
.R4 
Copy 1 



S LIBRARY OF CONGRESS. | 

N ■ M 






5fa. -?4- 

ess v 

y i_ 

6 UNITED STATES OF AMERICA. 8| 



EVERY ENGLISHMAN 

HIS 

OWN GERMAN MASTER; 

OR. 

THE SHORTEST AND EASIEST 

INTRODUCTION 

TO A 

THEORETICAL AND PRACTICAL KNOWLEDGE 

OF THE 

GERMAN LANGUAGE. 

By J. S. EEISENDER, Ph.D. 



J^ccontt (Station, 

REVISED, CORRECTED, ENLARGED AND IMPRO ED 




LONDON : 
DULAU AND CO., 37, SOHO SQUARE. 

1844. 



1\« 



LONDON : 

PRINTED BY JOHN WERTHEIMER AND CO., 

CIRCUS PLACE, FINSBORY CIRCUS. 



'C*£3 



PREFACE TO THE FIRST EDITION. 



I think it unnecessary to use any arguments to 
induce the study of the German language, and I 
have no apology to offer for this Introduction to 
it. If my performance possess any merit, those in 
whose hands it proves useful will owe me their 
thanks; and if it be destitute of merit, an apology 
from me cannot secure it the approbation of an 
enlightened public. 

My object in publishing it is to facilitate the 
acquisition of a theoretical and practical know- 
ledge of the most original living language of Eu- 
rope. With this object in view, I have carefully 
avoided introducing any thing likely to perplex or 
mislead beginners, and as anxiously inserted every 
thing which to me appeared necessary to furnish 
a key that will, in a short time, enable them to 
cultivate the language and literature of Germany, 
without any other assistance but occasional reference 
to a dictionary. 

This work has sound principles for its basis, and 
pupils are directed to study these according to the 
rules of grammar, as the only sure,, and at the same 
time the shortest, method of attaining any language 
to perfection. 



IV PREFACE. 

From the first chapter it will be seen that g, 
written sz in almost all German grammars for 
foreigners is double 5; and I would observe (not 
invidiously) that those authors who have disfigured 
their works with the erroneous character of sz, do 
not appear to have understood the alphabet of the 
German language. 

In the same chapter students will find the true 
powers and sounds of all the characters of the 
alphabet, with the exception of 6 and ii, and the 
guttural peculiarities of d) and g, which can only 
be acquired by imitating the pronunciation of a 
competent master. 

The second chapter will give them a clear and 
correct idea of the declension and plural number 
of substantives. The articles and the examples 
of substantives of the different declensions in this 
chapter ought to be committed to memory, and 
before students proceed to the chapter on adjec- 
tives, they should decline the vocabulary of sub- 
stantives which begins at the eighty-sixth page. By 
this means they will indelibly fix in their minds the 
declensions of substantives and their genders. 

In going over the third and fourth chapters, rule 
and example ought invariably to be committed to 
memory, and when a knowledge of the declensions 
has, been acquired, pupils should learn the vocabu- 
lary of adjectives, on the ninety-ninth page, and 
decline them with substantives, according to the 
rules given in the chapter on adjectives. 



PREFACE. V 

The conjugations of verbs ought to be committed 
to memory, and afterwards the vocabulary of verbs, 
beginning at the hundredth page, and in the next 
place, the table of irregular verbs, which, by means 
of the numbers prefixed, may be arranged in five or 
six classes. 

By pursuing this course students may make more 
solid progress in a few weeks than they could in as 
many months according to some other methods of 
studying German. 

The sixth chapter is intended to give students 
correct ideas of the nature and formation of German 
verbs and substantives ; and to this their attention 
should be directed as soon as they are well acquainted 
with the preceding chapters. Near the commence- 
ment of this chapter they will find the imperative 
mood, of different verbs, in the second person sin- 
gular. This, they may remember, is the simplest 
form of the verb, in all the languages with which 
Europeans are acquainted, and the radical mono- 
syllable from which the several moods, tenses and 
persons of all verbs are formed. For this reason I 
have only given the second person in the imperative 
mood ; and for the same reason the imperative mood 
of every verb in the table of irregular German 
verbs, with the sole exception of fatten, fcfyreien, fein, 
fpetert, and tfyun, may end in a consonant. 

The first four chapters of the second part con- 
tain a theoretical and practical exposition of the 
principles of construction, government, and collo- 



VI PREFACE. 

cation. In this part, students should commit to 
memory the principal rules and the examples which 
illustrate them, and then the adverbs and adverbial 
phrases, commencing at the hundred and second page. 

In addition to what has already been mentioned, 
this work contains easy dialogues, illustrative of the 
peculiarities of many German words and expressions 
of frequent occurrence ; a series of familiar phrases 
in which the various significations of adverbs, pre- 
positions, and conjunctions are fully explained in 
alphabetical order ; idiomatical phraseology ; select 
anecdotes and other pieces, forming a progressive 
series of reading lessons, introductory to the works 
of the German prose writers ; the principles of ver- 
sification, properly illustrated, with extracts from 
celebrated German poets. 

Finally, to make this work as complete as its 
limits would allow, an engraved alphabet has been 
added, and a specimen of writing in the German 
character. 



London, June 1835. 



PREFACE TO THE SECOND EDITION, 



Among other favourable notices of the first edition of 
" Every Englishman his own German Master," ap- 
peared the following opinions of the Press : — 

" This Grammar, which is illustrated by numerous exam- 
ples and dialogues, will be a valuable addition to the German 
Student's library." — Literary Gazette. 

" A practical introduction to the German language ; it 
will be found useful by students who endeavour to teach 
themselves, or who have received only limited instructions 
from a tutor." — Athenceum. 

" The present Grammar appears to us to be on a good 
plan, and is throughout simple and perspicuous." — Dublin 
Evening Post. 

" This is a most excellent introduction to the study of a 
rich, redundant, and an original language." — Morning 
A dvertiser. 

" The object of the author is to enable every Englishman 
to become his own German master, with no other aid than 
that of a Dictionary. The rules he lays down are so simple, 
that the student, with a small share of application, will have 
little difficulty in acquiring at least the rudiments of the 
language, which is essential to proficiency." — Sunday Times. 

" As far as it could be effected to enable an Englishman 
to become his own teacher in the German language, the 
work before us, which we have examined throughout, sup- 
plies the means .... An Englishman of ordinary capacity 
will be able, after a careful study of this small volume, to 
read any book in German with ease and satisfaction, by very 
moderate assistance from a Dictionary. 5 ' — True Sun. 



VIII PREFACE. 

The first gentleman who used this work with the 
author, far exceeded his most sanguine expectations 
in the progress which he made in the course of a few 
hours of oral instruction, according to, and in appli- 
cation of the rules and directions given in this Intro- 
duction. That gentleman had used other grammars, 
and tried different masters, but all to little or no benefi- 
cial purpose, before he purchased this work, and applied 
to its author for instruction in the German language. 

The following is a copy of his letter to the pub- 
lisher of the first edition : — 

" Mr. Shaw cannot leave England without expressing to 
Mr. Richter his satisfaction at the success of the introduc- 
tion which Mr. Richter was kind enough to give him to 
Mr. Reisender, for the purpose of acquiring some familiarity 
with the German language. Mr. Shaw has great pleasure 
in doing justice to Mr. Reisender's system of instruction, 
by stating, that after having been foiled in the attempt to 
acquire a competent knowledge of German upon another 
plan, he has completely succeeded, by the study of Mr. 
Reisender's Grammar, and the assistance of his remarks, 
in attaining within a very short period a considerable pro- 
ficiency in expression and composition in the above language. 

" London, July 25, 1835. 

" P. S. Should any communication with Mr. Shaw be pos- 
sibly of service to Mr. Reisender, he will be very happy 
to give any information in answer to letters directed to him 
at St. John's College, Cambridge." 

On the author's return from the continent, after 
he had graduated, in 3 838, the same gentleman, who 
had also spent some time in Prussia and Baden, 



PREFACE. IX 

writes as follows, in reference to this work and its 
author's method of instruction : — 

" Dear Sir, — It is extremely gratifying to me to have 
this opportunity of acknowledging the speed and facility 
with which your system of instruction prepared me for the 
acquirement of the German language ; nor can I better 
discharge the very agreeable duty of adding my testimony 
to the merits of your method, developed as well in your 
printed Introduction to the study of the language as in your 
oral instruction, than by stating the fact, that after attend- 
ing a small number of your lessons, still more curtailed by 
my being pressed for time, I found, on my arrival in 
Prussia and Baden, where I spent some time, that I pos- 
sessed most marked advantages in the acquisition of Ger- 
man, both spoken and written, over other foreigners, many 
of whom had been engaged in preparing themselves by a 
longer and much more laborious course than I had em- 
ployed. 

" These advantages I attribute entirely to the extreme 
simplicity and intelligibility of your method. Believe me, 
yours very faithfully and obliged, 

" Thomas B. Shaw, B.A., 

" Late of St. John's Coll., Cambridge. 
" London, Aug. 24, 1838. 

"Dr. Reisender." 

The testimony of many other gentlemen and ladies 
of learning and distinction, who have had the benefit 
of the author's instruction, might be added to the 
above, in terms equally gratifying and encouraging, 
if the insertion, of their letters were not incompatible 
with the brevity prescribed by the limits of a preface. 

This edition has been carefully revised and cor- 
rected throughout; it has also been enlarged and 



X PREFACE. 

improved, and, in taking it through the press, no 
pains have been spared to present it to the public 
free from errors. 

Teachers using this book, and persons endeavouring 
to acquire a knowledge of the German language 
without the assistance of a tutor, will find the instruc- 
tions given in the Preface to the First Edition, suffi- 
cient for their general guidance. 

The Author. 

London. Dec. 25, 1843. 



TABLE OF CONTENTS. 



FIRST PART. 

Pages, 
Alphabet and Pronunciation 1 — 7 

Declension of the Articles, &c 7 — 8 

Declension and Plural of Substantives 9 — 18 

Declension &c- of Adjectives 19 — 25 

Pronouns 26 — 3 

Verbs and their Conjugation 31 — 38 

Table of Irregular Verbs 39— 50 

Nature and Formation of Verbs and Substantives 51 — 69 



SECOND PART. 

Syntax or Construction, generally 70 — 72 

Government of Verbs 73 — 77 

Government of Prepositions 7 8 — 80 

Collocation 81— 85 

Vocabulary of Substantives 86 — 98 

Vocabulary of Adjectives 99 

List of Verbs 1 00—102 

Adverbs and Adverbial Phrases 103 — 106 

Familiar Dialogues 107 — 125 

Adverbs, Prepositions, and Conjunctions illustrated in 

Alphabetical Order . 126—146 

Idiomatical Phraseology 147 — 157 

Series of Anecdotes, &c forming progressive Reading 

Lessons 158 — 184 

Principles of Versification 185 — 196 

Select Pieces of Poetry 1 97— 208 



CAPITAL LETTERS. 

#_^. d r, yy £^ jlj? 

A B C D E v3 Y 



•OlM 4.3t *£.<£. 




L M 



SI O / P / Q B. S . 

T U V "W X //?* 




SMALL LETTERS. 



Ah/, 
3. 



, 



i e / f 



y 





1 



A . I ; -444< A-V, /V , Y\ 

~k 1 m n o // p 



A 1 , 
r 



I , 



/ 









UMLAUTE 


OR MODIFIED VOWELS. 


Ae 


°cS V , Vis A<V, 
e U e 


DOUBLE CONSONANTS. 




/SS /Si /SS 







TME ,V;i.,ir'iliA:BKT EXEMFUFttB. 

the lords prayer 
from luther's translation of the bible 



Oh - 0/9 y 




INTRODUCTION 

TO THE 

German' language 

FIRST PART. 



CHAPTER I. 

OF THE ALPHABET. 

1. The German alphabet consists of the following- single 
and double characters : — 



Characters. 


Sounds. 


Powers, i 


Characters. 


Sounds. 


Powers 


2T a i 


ah 


a 


9 P 






% a 1 
lit a J 


a 


ae 


rz/j (jeu, vceu 
pa 


) ce 
P 


S3 b 


ba 


b 


tf 


pa ef 


Pf 


e c 


tsa 


c 


P*> 


pa hah 


ph 


d) 


tsa hah 


ch 


£1 q 


coo 


q 


<f 


tsa kah 


ck 


fft X 


err 


r 


© b 


da 


d 


© f 6 


ess 


s 


£ e 


eh 


e 


©*f* 


ess tsa hah 


sch 


8 f 


ef 


f 


ff? 


ess ess 


ss 


ff 


efef 


ff 


fl 


ess ta 


St 


© 9 


gha 


g 


a t 


ta 


t 


£ 6 


hah 


h 


SS& fy 


ta hah 


th 


3 i 


e 


i 


£§ fe 


ta tset 


tz 


3 i 


yott 


J 


U u 


00 


u 


£ f 


hah 


k 


Uc u 


u {rue, vue) 


ue 


8 i 


ell 


1 


as v 


fhoiv 


V 


11 


ell ell 


11 


SB xo 


va 


w 


$fl m 


em 


m 


3E tc 


eeks 


X 


9ft n 


en 


n 


9 v 


eepselon 


y 





oh 


o 


3 * 


tset 

B 


z 



2. The letters of the alphabet are divided into vowels 
and consonants. 

3. The simple vowels, a, e, ii t), o, u, are pronounced as 
follows: — 

4. a like a in father, or like the same letter in French 
and Italian. 

5. e is sounded like a in fate. 

6. t and X) have one and the same sound, which is equiva- 
lent to double e in see. 

7. o has the power and sound of o in throne. 

8. u is pronounced like o in coo, or ou in French. 

9. Besides the simple vowels, there are in German three 
compound ones, viz. d, 6, u $ or, ae, oe, ue. 

10. d or ae is pronounced like a in fate ; 6 or ce, like eu, 
or q?m, in French ; and u or ue, nearly like u in the same 
language. Ex. ©deafer shepherd, £6mg king, Coroe lion, 
uben to exercise. 

11. The compound capital letters are written % or 2Ce, £) 
or De, li or Ue. Ex. titmd or 2fermel sleeve, £>ffnung or 
£)effnung opening, libel or Uebet evil. 

12. 2C, £), U are more used than 2Ce, £5e, Ue. 

13. The combinations at, at), au, du, eu, et, el), are diph- 
thongs, when they are sounded as two vowels in one sylla- 
ble. Ex. £atfer. emperor, $RaX) May, Saune humour, fauber 
clean, Saube dove, 33aum tree, $aug house, 33dume trees, 
blduen to make or dye blue, £dufer houses, Sdubdjen a little 
dove, eilen to make haste, ketten to heal, lettento direct, (5t or 
©t) egg, bet or bet) by, at, geute people, persons, 23eute booty, 
Ijeulen to howl, &c. 

14. The double vowels aa, ee, 00, forming one syllable, as 
well as aty el> u> ot), ul) and te, show merely that the syllable 
is long. Ex. 2Cal eel, jbaat hair, £eer army, (geele soul, 
Soot boat, Sftoor moor, SJttoog moss, Iteb dear, Iteben to love, 
95ier beer, Sfyter animal, 20ftal)t meal, repast, mat)len to grind, 
9ftel)l meal, flower, or edible part of corn, mefyven to prevent, 
ttjnen to you, tljm to him, beroofynen to inhabit, f>ot>t hollow, 



©tw ear, SDRu&me aunt, 5CKut)le mill, SJKutfy courage, (Sdju£) 
shoe. * 

15. 25actr ready money, £3aar§ perch (a fish), ?0?aa6 pot, 
measure, Soog lot, fate, toofen to draw lots, <£ci)oof? lap, "Waal 
monument, &c, are now written with one vowel: thus, bar, 
25ar§, SDiag/ 2o§, lofen, ©W, Sftal. 

16. The double vowel forms two syllables in SSaal and 
its derivatives, and in words in which the particle ge or be is 
followed by a vowel. Ex. geefyrt honoured, geerbnet put in 
order, arranged, bearbetten (be=ar=beisten) to work at, &c, beer= 
btgen (be=er?bt=;gen) to inter. 

17. ie (ie) is a monosyllable in £nie knee, in the singular 
number, and a dissyllable in the plural jtnte knees. This 
combination is likewise a monosyllable in words of foreign 
origin, in which the i receives the tonic accent, and forms 
one sellable with t, as in $armonte harmony, SRetobie melody, 
spoefte poetry, Sftfyapfobte rhapsody. But it makes two syllables 
in 2Crte air, song, tune, 2Cften Asia, gamilte family, &c. 

18. The combination ce (ee) is a monosyllable in ©ee sea, 
#rmee army; and a dissylable in the plural ©een seas, 2C«r.een 
armies. 

19. e is sometimes close and sometimes open. It is close 
in the first syllable of the words gewefen, beerbtgen, beben, 
fyeben, &c. ; and in words of two syllables, the first of which 
alone has an e in it, as jemanb, ttvoaZ, 3)emutt), &c. It is open 
in the monosyllables fern/ ©tern, er, ber, mv, bem, went, ben, 
wen 5 in the first syllable of beten, geben, geber ; &c; and in 
the second syllable of beerbtgen. 

20. et) is long, and pronounced nearly like a in fate : 
ex. gefyen to go, fetjen to see, fetylen to fail/ nefymen to take, 
jfefylen to steal, ifyr get)t you go, fefyt see, look, ©d)let)en sloes, 
wet)en to blow, metjr more, Sjfe^rja^t plural, mefyrfytbig, poly- 
syllabical, fet?r very, much, &c. 

21. et and ei) are, by the inhabitants of the South of 
Germany, pronounced ei, as the English would pronounce 
ae, or a and e closely connected in two syllables ; but in the 



North, they pronounce these diphthongs as the English 
pronounce their i in wine, vine, nine, &c. 

22. The diphthongs ai and ei have nearly the same sound 
in (Scute cord, string, (Seite page; SBcttfe orphan, Sffieife manner; 
SBaib wood, SBSeibe willow. But the following words are 
pronounced differently: £dute skins, fyeute to-day; geuer 
fire, geier festival ; ©eldut peal, ©cleit attendants, escort, &c. ; 
Seud)ter candlestick, letdjter. lighter ; Iduten to sound, leiten to 
accompany; beraud;ern to perfume, bereid)ern to enrich. 

23. t has the same sound as double e in thee, knee. Ex. 
btr to thee, mir to me, SStrne pear, ifyr to her, trren to err, 
md)t not, 9ttd)te niece, SQStrtt) host, landlord. 

24. \ f this letter, considered as a consonant, is pronounced 
like y in the words yonder, you, year, &c. Ex. Satyr year, 
Sacob Jacob, }a yes, Sofyann John, &c. In a few words 
derived, or rather adopted, from the French : as, 3oujou jou- 
jou, Sournal journal, &c, it is pronounced as the French 
pronounce that letter in such words. 

25. o is long before a single consonant. Ex. x>or before, 
SSote messenger, 35rcb bread, ©ebot commandment, $of court, 
ber Sob death, &c. Before two consonants it is short, as in 
the words toll foolish, er foil he ought, ]©ott God, £orf 
village, ©tord) stork, &c. 

26. 6 is long in ©tor sturgeon, tobltd) mortal, Mnig> king, 
Sorce lion, SR&tyre pipe, &c. ; and short in SBSfirtec words, 
<Stord}e storks, gottltd) godly, 236lfer, people, &c. 

27. u is pronounced like oo in the English word coo ; it 
is long before a single consonant. Ex. SSube shop, 35ud) book, 
3?ufym fame, 9?uf renown ; and short before two, as in the 
words SSrufi breast, £>urji thirst, £unb dog, ^unft art, glup 
river, &c. 

U or u is pronounced like ue in the French words rue, 
vue, due. It is long in uber upon, fufyren to lead, conduct, 
ffitylcn to feel, Ubung exercise, &c. ; and short in ©luct luck, 
fortune, g(ucrlid) lucky, successful, enljucft charmed, delighted, 
gluffe rivers, ©prfidjc sentences, &c. 



29. The combinations }fe, ae, oe, ti, m f are pronounced as 
two syllables in words of foreign origin : as, ttevometric 
aerornetry, tyfyaeton phaeton, -Poefte poetry, spoet poet, 2ftt)etjr 
atheist, SefuittSm Jesuitism, &c. 

30. As a general rule for the pronunciation of the vowels 
and diphthongs in the German language, it may be observed, 
that they have a long quantity when followed by a single 
consonant, and a short one when followed by two or more, 
as in the foregoing examples. 

31. S is pronounced as in English. Ex. $8ab bath, SSube 
shop, £iebe love, ^atbz colour, lieb dear, Sob praise, 23ube 
boy. 

32. G> before a, o, u, u, and before all consonants, except 
t), is pronounced like k in king. Ex. Sato Cato, Concert con- 
cert, (Suptbon cupid, (SrofuS Croesus. 

33. X5 before &, z, i, 6/ p/ is pronounced like ts. Ex. 
Gafat Caesar, (Stcero Cicero, &c. 

34. In some proper names c before & and 6 is pronounced 
like k. Ex. dampen or Jtdrntt)en Carinthia, gotten or ^6tt)en 
Coeten, 6>6ln or £6ln Cologne. 

35. In many words, and particularly in those derived 
from foreign languages, many Germans use t instead of c, 
and the words which are not found in dictionaries under the 
letter c are arranged under t, and vice versa. Ex. (gatfyolt! 
or £att)o(if Catholic, (StjroniE or torn! chronicle, Sacob or 
Safob Jacob, (SccrateS or ©oErateS Socrates. 

36. d) and g initial, middle, and final, have peculiarities 
of sound, which can only be acquired by imitating the pro- 
nunciation of a competent master. Those who are ac- 
quainted with the guttural aspirate sounds of the Modern 
Greek, Turkish, Hebrew, Arabic, Persian, Syriac, Coptic, 
Sanscrit, or even Spanish, will experience no difficulty in 
acquiring the pronunciation of these German characters. 
Grammarians who say that the German character d) is pro- 
nounced lik ch and k in French, are either egregiously 
mistaken, or grossly ignorant of some of the peculiarities of 

b3 



6 

the pronunciation of the German language. The truth of 
this assertion may be proved by listening to any native of 
Germany pronouncing the words (Stjerubim, (5(;tnct/ (S^ir.ie, or, 
(Sfyemie, Sfyirurgug, 9)Ud)el/ &c, cherubim, China, chymistry or 
chemistry, surgeon, Michael; or id), mid), bid)/ fid)/ £td)t, afyt, 
SSad), 23ud)t, fud)en/ ©ud)f, &c. 

37. £) and £ are pronounced as in English, or very nearly 
so. Ex. 2)6rfer villages, 2)urre drought, Saffe, Stable, Semper, 
Sifd), Sod)ter, £6d)ter, £ud), &ud)er. The only exception to 
this rule is the power or sound of t in words of foreign 
origin : such as, Nation* 2Cboption, National/ &c.,in which t is 
pronounced like ts in English, or § in German. 

38. ^ i s pronounced as in English ; and x> does not differ 
from it in sound. 

39. $ has three different powers. At the beginning of 
words it is aspirated rather more than the English aspirate 
their h in the words house, home, &c. ; in the middle and at the 
end of words, it only serves to lengthen the vowel which pre- 
cedes it, whilst in compound words it retains its aspiration. 

40. $ is pronounced like the same letter in English. 

41. £/ m, and n, are pronounced as in English. 

42. ty and pi) are pronounced like the same letters in 
English. Ex. tyaav pair, papier paper, $)arabe parade, $)erle 
pearl, ^perfon person, ^3t)t)ft! physics, ^tlofopfyte philosophy. 

43. £l sounds like coo in English. 

44. $R is pronounced as well-educated Englishmen, 
Frenchmen, Italians, and Spaniards pronounce the same 
letter in the words porter, parler, parlare, and hablar. 

45. Sty is pronounced as the English pronounce this 
combination in the words Rhine, Rhone, &c. 

46. <2>, where it is not accompanied by another con- 
sonant, is pronounced by good speakers like the English 
s in rose, repose, &c. Ex. ©tlber silver, fteben seven, blafen 
to blow. But when it follows a consonant and precedes 
a vowel, and also when it follows and precedes a consonant, 
either in the middle or at the end of a word, it has a more 



acute sound, as in the words rajten to rest, repose, (gubfe a 
small pea, mad fen to grow, langfam slowly, 23urjre a clothes 
brush, guvjl prince. Before p and t/ at the beginning of a 
word, it is pronounced like s in the same situation in English 
words. Ex. ©tanb state, rank, or condition, (Stein stone, 
2>pradje language, ©tern star. 

In the definite article bag/ the g is pronounced like double 
5 in the English words glass, pass, &c. 

47. fi" and f , or double 5, middle and final, is pronounced 
like st in the word listen. 

48. fct) has the same sound and power as sh in English. 

49. 28 is pronounced as the English pronounce v in the 
words vine, vintage, &c. 

50. £ is pronounced the same as in English and Latin. 

51. $ is pronounced like the t in German, and the 
writers bf the present day generally use t instead of 9 in the 
following and other words: fegn/ bty, %wex), sroer,erler;, bret)^ 
aefyri/ (St)/ ^apfer/ 8d)metd)eter;/ ©tefjerefy &c. : fein/ bet/ jroet/ 
jtreterlet/ brci/ breierlet/ (St/ 5Caifer# ©djmetdjelet/ ©iefjeret/ &c. 

52. 3 has the power of £s in English. 



CHAPTER II. 
OF THE DIFFERENT SORTS OF WORDS. 

53. There are in German, as in English and other lan- 
guages, nine sorts of words, viz. the article, the substantive 
or noun, the adjective, the pronoun, the verb, the adverb, 
the preposition, the conjunction, and the interjection. 

54. The article is declinable in German, and serves to 
show the gender, the number, and the extent of the signifi- 
cation given to the substantive before which it is used, 

55. There are in German four cases, viz. the nominative, 
the genitive, the dative and the accusative. German gram- 
marians likewise generally admit two articles, the definite 
and the indefinite. The articles, as well as the substantives, 
adjectives and pronouns, are declinable. 



56. DECLENSION OF THE DEFINITE ARTICLE. 



Singular. 
Masc. Fem. Neut. 
Nom. bev tie bag 


Plural 
For the three Genders, 
bte the 


Gen. beg 


bev beg 


ber of the 


Dat. bem 


bet* bem 


ben to the 


Ace. ben 


Me ta$ 


bte the. 


Declension 


of the Indefinite Article. 


Nom. ein 


etne etn 


a, an, one. 


Gen. etneg 


etner eineg 


of a, an, one. 


Dat. etnem 


etner etnem 


to a, an, one. 


Ace. etnen 


etne ein 


a, an, one. 



57. German substantives have three genders, viz. the 
masculine, the feminine, and the neuter ; and from one or 
two to ten declensions, on account of the various forms of 
the plural number. In the singular number, the declensions 
of German substantives might be conveniently reduced to 
two or three ; but experience in teaching the German lan- 
guage has convinced the author of this Introduction, that it 
is more judicious to make six than either two, three, or 
four, and be obliged to fill whole pages with notes, rules, 
and observations for the formation of the plural, which only 
serve to perplex beginners. According to this arrangement, 
which appears less confused than some others, the first 
declension embraces all those substantives which have the 
same termination in the nominative and accusative cases, 
singular and plural ; the second, those which make the 
nominative, genitive and accusative plural in e 5 the third, 
those which make their plural in er 5 the fourth, those which 
make their plural by adding en to their singular ; the fifth, 
those which form their genitive, dative, and accusative 
singular by adding en or n to the nominative singular, and 
their plural like the fourth declension, and occasionally 
take g in the genitive singular ; and the sixth comprehends 



9 



all substantives of the feminine gender, which become plural 
by adding n, eti; or e to their singular. 

58. The annexed table will show the pupil at a glance 
the essential difference of these declensions, and thereby 
facilitate his progress to the acquisition of this part of the 
language. 



Singular. 





1st. 
Decl. 


2nd 
Decl. 


3rd 
Decl. 


4th 
Decl. 


5th 
Decl. 


6th 
Decl. 


No in. 










! 


Gen. 


g 


eg/ g 


eg/ g 


eg, g 


en, em, 

ng, n 




Dat. 


e 


e 


e 


en, n 




Ace. 








en/ n 



Plural. 



Norn. 




e 


er 


en, n 


en/ n 


! 
n/ e/ n ; 


Gen. 




e 


er 


en/ n 


en, n 


n/ e/ n ! 

i 


Dat. 


n 


en 


ein 


en, n 


en, n 


n, en 


; Ace. 




e 


er 


en/ n 


en/ n 


ii/ e, n i 



10 



59. First Declension. 

Singular. 



Masculine. 
N. bee ©arten the garden 
G. beg ©arteng of the garden 
D. bzm ©arten to the garden 
A. ben ©arten the garden. 



Neuter . 
bag *ktd)en the sign 
beg 3etd)enS of the sign 
bem jkicfyen to the sign 
bag ^etdjeri the sign. 



Plural. 



N. bte ©arten the gardens 
G. ber ©drten of the gardens 
D. ben ©drten to the gardens 
A. bte ©drten the gardens. 



bte jktcfyen the signs 

ber 3etd)cn of the signs 

ben sJetcfcen to the signs 

bte 3«d)en the signs. 



60. All masculine and neuter substantives which end in 
el/ en and er/ all diminutives in tetn or d)ett/ and all infinitives 
of verbs, used substantively, belong to the first declension. 
Ex. |>tmmel heaven, (Sngel angel, £>ea,en sword, ftaben thread. 
Setter father, Settler beggar, ^tnbletn little child, S&ierdjen 
little animal, SJtdbcfyen little girl, bog @d)lafen sleeping. 

61. Masculine substantives of this declension, which have 
a f 0/ u in their first syllable, change it into hi 6 or u in the 
plural number, but substantives of the neuter gender pre- 
serve their vowel unaltered in the plural. Examples of 
both genders : — 



Singular. 



Masculine, 
ber 2Ccfer the field 
ber S3ruber the brother. 



Neuter, 
bag Safter the vice 
bag £>pfer the offering. 



Plural. 



bte 2fecter the fields 

bte Sruber the brothers. 



bte Cafler the vices 
bte Dpfer the offerings. 



11 



Second Declension. 

Singular. 
Masculine. Neuter. 

N. bet tfrm the arm bat £aar the hair 

G. beS 2frmeg of the arm be§ £aare§ of the hair 

D. bem 2trme to the arm bem £aare to the hair 

A. ben Tlxm the arm. ba$ £aar the hair. 

Plural. 

N. bte 2Crme the arms bie #aare the hairs 

G. ber 2Crme of the arms ber $ctare of the hairs 

D. ben "JCrmen to the arms ben $cmren to the hairs 

A. bte 2Crme the arms bie $aare the hairs. 



62. Substantives of the masculine gender belonging to 
this declension change a, o and u into 6/ 6 and u in the plural. 
Ex. ber 53cmb volume, bie SSdnbe volumes; bee $opf the head, 
bte £6pfe the heads ; ber £)unf£ vapour, bte jDfitifte vapours. 

63. £)er 2Crm the arm, bte 2Crme the arms ; ber ($xab grade, 
bte ©robe grades ; ber 4?unb dog, bie #unbe dogs ; ber ^)fab 
path, bte spfabe paths ; ber $)unct point, bte ^uncte points ; ber 
Sag day, bte Sage days, form an exception to the general 
rule for the formation of the plural of masculine substantives 
of the second declension. It is also to be observed that a 
few substantives of this declension are used without the 
final e in the dative case singular. Ex. (5r rotrb am 25onncrg= 
tag fommen he will come on Thursday, jum ©lite! by good 
fortune, as luck would have it, tva§ nu§t eg bem gamm/ SKecfyt 
Stt l)aben what does it avail the lamb to be in the right. 

64. Neuter substantives of the second declension never 
change their vowels ; thus, bat SBanb binding, ligature, &c, 
ba& S5rob bread, make bte SSanbe bindings, bandages, &c, bte 
SBrobe loaves. 



12 



65. Third Declension. 

Singular. 



Masculine. 
N. ber Ceib the body 
G. beg Seibeg of the body 
D. bem Seibe to the body 
A. ben Sctb the body 



Neuter, 
bag ©lieb the member 
be§ ©liebeg of the member 
bem ©u'ebe to the member 
bag @lteb the member. 



Plural. 



N. Me Setber the bodies 
G. ber Setber of the bodies 
D. ben Seibern to the bodies 
A. tie Seiber the bodies 



bte ©liebet the members 
ber ©liebet of the members 
ben ©liebern to the members 
bte ©Iteber the members. 



66. All substantives of this declension, masculine or 
neuter, change G/ o and u into a, 5 and u in the plural. Ex. 



Masculine, 
ber 9Xann the man 
ber £)rt the place 
ber JBuvm the worm 



bie banner the men 
bte Setter the places 
bte SSurmer the worms 



Singular. 



Plural. 



Neuter, 
bag 25ab the bath 
bag SDorf the village 
bag #utjn pullet. 

bte SSaber the baths 

bte £)6rfer the villages 
bte #fit)r.er the pullets. 



67. Fourth Declension. 

Singular. 



Masculine. 
N. ber (gtaat the state 
G. beg ©taateg of the state 
D. bem ©taate to the state 
A. ben <Staat the state 



Neuter, 
bag tfuge the eye 
beg 2Cugeg of the eye 
bem 2Cuge to the eye 
bag 2Cuge the eye. 



13 

Plural. 

N. Me Btaatm the states bie tfugen the eyes 

G. ber ©taaten of the states bee "tfugen of the eyes 

D. ten ©taaten to the states ben #ugen to the eyes 

A. He (gfaaten the states bie 2fuo,en the eyes. 
Substantives of this declension never change the vowels 
a> o and u into a, 5 and u. 

68. Fifth Declension. 

Singular. 
N. bcr gihft the prince ber @eban!e the thought 

G. beg gurften of the prince teg ©etanfen of the thought 
D. tern guvftcn to the prince bem ©ebanfen to the thought 
A. ten gflrjlen the prince ben ©ebanfen the thought. 

Plural 
N. bie fturjfen the princes fete ©ebanfen the thoughts 
G. ber gurften of the princes ber ©ebanfen of the thoughts 
D. ben guijren to the princes ben ©ebanfen to the thoughts 
A. bie gulden the princes tie ©ebanfen the thoughts. 

69. With the exception of ^erj heart, all the substan- 
tives which belong to this declension are of the masculine 
gender. 

70. ber ©camera pain, bag #er$ heart, ber ©laufce faith, 
ber grtebe peace, bee SKame name, ber £aufen heap, ber 2EUle 
will, and a few other substantives belonging to this declen- 
sion, make the genitive case singular in eng: as, beg ©comers 
jeng of the pain, beg ^erjeng of the heart, beg ©laubeng of 
the faith, beg ^rtebeng of the peace, beg 9tameng of the name, 
beg £aufeng of the heap, beg 2£U!eng of the will, &c. 

71. All adjectives which, by being preceded by the defi- 
nite article, are converted into substantives, belong to this 
declension: as, ber SOSeife the wise man, bag ©ute good, or 
benefit, &c; beg •jffieifen/ beg ©uten; bem s Betfen, bem ©uten * 
bie SBeifem bie ©uten. 

72. All substantives derived from adjectives and parti- 

c 



14 

ciples also belong to this declension: as, ber 2Cbeltge; tie 
2Cbeltgen$ ber 2Crme, bte 2Crmen$ ber getge, tie getgen 5 ber ®e= 
fangenev bte ©efangenen* bee ©efanbte, bte ©efanbten; ber £etlige, 
bte ^etltgenj ber 3ftetd)e/ bte sRetd)en$ ber Sobte/ bte Sobtenj ber 
S5ern?anbte/ bte S3erroanbten 5 ber SB&eife/ bte SBetfen. 

70. Sixth Declension. 
Singular. 
N. bie SStume the flower bte grudjt the fruit 

G. ber SSlume of the flower ber grud)t of the fruit 
D. ber SBtume to the flower ber grud)t to the fruit 
A. bte S3lume the flower bte grud)t the fruit. 

Plural. 

N. bte SSlumen the flowers bie grud)te the fruits 

G. ber Stumen of the flowers ber grudtfe of the fruits 

D. ben SStumen to the flowers ben grud)ten to the fruits 

A. bte SBluir.en the flowers bte grudjte the fruits. 

74. All substantives of the feminine gender have the 
same ending in all the cases of the singular number; and 
all feminine substantives which in the singular end in z, 
become plural by the addition of an n. Ex. bie ftbre the 
ear of corn, bte 2Ct)ren the ears of corn ; bte 2Cmetfe the ant, 
bte Xmetfen the ants; bte ^ufre the coast, bte ^uften, &c. 

75. All feminine substantives which end in el and tti 
form their plural according to the foregoing rule: as, bte 
gabet the fable, bte gctbeln the fables; bte SJcctnbel the almond, 
bie SfJtanbeln the almonds ; bie 2Cber the vein, bie 2Cbern the 
veins. All others take en in the plural: as, 2£bftd)t intention, 
2£bftd)ten intentions; 2£nm>ort answer, tfntrcorten answers; 
©egenb region, ©egenben regions, &c. 

76. Those which change the vowels a f and u into the 
diphthongs a, 6 and u, form their plural in e: as, bte 2Tu$= 
flud)t the pretext, bte 2tuSfIucbte the pretexts; bte 2tr-t the axe, 
bte ftr-te the axes ; bte 23cm! the bench, bte SScmfe the benches , 
bie SSrujt the breast, bte SSrujre the breasts; bte gaufr the fist, 



15 

bie gdufte the fists; bie ©ang the goose, tie ©anfe the geese; 
bie opanb the hand, bie £dnbe the hands ; tit £aut the skin, 
bie £aute the skins, &c. 

GENERAL OBSERVATION ON THE FORMATION OF THE 
PLURAL OF SUBSTANTIVES AND THE DECLENSION OF 
PROPER NAMES. 

77. Substantives which end in ling and nifj/ make the 
nominative plural in e. Ex. bungling youth, Sungltnge 
youths; ^enntnif knowledge, .ftenntniffe, &c. 

78. Substantives of the feminine gender which change 
their vowel, form their plural in the same way: as, tit grud)t 
the fruit, bie grucfyte} bie SSKaug the mouse, tit Sftaufe/ &c. 

79. Substantives which end in tfyum/ form their plural 
in er. Ex. £etligti)um sanctuary, ^eitigtijumer sanctuaries ; 
3trti)um error, Strtljumer errors, &c. 

80. Derivative substantives which end in tyit, enb/ inn, 
hit, fdjaftf ung/ make their plural in en j and feminine sub- 
stantives which do not change their vowel, follow the same 
rule. Ex. &t)ort)eit folly, Sfyotfyetten ; ©egenb country, &c, 
©egenben* ©dngerinn songstress, ©dngecinnerij »§crrfdbaft do- 
minion, vperrfd)aften j SKeinung opinion, SJleinungen 5 2aft load, 
Saften$ dual torment, £lualen$ Sagb chace, hunt, 3abgen 5 
glut field, plain, gluten 5 grau lady, gtauen/ &c. 

81. Besides the above there are many masculine and 
neuter substantives which form their plural in the same 
manner : as, ©taf count, ©tafen 5 £ett/ v^etren 5 ©cfymerj, 
Sdjmerjenj £tyr ear, Styrenj SSett bed, S3etten$ £emb shirt, 
£emben. 

82. Substantives which in the singular end in t, en, it, 
form their plural by the addition of an n. Ex. ttx 23ote 
messenger, bie S3oten$ bet £afe the hare, bie $afen; tat 
2Cuge the eye, bie 2(ugen$ bet (See the lake, bie Seen 5 bie 
spattie the party, bie spattien. 

83. Substantives of various significations have different 
terminations in the plural number : thus, SBanb a volume, is 



16 

of the masculine gender, and forms its plural SScuibej when 
it signifies fetters, it is of the neuter gender, and makes 
SSonbe in the plural ; it sometimes signifies ribbon, string, 
fillet, &c., and then its plural is SSfinber. 23cm! bench, seat, 
is of the feminine gender, and makes SSanle in the plural ; 
when it signifies bank, it is of the same gender, and makes 
SSanfcn in the plural. £>tng thing, in a collective sense, 
makes SDtnge in the plural, but in a distributive sense, it 
makes tie dinger trifles, &c. ©efidjt face, plural, ©cfnbter j 
it sometimes signifies vision, and then its plural is @eftd)te $ 
£er £)ovn thorn, in a collective sense, makes £)crnen in the 
plural ; but in a distributive sense, its plural is Corner. 
£)a€ Canb country, in a collective sense, makes Zanbe in the 
plural, while in a distributive sense, it makes Cdnber estates, 
in the plural. £>a§ fitcfot candle, plural, Cidjte candles, makes 
Sicfyter in the plural, when it signifies lights, luminaries. Ex. 
£)ie 8id)ter be§ £immel$ the lights of heaven ; that is, the 
celestial luminaries. 9Jce-ifd) man (masculine), makes SJtens 
fdjen in the plural ; but when it signifies wench, it is of the 
neuter gender, and makes SRcnfdjer in the plural number. 
£)rt place, situation in general, makes £>rte in the plural ; 
but when it means any particular place or situation, its plural 
is Certer. Ex. £)te £>erter urn SDStcn the environs of Vienna. 
SSort word (of the neuter gender), considered as forming a 
part of a speech or discourse, makes ffiSorte in the plural : as, 
bk\e ft'nb feine SBotte these are his words ; but considered as 
single, detached or isolated words, the plural is SSSoi'ter 5 
hence, 2B6rter&u<f> word-book, book of words, or vocabulary, 
&c. 

84. Proper names, when preceded by the definite article, 
are indeclinable: as, bas ©luff be§ Gdfar the fortune of 
Csesar ; Qefeet bcm peter give to Peter. When the article is 
omitted, which is very frequently done before the nominative 
and genitive cases, their termination varies. Most gram- 
marians make four declensions of proper names, viz. three of 
the masculine and neuter, and one of the feminine. 



17 



85. 



Declension of Proper Names not preceded by 
the Article. 



1. 


2. 


3. 


4. 


Frederick. 


Francis. 


Anthony. 


Theresa. 


N. gttebertd) 


Sranj 


2(nton 


Sfyecefe 


G. griebertdjg 


guanjeng 


2Cntong 


Sfyerei'enS 


D. griebertcfyen 


gtanjen 


ttnton 


£t)ere(en 


A. griebettdjen 


gran$en 


ttnton 


£t)ere(en 



86. Proper names of the first, second, and third declensions, 
make the nominative, genitive, and accusative in e/ and the 
dative in en: as, grtebertdje/ grieberid)enj grange, graven ; 
2tntone/ 2lntonen $ while those of the fourth make all the cases 
in en : as, Sfjerefen, 2Cnnen/ Sout(en/ &c. 

87. 2tt>olpt), SSerntjarb, tlbtian, Ulrid), gubratg, and Doib, are 
declined, like the first. Thosewhich end in I and v, take n in 
the dative singular and plural, in which number the cases are 
not inflected: Santel, $peter $ dative, Samelm detent. 

88. £an$/ Sorenj/ 2ftori$, SStncenj/ grt£ (an abbreviation of 
griebedd))/ Ulpp/ @eorg/ &c, are inflected like the second 
declension. 

89. £)amon/ ©olon/ ©imon, and those which end in a or o, 
follow the third, but the latter take '6 in the genitive case, and 
require the definite article to form their plural. Ex. nom, 
Seba/ Sofua, (Sato/ (Sicero j gen. SBeba'S, Sofua'g, (5ato'6, (Stcero'S^ 
plural, tie S3cta/ bte Sofua, tie (Satone, bte (Stcerone. 

90. Proper names derived from the Latin (in ug), are 
now used without inflection : as, spauluS/ @t)rtftug/ ©ornetuis, 
Stoittw with the exception of (SfytijU ©eburt the nativity of 
Christ, tyauli 23elel)rung the conversion of St. Paul. 

91. All feminine names ending in d/ o and e/ are inflected 
like that of the fourth declension: thus, gtoro, %m\a, 'ILmalia 
or ttmalie, <Sopf)te/ Souife, Qtyoe, (baS) dib$d)tn, (bat) Stegcben 
(diminutives of SRofina and ©afabett)) $ gen. gtorens, 2Cnnen$, 
'2tmaaeng,@opt)ien§^outfeng/(5t)toeng/ sK6gd)eng, £iegd)eng$ plural, 
bte gloten, bte taen, bte 2Cmatten, tie (Soften, tie Soutjen, bte 
(§t)toen/ bte Sfto$d)en, tie Sie$d)en. 

c 3 



IS 

92. When the genitive is not preceded by the definite 
article, it is placed before the substantive which governs it *. 
as, SftomS &ltertt)umer the antiquities of Rome, (Suropa'6 
Sa nber the nations, or states of Europe. And when there 
are two names of the same person, the second only is declined : 
as, S3enjamtn granflinS Ceben Benjamin Franklin's life. 

93. Proper names of kingdoms and provinces, &c. are 
declined without an article, have no inflection in the nomi- 
native case, and take g in the genitive : as, Staticn, Stalieng j 
£)eutfd)lanb, £)eut[rf)lanbg 5 3iom, Sftomg h &c. Those which end 
in g or $, do not vary their termination. To distinguish their 
genitive case, @tobt/ or the preposition won is placed before 
them : as, tie £udien bev ©tabt $>avi§ the churches of the city 
of Paris, bte (Stntoofyiwr uon ©r6§ the inhabitants of Gratz. 

94. Many grammarians of the present day do not decline 
proper names at all, but make use of the article, or the pre- 
position con, where either is necessarv. 



CHAPTER III. 

OF ADJECTIVES. 

95. German adjectives are either declinable or indeclin- 
able. They are declinable, when they precede the sub- 
stantives which they qualify, and indeclinable, when they 
follow them. Ex. bev gute SBein the good wine, ber SBetn tft 
gut the wine is good ; tie fdj&ncn SSlumen the pretty flowers, 
bte SSlumen ftnb fd)6n the flowers are pretty. 

96. In German many adjectives are formed from sub- 
stantives, by adding some particle to the termination of the 
latter. The particles made use of for this purpose are, ig, 
ifd)/ ltd), id)t, bar, font/ \)a\u reid)/ en, ern, and log. Ex. 2CRad;t 
power, ma d)tig powerful; ©nabe grace, favour, gnabtg gracious; 
£>tmmel heaveD, $im;r«ltfd) heavenly, celestial; (Sibe earth, 
tvbiul) earthy, earthly, terrestrial; @ott God, g&.nlid; divine; 



19 



|>err lord, sir, master, fycrrtid) glorious, magnificent, stately ; 
©tetn stone, ftet.iig stony ; SSerg mountain, bergtd)t mountain- 
ous ; (gt)re honour, efyrbar honourable ; s .CRann man, monnbar 
manly ; 2Crbett work, labour, arbeitfam industrious ; gurd)t 
fear, furd)tfam fearful ; £ers heart, tjevgijaft hearty, courage- 
ous; Sugenb virtue, tugenbfyaft virtuous ; S3oII people, solfreid) 
populous ; @id)e oak, eid)en oaken ; @olb gold, goiben golden ; 
£ol$ wood, t)6tjern wooden ; (Silber silver, fttbern made of 
silver; @^re honour, epilog dishonourable; ®ott God, gottlog 
godless ; @uunb ground, foundation, grunbtoS groundless, 
without foundation. 

97. Many adjectives are formed from verbs, by cutting 
off their termination, and adding the particles tax, t>a]X, ig, 
ifrf), and lid) to their infinitives : as, brctud)en to use, braudjbar 
useful, serviceable ; banfen to tank, ban!bar thankful ; plau* 
bern to talk, plauberfyaft talkative"; gefyoren to belong, appertain 
to, gefyorig belonging, appertaining to ; murten to murmur, 
to grumble, murrifd) murmuring, grumbling ; ganfen to con- 
tend, to quarrel, §dn!ifd) contentious, quarrelsome ; bienen 
to serve, btenlid) useful, serviceable ; jterben to die, frerblid) 
mortal. 

98. When a single adjective precedes the substantive 
which it modifies or qualifies, and is not preceded by the 
definite article, a pronoun, or a numerical adjective, it is 
declined like the indefinite article. Ex. 

Singular. 

Fern. Neut. 

gute Sattne guteS fSxob 
good humour good bread 

guter Saune gute£ 23robe$ 

guter Saune gutem Skobe 

gute Saune guteS 2?rob 

Plura\ 

Saunen SSrobe 

Sau.'.en £3rcbe 

£aunen 23uoben 

£auncn SSrobe 





Masc. 


N. 


guter 2Sein 




good wine 


G. 


guteS 2SeineS 


D. 


gutem SSeine 


A. 


gu.en SKkin 


N. 


gute SSetne 


G. 


guter 2£etnc 


D. 


guten Sffieinen 


A. 


gute SSeinc 



20 

99. When two or more adjectives precede the same 
substantive, they are declined thus — 

Singular. 
Masc. Fem. 

N. guter alter SBSein gute tjelle govbe 

G. guteS alten SGSetneS guter fjelten garbe 

D. gutem alten SQSetne guter l)ellengarbe 

A. guten alten SQSetn gute fyetle garbc 

Neut. 
N. guteg roeijkS S3rob 
G. guteS met^en SSrobeS 
D. gutem njetfen 33robe 
A. guteS wetjjes SSrob 

Masc. Fem. 

N. gute alte SGSeine guie l)elle garben 

G. guter alten SBetne gurer fyellen garben 

D. guten alten SGSeinen guten fyelten garben 

A. gute alte SGSeine gute Ijelle garben 

Neut. 

N. gute roeife 23robe 

G. guter roeifen SSrobe 

D. guten roetfsen 33roben 

A. gute tr-ei&e SSrobe 

100. Adjectives may be preceded by the definite article, a 
pronoun, or a numeral adjective ; in this case the article 
and pronoun are declined like gut in the example guter 2Beini 
&c. ; and the adjective itself, without any distinction of gen- 
der, is declined like substantives which take en in all cases 
singular, except the nominative. Example of an adjective 
preceded by the definite article : — 

Singular. 

N. ber gute SBSein tie gute Saune bQ$ gute SSrob 

G. beg guten SBeineS ber guten Saune beS guten 23robe6 

D. bzm guten SBetne ber guten Saune bem guten ffirobe 

A. ben auten iffiein bie gute Saune ba$ gute 33rob 



ruv. 

Caunen 


S3robe 


Caunen 


SSrobe 


Saunen 


SBroben 


fiaunen 


SSrobe 



21 



N. bic guten SBBeine 
G. bcr guten SBeine 
D. ben guten SBetnen 
A. tie guten SBeine 

101. When mnn, betn, fein, unfer, euer, itjr, Itin, n;efn.*/ otel 
and we nig/ precede the adjective, they are declined like the 
indefinite article or numeral ein. 

102. Of the numeral adjectives, ettiy gwet and brei are the 
only declinable numerals. The example which follows will 
show the declension of groet and brei/ before an adjective : 

N. jroet/ tret fdjone f ferbe fedfos (d)6ne ^ferbe 

G. jroeter, tveter fd)6nen spferben fedfos fd)6nev $>(etbe 

D. graeien, breten fd)6nen spferben fed?g (d)6ncn spferben 

A. gwA brei fd)6ne spferbe fedEjg fd)one $>ferbe. 

103. Adjectives which terminate in en in the nominative 
plural, when preceded by the definite article, drop the final 
n in that number and case, when, instead of the definite 
article, they are preceded by eintge, mete/ mefyrete, reentge, or 
foldje : as, eintge getefyute banner some learned men, etele fd)6ne 
JBudier many fine books, fold)e fyaf?tfd)e ©ejtdjter such ugly 
faces, &c. If, instead of the above words, the adjectives 
were preceded by the definite article, they would make : bie 
gelefyrten banner/ bic fdjSnen SBu^ei*/ bie ty&jjltdjen @cftd)ter, &c. 
When alle precedes such adjectives, they are declined as if 
they were preceded by the definite article. 

OF THE DEGREES OF COMPARISON. 

104. German adjectives admit of two degrees of com- 
parison, viz. the comparative and the superlative. The 
comparative is formed by adding r or er to the positive, and 
changing the vowels a, o and u into a, 6 and u. The super- 
lative is formed by adding ft or eft to the comparative. Ex. 

grofj, gvoper, grofjeft. ftarf, flatter, ftarfejt. 

great, greater, greatest strong, stronger, strongest. 



22 



105. The comparative is also formed by adding mefyr and 
roemger to the positive. 

106. When the positive ends in r or I, the comparative 
may drop the e which precedes these two letters : as, bitter 
bitter, btttrer more bitter ; ettel vain, eitter vainer. 

107. When the positive ends in b, f, I, \6), fj/ t or §, the 
superlative is formed by adding eft: as, pos. gerab/ superlat. 
gerabeftj tief, tiefeft,- ftarf, ftdrfcjlj falfa> falfd&eft$ ffifr fufeftj 
fanft/ fanfteft* lurg/ furjeft. 

108. bunt/ gerab, f)of)t/ lafym/ log/ munteiv runb/ fanft/ fdjianl/ 
jrumm/ toll/ jaijm/ and a few others, do not change their 
vowels in forming their comparative and superlative de- 
grees, but make — 



Positive. 


Comparative. 


Superlative. 


bunt 


bunter 


ber buntefte motley 


gerab 


geraber 


ber gerabefre straight 


w 


l)ot)ler 


bag t)ot)tcfte hollow 


Jafym 


lafymer 


bag laljmejte lame 


log 


lofer 


bag lofefte loose 


munter 


munterer 


bag munterfte lively 


runb 


runber 


bag runbejte round 


fanft 


fanfter 


bag fanftejre gentle, soft 


fd)lanf 


fd)lanfer 


bag fdfjlanfefte slender 


ftumm 


ftummer 


bag ftummfte dumb 


toll 


toller 


bag tollfte mad 


ia\)tn 


jammer 


bag jaljmjte tame. 



109. From the foregoing list it will be seen that the de- 
finite article precedes the adjectives in the superlative degree; 
and, by committing the following table to memory, pupils 
cannot fail to become well acquainted with the formation of 
the degrees of comparison of German adjectives. 
Positive. Comparative. Superlative, 

alt alter ber/ bie/ bag dltefte old 

arm drmer ber/ bie/ bag drmfte poor 

bange bdnger ber/ tie, ba$ b&ngfte anxious 

blobe blober ber/ \>U I bag blobjte timid 



23 



Positive. Comparative. Superlative, 

bofe b6fer ber, Me, ba& bofefte bad 

ebel ebler ber, foe, bo6 ebelfte noble 

frei freier ber, bie, bog freifte free 

fromm frommer ber, Me, ba$ frommjre pious 
gefunb ge[unber ber. Me, bat gefunbejle healthy 

grob grober ber, Me, ba& grobfte coarse 

grof? grofer ber, bie, ba§ grojkfte great 

tjart garter ber, bk, ba$ fydrtefte hard 

jung junger ber, bie, ba§ jungfte young 

fait falter ber, bie, bat fdltefte cold 

flar flarer ber, bie, ba§ flarfte clear 

ftug fluger ber, bie, ba$ flugfte prudent 

Iran! frdnfer ber, bie, baS !rdn!fte ill 

futjn luijner ber, bie, ba$ ful)nfre bold 

tur^ furjer ber, Me, bo§ f urjefte short, 

long Ianger ber, bie, ba$ langfte long 

naf naffer ber, bie, ba$ ndffefte wet 

roti) rottjer ber, bie, ba& rotfyefte red 

fauer faurer ber, bie, ba$ fauerjte sour 

fd)tcad) fd)mdd)er ber, bie, ba$ fd)mdd)fte weak 
fd)limm fd)ltmmer ber, bie, ba$ fdjiimmfte cunning 
fpat fpater ber, bie, ba$ fpdtefie late 

ftarf jHrfer ber, bie, ba$ ftdrffte strong 

warm manner ber, bte, ba$ mdrmfte warm. 

110. S?alb, gut/ t)od), and nafye, soon, good, high, and near, 
form their comparative and superlative degrees irregularly : 
balb, efyer, eljeft 5 gut beffer, beft 5 *)od), bofyer, i)6d)fl 5 natje, ndfyer, 
ndd)ft. 

111. SSiet, rcett, befio, mefyr, ungleid), feijr, alter, arm, aujjer= 
orbentlid), fob,!, fcbnee/ etS, ftocf, melt, munber, fytmmel/ &c. are 
often used to strengthen the degree of comparison. Ex. 
Met reid)er much richer, meit fd)6ner far more handsome, febr 
gelefyrt very learned, ungemein grof exceedingly great, f)6d)ft 
mafyrfdieinlid) most probable, ber allerndd)fte $)reig the very 
lowest price, bettelarm poor as a beggar, fot)lfd)marg black as 



24 

coal, ftfneemeif? white as snow, etSfalt cold as ice, jtocfbtinb 
blind as a post, nmnberfdjSn wondrously pretty, fytmmelfyod) high 
as heaven. 

112. Comparatives and superlatives are declined like the 
simple adjectives, or those in the positive degree of the pre- 
ceding examples. 

113. Numeral adjectives are divided into cardinal and 
ordinal ; the .former are used to express the number or 
qnantity of any thing, and the latter the order. 

CARDINAL NUMBERS. 

114. etng one, greet two, tret three, tier four, funf five, (ed<6 
six, ft'eben seven, ad)t eight, ncun nine, jefjn ten, etlf eleven, 
jrrSlf twelve, bretgetjn thirteen, inerjcfjn fourteen, funf$ef)n fifteen, 
fedgjefyn sixteen, ftebenjefyn seventeen, ad^efyn eighteen, neun--- 
jefyn nineteen, jtt>cin5tg twenty, ein unb jwangig twenty-one, 
jwci unb sroangtg twenty-two, brei unb jroangig twenty-three, 
x>icc unb jwanjig twenty-four, funf unb jroanaig twenty-five, 
fed'g unb jwanjtg twenty-six, ft'eben unb sroanjtg twenty-seven, 
ad)t unb jwanjig twenty-eight, ncun unb jroansig twenty-nine, 
bretfh'g thirty, ein unb breifjig thirty-one, jwei unb bretfjtg thirty- 
two, brei unb bretfjtg thirty-three, met unb bretjng thirty-four, 
funf unb bretfjtg thirty-five, fed)6 unb breifng thirty-six, fteben 
unb bretfjtg thirty-seven, ad)t unb bteifh'g thirty-eight, nam unb 
breifiig thirty-nine, Dierjtg forty, ctn unb trierjig forty-one, 
jwet unb merjtg forty-two, &c, funfjtg fifty, ctn unb funfjtg 
fifty-one, &c, ftebengtg seventy, ein unb ftebengtg seventy-one, 
&c, ad)tgtg eighty, ein unb ad?tgtg eighty-one, &c, neungtg 
ninety, ctn unb neungtg ninety-one, &c, fyunbert hundred, 
fyunbert unb etnS hundred and one, &c, tjunbert unb gefjn 
hundred and ten, &c, gtrctfyunbert two hundred, bretfyunbert 
three hundred, taufenb thousand, gefynfaufenb ten thousand, 
fyunberttaufenb a hundred thousand, cine SJctllton a million, 
gefyn SOWltonen ten millions, fyunbert 5CRtittonen a hundred mil- 
lions, gefyntaufenb 9Xilltonen ten thousand millions, fyunbertfaufenb 
SHUitonen a hundred thousand millions. 



25 



ORDINAL NUMBERS. 



3)er/ bie, ba$ erfte the first, gmeite second, brttte third, uterte 
fourth, ffinfte fifth, fed)fte sixth, ftebente seventh, ad)te eighth, 
neunte ninth, gct;nte tenth, etlfte eleventh, gwolfte twelfth, 
bretjefynte thirteenth, mctjefynte fourteenth, funfjetjnte fifteenth, 
fedjgjetjnte sixteenth, ftebenje^nte seventeenth, aaVjefynte eigh- 
teenth, neunjefynte nineteenth, groanjigfte twentieth, ein unb 
jwanjtglte twenty-first, groet unb groanstgfte twenty-second, &c. ; 
breijjigfte thirtieth, ein unb breifngfte thirty-first, &c. 

115. The ordinal numbers are always preceded by the 
definite article; as in the above table, and the examples 
which follow. grans I- (bet erfte) Francis the first, grans 
II. (ber gwette) Francis the second, 4?«nrtd) HI- (^ ec britte) 
Henry the third, £etnrid) IV. (ber trierte) Henry the fourth ; 
ben erften ; 3anuar the first of January, ben jweiten 9ftar§ the 
second of March, ben grootften 2Cugujt the twelfth of August, 
&c. ; im Sa^re 1835 (ein taufenb a$t ftunbert funf unb bretjng ; 
or, adjtgefyn fyunbert funf unb breifng). From these examples 
it will be seen, that the ordinal numbers are used in German 
for the dates of months, and to show the succession of princes 
who have reigned, and the cardinal numbers for the years. 

116. 2Cnbertt)alb one and a half, brtttrjalfc two and a half, 
5cr>ntt)atb nine and a half, &c, are compound forms of the 
cardinal numbers ; and, fie ftnb alle oier gefommen they are all 
four come, eS ftnb tfyrer gefyne there are ten of them, eg fafen 
funf bet Sifdje they were five at table, are instances of de- 
clining the cardinal numbers beyond ein/ greet and bxei, which 
familiar use has introduced. Some other peculiarities of 
numerical adjectives would have been noticed here, if they 
had not been considered more likely to perplex beginners 
than to facilitate their progress in the study of the German 
language. 



26 



CHAPTER IV. 



OF PRONOUNS. 



117. German pronouns are divided into personal, posses- 
sive, demonstrative, relative, interrogative, and indefinite. 

Declension of Personal Pronouns. 





FIRST PERSON. 


second person. 




Singular. 


Plural. 


Singular. Plural. 


N. 


id) I 


nrir we 


bu thou 


ibr you 


G. 


metner of me 


unfer of us 


betner of thee euer of you 


D. 


mtr to me 


un£ to us 


bit to thee eud) to you 


A. 


mid) me 


unS us. 


bid) thee 


eud) you. 






third person. 








Singular. 


Plural. 




Masc. 


Fern. Neut. 


Of the 3 genders . 


N. 


er he 


fte she eS it 


fte they 


G. 


fetner of him 


ifyrer of her feiner of it 


tfyrer of them 


D 


tfym to him 


tfyr to her tbm to it 


ibnen to them 


A 


it)n him 


fie her eg it. 


fte them. 




118. Possessive Pronouns. 






Singular. 






Masc. 


Fem. 


Neut. 




mein 


metne 


mein mine 




bein 


betne 


bein thine 




fein 


feine 

ifyre her, hers 

Plural. 


fein his. 




unfer- 


unfre 


unfer our 




euer 


cure 


euer your 




tyc 


ibre 




iftr their. 



These pronouns are declined like the indefinite article. 



27 



119. Demonstrative Pronouns. 



Masc. 

btefer 

ber 

jener 

berjcnige lie that 

berfelbe 

felbtger 

foldjer 



Fern. 
biefe 
bte 

jenc 



Neut. 
biefeg this 
bag this 
jeneg that 



btejentge she that bagjentge it that, &c. 
btefelbe bctgfelbe the same 

felblge felbtgeg the very same 

foldje folcfyeg such. 

120. SMefer and jener are declined like simple adjectives : 
thus, btefer, btefeS, btefem, btefen 5 iener, jeneg, ienem, jenen. The 
other, being compounded, are declined like adjectives pre- 
ceded by the definite article : as, Nom. berjentge, Gen. begs 
jentgen, Dat. bemjentgen, Ace. benjenigen. 



Nom ; . 


Gen. 


Dat. 


Ace. 


berjemge 


be§ientgen 


benvjemgen 


benientgen 


btejentge 


berjentgen 


berjentgen 


btejentge 


berfelbe 


beSfelben 


bemfelben 


benfelben 


btefelbe 


berfelben 


berfelben 


biefelbe 


boJjemge 


begjemgen 


bemjenigen 


bagjentge 


baSfelbe 


begfelben 


bemfelben 


baSfelbe. 



121. Declension of Relative Pronouns. 



Singular. 



Masc. Fem. 

N. meldjer, ber roeld)e, bte 

G. roeldjes, beffen roeldjer, ber 

D. melcfyem, ber ttJelcfjer, ber 

A. roetdjen, ben weld)e, bte 



Neut. 
n?eld)eS, ba$ who, which 
tt>eld)e£, beffen whose, of which 
tt)eld)em/ bem to whom, to 

which 
n?eld)eg/ bctS, whom, which. 



Plural of the three Genders. 
N. roeld;e/ bte who, which 
G. tr>eld)er, beren whose, of which 
D. roeld;en, benen to whom, to which 
A. roelcfce, bte whom, which. 



28 

122. The interrogative pronouns are wer who, wefien of 
whom, went to whom, wen whom ; wag what, wejfen of what, 
§u wag (wo$U/ woran) to what, wag what ; wetter and weldje 
who, welcbeg which, or, wag fur etner, wag fur eine/ wag fur 
etneg/ and in the plural, weld)e/ or, wag fur weld;e. 

123. Declension of the Indefinite Pronouns. 

jemanb some one, ntemanb no one, and jeberman each, every- 
one, are termed indefinite, on account of their indeterminate 
signification. They are declined as follows : — 

N. jemanb ntemanb jebermann 

G. jemanbg niemantg jebermanng 

D. jemanben & jemanb niemanben & ntemanb 
A. jemanben & jemanb niemanben & niemanb jebermann. 
To these may be added ein jeber/ etne jebe f cim jebeg each, 
everv one, which makes : — 



Masc. 


Fem. 




Neut. 


N. ein jeber 


etne jebe 




ein jebeg 


G. etneg jeben 


einer jeben 




eineg jeben 


D. einem jeben 


etner jeben 




etnem jeben 


A. cinen jeben 


etne jebc 




ein jebeg. 


To the preceding add leiner no 


ane, 


not one, none, an= 


er other, and ein anberer another. 


Reiner is thus declined : 


Masc. Fem. 


Neut. 




Plur. 


N. leiner letne 


letneg 




letne 


G. letneg leiner 


letneg 




leiner 


D. leinem leiner 


leinem 




leinen 


A. leinen letne 


letneg 




letne 



N.B. manner, manage, mancfyeg, manaV many a, many a man, 
many a one, &c. ; trgenb and some others, are illustrated in 
another part of this work. See Index. 

OBSERVATIONS ON THE PARTICLES 
felbfb fid)/ ©te, er/ tf)r, ijalben/ wegen, wttlen, eg/ man, fetn, beo 
bte, bag/ bag and btef, weld)er, wer, wag, and fo. 
124. The particle felbffc is often added to the personal pro- 
nouns much in the same manner that the word self is added 



29 

to English personal pronouns. It is indeclinable in all the 
cases, and is used with each person in both numbers. Ex. 
3d) felbffc I myself, nnr felbjt we ourselves, id) fya&e eS eud) felbft 
gegeben I have given it to you yourselves, id) fya&e fte felbft ge= 
fefjen I have seen her herself. 

125. The particle ftd) is added to the personal pronouns, 
and is indeclinable in the dative and accusative cases in 
both numbers. Ex. @c betrubt ftd) he afflicts himself, fte 
fdjaben ftd) they prejudice themselves. 

126. The Germans use the third person plural @te on 
such occasions, as the English and French use the second 
person plural : as, Commen <Sie gu mir come to me (literally, 
let them come to me) ; id) gebe eS Sfynen I give it to you, 
(literally, I give it to them). Qt or tfyr is used in speaking to 
persons of inferior rank or condition, and tfyr shows less re- 
spect than er. Ex. .g>ol er mtc ba$ fetch me that, ttyr fetb nad)= 
la$iq you are negligent. 

127. The genitive case of the personal pronouns is 
frequently used with the words fyatbem megen/ xvilUn, and 
whenever this happens, the final r is changed into t : as, 
betnetfyatben on thy behalf, fetnetroegen for, or, on account of 
him, tfyretnriUen on her account, &c. 

128. The pronoun eg, a neuter singular, is often used 
with a verb in the plural number: as, eg ftnb otele Safyre, ba$ 
id) tfyn ntdjt fat) it is many years since I saw him, eS ftnb nur. 
nod) §roet ubctg there are no more than two of them left. 

129. The pronoun man is much the same in German 
both as to its use and signification, as on in French, and si 
in Italian. Ex. Sflfcan fprid)t on parle, siparla, one speaks ; man 
get)t on va, si va, one goes. This particle does not, however, 
render the construction passive in German, as si does in 
Italian, but requires an accusative case after it : as, man fyat 
u)n geftern auf ber (Strajje gefefyen fu veduto ieri per istrada, one 
saw him yesterday in the street; man faster otele ©olbaten 
oorbet gefyen si videro a passar per di qua molti soldaii, one, 
we, you, they, people, &c. saw many soldiers go by here. 

d 3 



30 

130. The possessive pronoun her is expressed by ii)r, and 
not fein : as, ifyr. £au$ her house, i^re ©d)6nt)eit her beauty ; 
and when these pronouns follow the verb, they are inde- 
clinable : as, btefeg «£ctu3 ift euer this house is yours, biefe 
geber ift mein this pen is mine. 

131. The definite article bet/ bki ba& is very frequently 
used instead of the demonstrative pronoun btefer/ btefe/ biefeg. 

132. £5a3 and biejj/ indeclinable, are very often used be- 
fore masculine and feminine nouns, both in the singular and 
plural numbers, to render the expression more emphatic : 
as, ba$ ift ber SDtonn/ son btm id) eud) fo met ergdtjlte that is the 
man of whom I have said so much to you, ba6 ift bk sperfon/ 
roeldje <Sie fo fet>r gu fennen munfd)enthat is the person with whom 
you so much wish to become acquainted, biejj ftnb tie S3ud)er, 
tie ©ie fo fefyr gu lefen rounfdjen these are the books which you 
so much wish to read. 

133. £)effen, beren/ and bevev, are used in preference to 
roelcfyer/ in the genitive case : as, ber #elb/ beffen Styaten tt>ir 
fennen the hero whose achievements we know, bie Sugenb, 
beren 2Bertf) bir unbcfctnnt ift virtue, the worth of which 
is unknown to you, bk Zfyakrii bever @ie errodfynen the deeds 
of which you speak. 

134. SOBer is used in reference to any person without dis- 
tinction of gender, in the singular only : as, xvtv ift n?of?l nut 
fetnem (Stanbe jufvicben ? who, indeed, is satisfied with his con- 
dition ? 

135. 23aS is used interrogatively in reference to any 
thing in general, and in the singular number only : as, rvai 
t)Qt bet 9tad)fcar. gefagt ? what has the neighbour said ? When 
was is preceded by bag/ it becomes a relative pronoun : as, 
bai f roa§ ©ie fagen that which you say. 

136. The indeclinable particle fo is sometimes used to 
avoid the too frequent repetition of the relative pronouns : 
as, bie %vau f fo unS begegnere the lady who met us, bk Stdbte; 
fo uric befafyen the cities, or towns, which we visited ; instead 
of, tie grou/ bk or roelcfye, bie (gtabte/ bie or welctye/ &c. 



31 



CHAPTER V. 

OF THE SEVERAL SORTS OF GERMAN VERBS, 
AND THEIR CONJUGATION. 

137. German verbs may be divided into primitives and 
derivatives, and these again into auxiliary or helping, active, 
passive, neuter, reciprocal, simple, compound, inseparable, 
separable, impersonal and irregular, each of which will be 
treated of more particularly in the next chapter. 

138. There are in German three auxiliary or helping 
verbs, viz. fern to be, tjafcen to have, and roerben to become, 
which have the different moods, tenses and inflections ex- 
hibited in the following conjugations. 

139. Conjugation of the Verb fein. 

infinitive mood, f c £ n to be. 

Pres. Part, fetenb and roefenb being 

Past Part, getuefen been. 

Imperative. fei be thou, fetb be ye, or you. 

INDICATIVE. SUBJUNCTIVE. 

Present Tense. 

i§ bin I am id) fet I may be 

bu btjr thou art bu feijr thou mayst be 

ev tjl he is er fet he may be 

rotr ftnb we are nrir feien we may be 

ityc (eib you are £t>r fetet you may be 

fie ftnb they are. fte feien they may be. 

Imperfect. 

td) xo<xt I was id) rodre I might be 

bu warffc thou was bu wareft thou mightest be 

er roar he was er todte he might be 

wit roaven we were rait rodren we might be 

\\)V waret you were tfyr ro&ret you might be 

fte roaven they were. fte ro&ren they might be. 



32 



INDICATIVE. SUBJUNCTIVE. 

Compound Tenses, 
id) bin gewefen I have been id) fei geroefen I may have 

been 
id) mat getr-efen I had been id) icdre geroefen I might have 

been 
id) roerbe fein I shall be. id) rouvbe fetn I should be. 

140. Conjugation of the Verb fyaben. 

infinitive mood, t) a b e n to have. 

Pres. Partf. fyabenb having. Past Part. gefyabt had. 

Imperative, fyctbe have, or do thou have, tjabet (fyabt) have, 

or do you have. 

indicative. subjunctive. 

Present Tense, 

id) fyabz I have id) fyabz I may have 

bu fyafr thou hast bu fyabeft thou mayst have 

er fyctt he has er fyabe he may have 

ttrir fyaben we have ttrir fytben we may have 

ifyr fyabet you have ifjr tjabet you may have 

fte fjaben they have. fte fyabm they may have. 

Imperfect. 

id) fyatte I had id) fycttte I might have 

bu fyatteft thou hadst bu ^atteffc thou mightest have 

er t)atte he had er fycttte he might have 

ttrir fatten we had tt)ir fatten we might have 

rt)r tjottet you had tf)r tjdttet you might have 

fte fatten they had. fte fatten they might have. 

Compound Tenses. 

id) tyabe gefyabt I have had id) tyaU getyabt I may have had 

id) fjatte getjabt I had had id) fy&tte gefyabt I might have 

had 

id) roerbe fyaben I shall have id) ttmrbe tjaben I should have. 



33 



141. Conjugation of the Verb werfcen. 
infinitive mood, roerben to become. 

Pres. Part, roerbenb becoming. 
Past Part. gercorben and worben become. 
Imperative. tt>erbe become tbou ; roevbet become you, &c. 



indicative. 

idj roerbe I become 
bu totrffc thou becomest 
ec roirb he becomes 
\mv roevben we become 
tf)t roerbet you become 
fte roerben they become 



SUBJUNCTIVE. 

Present Tense. 

id) roerbe I may become 
bu werbefr thou mayst become 
er werbe he may become 
ttriu roerben we may become 
tyz roerbet you may become 
fte it-erben they may become. 

Imperfect. 



id) wurbe or ttarb I became 



bu rcurbeft or rcarbft thou 

becamest 
er u>urbe or tr-arb he became 
ttrir ttmrben we became 
itjr rourbet you became 
fte rourben they became. 



id) rourbe I might become 
bu tr-utbeft thou mightest be- 
come 
ec rourbc he might become 
ttrir wurben we might become 
it>r rcurbet you might become 
fte ttmrben they might become. 

Compound Tenses. 



id) bin gercorben I have be- 
come 



id) fet geir-orben 
become 



may 



have 



id) tt>ar geworben 
come 



I had be- 



id) roerbe roerben I shall be- 
come 



id) ware geroorbcn I might 
have become 

id) wurbc roerben I should be- 
come. 



142. There is but one conjugation of regular verbs in 
German, and according to this all regular German verbs 
are inflected. 



34 



143. Conjugation of the Regular Active Verb 

Ueben. 

infinitive mood, lieben to love. 

Pres. Part. liebenb loving. 

Past Part, gcltebt loved. 

Imperative. liebe love thou, &c., liebet love ye, &c. 



indicative. 

id) liebe I love 
bu liebft thou lovest 
er liebt he loves 
ttrir lieben we love 
ifyv liebet you love 
fte lieben they love. 

id) liebte I loved 
bu licbteft thou lovedst 
er liebte he loved 
nrir liebten we loved 
i\)v liebtet you loved < 
fte liebten they loved. 



SUBJUNCTIVE. 

Present Tense. 

id) liebe I may love 
bu liebeft thou mayst love 
er liebe he may love 
tt>tr lieben we may love 
tfyr liebet you may love 
fie lieben they may love. 
Imperfect. 

id) liebte I might love 
bu liebteft thou mightest love 
er liebte he might love 
ttrir liebten we might love 
ttjr liebtet you might love 
fte Ikbtzn they might love. 



Compound Tenses, 
id) fyabt geliebt I have loved id) Ijabe geliebt I may have 

loved 

id) l)dtte geliebt I might have 
loved 

id) rourbe lieben I should love. 



id) t)atte geliebt I had loved 
id) werbe lieben I shall love 



144. Conjugation of the Passive Verb 

geliebt roerben. 
infinitive mood, geliebt werbe:n to be loved. 

Pres. Part, geliebt roerbenb being loved. 

Past Part, geliebt tr-orben been loved. 

Imperative, roerbe geliebt be thou loved; roerbet geliebt be 

ye loved. 



35 



INDICATIVE. SUBJUNCTIVE. 

Present Tense, 
id) roerbe geliebt I am loved id) roerbe geltebt I may be 

loved 
bu wirjl geltebt thou art loved bu roerbejr geltebt thou mayest 

be loved 
er rcirb geltebt he is loved er roerbe geltebt he may be 

loved 
nrir rcerben geltebt we are loved nrir werben geltebt we may be 

loved 
tfyr roerbet geltebt you are loved ifjr rcerbet geltebt you may be 

loved 
fie rcerben geltebt they are fte rcerben geltebt they may be 
loved loved. 

Imperfect. 

id) rourbe geltebt I was loved id) rourbe geltebt I might be 

loved 

bu nwrbeft geltebt thou wast bu rotirbejr geltebt thou might- 
loved est be loved 

er wurbe geliebt he was loved er rourbe geltebt he might be 

loved 

nrir rourben geltebt we were nrir ttmrben geltebt we might 
loved be loved 

it)r rourbet geltebt you were itjr rcurbet geltebt you might 
loved be loved 

fte rcurben geltebt they were fte rourben geltebt they might 
loved. be loved. 

Compound Tenses. 
id) bin geliebt rcorben I have id) fei geltebt roorben I may 
been loved have been loved 

id) war geliebt rcorben I had id) rc&re geliebt roorben I might 
been loved have been loved 

id) rcerbe geliebt roerben I shall id) nmrbe geltebt rcetben I should 
be loved be loved. 



36 

145. Conjugation of an Irregular Neuter Verb. 

infinitive mood, fd)lafen to sleep. 

Pres. Part. fd)lafenb sleeping. 

Past Part, gefdjlafen slept. 

Imperative, fcfylafe, fd;lafer, &c. 

INDICATIVE. SUBJUNCTIVE. 

Present Tense, 

id) fdilafe I sleep id) fd)lafe I may sleep 

bu fd)ldf|t thou sleepest bu fdjtafeffc thou mayest sleep 

er fd)ldft he sleeps er fdjlafe he may sleep 

wit fd'lafen we sleep wit fcfclafen we may sleep 

iijr fdjlafet you sleep tfyr fdjlafet you may sleep 

fte fd)lafen they sleep. fte [djtafen they may sleep. 

Imperfect, 
id) fd)lief I was sleeping id) fdjltefe I might sleep 

bu fcfyltef ft thou wast sleeping bu fd)liefeft thou mightest 

sleep 
er fdbttef he was sleeping er fd)liefe he might sleep 

wit fdiliefen we were sleeping wit fdUiefen we might sleep 
i\)t fdtfiefet you were sleeping ifyt fd)liefet you might sleep 
fte fdjltefen they were sleeping, fte fdjliefen they might sleep. 

Compound Tenses. 
id) fyabe gefdjlafen I have slept id) fyabe gefdjtafen I may have 

slept 

id) fyatte gefd)lafen I had slept id) fycttte gefd)tafen I might have 

slept 

id) merbe fd)lafen I shall sleep td) rout-be fd)lafen I should 

sleep. 

146. Conjugation of a Compound Separable 

Reciprocal Verb. 
infinitive mood fid) antleiben to dress one's self. 

Pres. Part, ftd) anfleibenb dressing one's self. 
Past. Part, ftd) angefleibct dressed one's self. 
Imperative. Iletbe bid) an dress thyself. 



37 



INDICATIVE. 



SUBJUNCTIVE. 



Present Tense. 



id) lleibe mid) an I am dress- 
ing myself 

bu fletbeft lid) an thou art 
dressing thyself 

ei* lleibet fid) an he is dressing 
himself 

ivit lleiben ung an we are 
dressing ourselves 

U)r fleibet eud) an you are 
dressing yourselves 

fie lleiben fid) an they are 
dressing themselves. 



id) lleibe mid) an I may dress 

myself 
bu lleibejl tidb an thou mayst 

dress thyself 
er lleibe fid) an he may dress 

himself 
mir lleiben ung an we may 

dress ourselves 
tt)r lletbet eud) an you may 

dress yourselves 
fie lleiben fid) an they may 

dress themselves, 



Imperfect. 



id) lleibete mid) an I was dress- 
ing myself 

bu fleibeteft bid) an thou wast 
dressing thyself 

eu lleibete fid) an he was dress- 
ing himself 

miu lletbetenomg an we were 
dressing ourselves 

if)t lleibetet eud) an you were 
dressing yourselves 

fie lletbeten fid) an they were 
dressing themselves. 



id) lleibete mid) an I might 

dress myself 
bu lleibeteft bid) an thoumight- 

est dress thyself 
er lleibete fid) an he might 

dress himself 
wit lleibeten unS an we might 

dress ourselves 
ii)r tletbetet eud) an you might 

dress yourselves 
fie fleibeten fid) an they might 

dress themselves. 



Compound Tenses. 



id) §aU mid) angelleibet I have 
dressed myself 

id) fyatte mid) angefleibet I had 
dressed myself 

id) werbe mid) anlleiben I shall 
dress myself 



id) tjaOe mid) angelteibet I may 
have dressed myself 

td)t)dtte mid) ange£leibet I might 
have dressed myself 

idjmurbe mid) anlleiben I should 
dress myself 



38 

147 . The irregular verbs deviate from the regular form in 
the present and imperfect tenses of the indicative and subjunc- 
tive moods, and in the past participle. The imperfect of the 
subjunctive is in general formed from the imperfect of the 
indicative, by changing the vowels a, o and u into their cor- 
responding diphthongs, or softened vowels a, 6 u. The 
following tables of irregular verbs will be found to be both 
comprehensive and accurate, and beginners ought to commit 
it to memory as soon as possible, after they have made them- 
selves well acquainted with the others. 



39 



<u 






o 








3 


S 3 
at at 


3 


1 = s 

3 COi. — 


s 

cn 


iw en*- S -^ cs 


,2i a o 


es 


Jj u 


fe± 


o 


O X O O 3 at >2 
,o s£s>s> S>S> ■£> 


w w> ^» 


Pi 


cn-Q s> 


.£> 


aa s> 




at at 


at 




a< 


at at at at at at at 


at at at 




en jo 


j> 


J=> CO 


€35 


cn » cpcncncno) 


enen en 












Ui. 


-»-> 








(JCL 






cs 


o> 




&& 




S 


5-» 


1 
p. 

S 




'at «* J5 


CD 


O at 
at <33 

5-» Si at at C H CJ 


O 
at 

"S C5 .j- 




CS a* 


a. 


at at 




at at ._ .JS .^ .ti _i 


^-. S- 5-» 




JO JE» 


jo 


JO JO 


s> 


jo fljiaa^fl 


J=> J3 J» 








at 

at *-» 








V 






S 3 


o 






til 


at 




S3 C 
cCS o 


at 


at 
at <3j w ^ 


a* *■* at 21 

2* CJ.2J-CJ 


s-§> 


<3tr 


at 


■»CJ 


il *<3 at «>0 "O t><3 <a<3 w 


w i* 5-> i^ 


1-1 o 


jo jo 


JO 


S>^-£> S> S> S> S> S> S> 




• s 






u 

Zz 




O 


at 


in 


J3- 

S3-> K — 




§1 


«5 
5-» 


CO 


.£> CS-— CJ 


S3 
1-1 c 


3 at 


at 


<i> cn^r 


<3 


O W o* o o«d2 


■S 5-» J-» J- 


jo j=> 


J=> 


^^•^ 


S> 


a ««>oa«>oj> 


a>o>oa 




§5" 


& 


^ ^ 


«" 


.^ SS > S'S'S > . , §' 


!?S^ W ^ 




£ S 


at 




w 




g 8 i 




<■« «w 


(JO. 


at 


.»- at 




6 


J^CfcL 


at 

52. 


tji- 


list 


— •«-» .at 




a 


.*» 


at 


Cy» 


<35 


■*5"CJ 


a 


rt- at 


j=> 

3 


ijn. 


5-» 


"*5 ^cT 

°* • ^ 

P* at C3- SI at at ~ s-» ■— ^Z 


0) 
O 

a 

01 


£ s ^ £ 3 3 

W J=> v J) » .O 

jo at !2'*— a» .^ 
«^S*£J at s_> 5 <£ at 

.<*>^JjO-ui & c liEL <35 g 
^ Vl- g S> 'Si "S £- S ' 

jo^^" «£ *-S*. 
J3 o jo , 


J-» 
• S^S 3 




S-> _o i^ at •«-» .«-» •«-» •<-> <->t<3 


^^ *^ at JO 




.n.1s 


•s* 


«* g 


^ 


^!§" .If 


















t3 














CIS 

S 

jsf 

is ° 

X) o 




C 

'So 


13 




'5 , ^ 


> 


O 


2 § 


a 
o 
o 


g S =T3.S MO 




'S 

s 




at 


c o 


o 


So 2 




I— ^* 

at .£!•. 
S3 .ft* 


tia. 


1 S 


c 

at 
CO 


g ens s g c c 
v» s ^ <> n S c 


at <3 at 




CS at 


0* 




at 


at a» .2* •— 43 •" w 


*-» i- « 




&& 


S8 


Si 83 


8S 


8Q ^5S^S^^ 


&& ^ 




<£> CN 


Tt 


t}* 


<M 


CO CCMCOhO 


CO <N 



40 



.2 
"a. 


c~ .£• « ^c g <g _ c ^ c e 
tr.35-4-.tJ = ,±i *> 21 — ;=! ? ** c< ^ <" 

5-»:_>css-. s-» S3 clw •& •& ^ r "2^ « 

<_»<_»<_•<_» <_.«_» C ■_, }_, j_> -_, «_><_. o 
<_0 CO <_D <_0 C£ <_0 <-» <_» <_> <_» CO CO CO CD CSi 


o 

to 

p, 
S 


i-i s-> a. :-> S-i 


g- ^> S-^2- ^ is n >& 


6 

II 

o 


-Sf ^ ~ *• £, 

£* ^*« >-> £ ^" :3 S $-« ^- »^ *5- $1 <-» c 3§ 

>0>0j3jofi^)j0 e»> <-» <_. a* <<S i^__ U_Ly__. ?" 


^^ 

2.* 

§•.2 

fc-a 


5 
s£^€S«£{ a ."? Ho 2 
s- s- a s_» £ s- 3 S t* *£^7 17 «»■ s -X.S o 

aJSjOjO^JOjO ^» <" ** <_» <i <3 »i— - C— jfi- i_r!_ 


1 
a 

12 

o 
e 

o 

I 


£ w ^| 1 f s t sIL s 

j~j .-_ u— -j __ • o ♦ rs ^> ^— **— u— >^ 
^» V*d>3 O +j o Jo fcr w "O 

s^cg-s § ) ^S , s. , f |« Bg ^-- ^^ ^ 


_> 

"S 

s 


■ 

is 1 I 

*- ^ o - ** o n g c g g « o Q o o 

ilsS Is tlf^Sf I'gf 5 nS 5 
S.5^^r .5| |-§slsa all ^ 5? ^ 

^^c»>^ ^J"S C '-' S_> -* ' S-. i-» s-f^fc 1 rj CJC3 i 

S<«ftQ0 0Q © © ©£> © © eo yo» bo 

(N — i (N ^ C0(MiO CO 



41 



6 
"a. 




ft* 
CS) 
O 


c c 

ft* ft* 
O O 

fci-5-. 


S3 

ft* 

ft* 


i*l 'Si 


ss 

o 

>£> 


S3 
ft* 

en 


• 2i CS ^ O ft* o 

jo cn^ enc s 




ft* ft* 


o< 


ft* a> 


ft* 


ft* ft* 


ft* 




ft* ft* ft* ft* ft* ft* 




<S>cn 


<S) 


<3J<35 


cn 


cncsi 


<35 


en 


en en en en en en 








jo>«ja. 


















ft* ft* 






























a! 


















*< 


> 


















o 








3! =-• 






*» 






ISO. 


S 
S 




ft* 
en 


O o 
ft* ft* 
ft* ft* 

iEiE 




ft* ft* 

5-> i-» 
ft* ^£3^ 

<*1 <33 


ft* 
ft*.** 
*♦ «o 
ocJ ft* 

en 




ft* 
■» 

c* 

jO n£> 

ft* ft* 

en en 


ft* .2i ft* 

+5 n c cn 

"encnen 


aj 












^— N 






. > 

<*■ "^ 

!! 

o 


ft* 

ft* «_» 

£L%«3- 


en 
Si- 


5* 02- 


ft* 

S-i 


ft* 

,i±cn 


ft* ft* 
** *-» 
U Q»CS 
«£>^> 
ft* ft* 

enen 


ft* 
en 


j3> en ,ft*j21 

sfSSff 

ft* .^» q> t»<3 ft* ft* 

en cn en en en en 


•6";S? 


's - 


>&•& 


>S~ 


e-e 


•e w 


>& 


>&•& ■*>&■-&>& 








'*■• '*■* 


'*■* 


.-..*-» 


•*♦ 


•«-» 


.*"..„. ■•*■**•«- 


. a) 
s 




en 
o 


o o 




1*1 <35 


<3 
ft* 


cs 
en 


ft* ,~ o» CS ft* ft* 

^^ en cn cn <si en 




.1i.1I" 


•& 


^S 


g" 


■e-8 > 


^ 


^ 


•£?>€? ■«> "5 s "S"^ 












"""'- 






.— ._ ft*.^.._.^, 




ft* 


CJ 


*» 


5-* 


ft* 


«t±t; 


$-> 












ft* 




ft* 




ai 


t*3 


<£ 


«£ 


^ 


«ti 






"en 


•3 
c 

O 


<L> ft* 


Cn 
ft* 

=s 


CO- ,ft» ,J3- 

5tS.'S ^_, cn 


*l£*: 


1*3- 

*en 

3 


*» 

IS •' . ^2 tJ 

^2 » v - 

ft* ft* C <" ft*.^-. 




<£ "3" j. <Si -!_> J^^ "S 


£l.i_» 
<3=^ 


■*■ £ «o J-» *» «J 


a) 


Si. £ t5.^-^j£ iiiL -g, xS?S '^ en en & en en en 




•s~*s~ 


[S* 


&•& 


"€T 


•e-e" 


!t? 


>e- 


'g^>g■'U>•g">g-■8 , 










• *» 


•^> •*■» 




** - 


•»^ .^. ft* .,_ .^. .^ 














^ 


















S-l 


















2 




^ T3 - 












4-3 






<u 5 J3 *< ^ 


c 


4J 


o 
e 


s $3 

ft* ft> 


o 
> 

0) 
O 

c 


S3 
n a 

O) G 
q; S-, 

22 

e c 
ft* ft* 


"C 

O 

c 

ft* 
** 


0> 

> 
o 

4-> 


S 8 S § -| 
S. g * 8 S 
2§)0^-2 

ft* ^ o* C« 
^^ a> »— ft* ft* •»- 




It 


CS* 


ft* ft* 


ft* 

5-t 

&o 


ft* ^£> 


t<<3 


>o 








BO© 


ft* 


ft* 


o ft* ft* ft* ft* ft* 




j£>yo 


eo 


VG&O 


© 


© 


©©©©©© 




i-H CO 


CO 


CO CO 


tft 


?0 CO 


(M 


iO 


Tf -H (M IO CO 



e3 



42 



'3, 




S3 

S 

o 

s 


c cng 

S 2i ^ .£> 
tsr'&iS cs 
oMSMS 5-. 


It** ^ OT 


c C s 

o S ** 

(JO K 


o 


iffen 
annt 

lungen 


Ph 




en enen<55 


<3)<S3'J3-iJ> 


■ f> <^^ . r^ 


■£?• 


flJjWWWjH 




a> 


<i> 


<i> C*> C*> ^ 








<K (U 5) U »( 




en 


CO 


en en en en 


en en en en 


en en en 


en 


en en en en en 








«££- 


Sr ^ 


















rs 






6 

> 






'en 


>*— «l> <a< en 


CJ 






15 
S 




C 

c 
S 


Si 


u 

o 

3aS 


«*— 


o ^ is ti 

«u C vO g en 

u^- j— <i> S3 C 




Q> 


<x> 


.21 ,21 — s-> 


SjCCO 


CS u w 




<u a> MS MS MS 




en 


en 


en en en en 


cn^c^'is-iC- 


J3~J3^J3^ 


>£?- 




d 


u 


<*> Si 
S3 E5 








<w 2S 




•J3- 

"ST 


t,0 °eS 


<*» ^> S* 


«i> »v» ^* a* 
fcr-SIiS en 




c-CS 


2; <u p en 

It S3 „o =-0 "C$ 


a. 

en 


C* <i* 


•..o — > — > s-> 


5j »cj .^ - — 






*"" o 


en en <35 en en en 


0)£-J5-S> 


J3^X?-,£> 


■£»^ 


Jbj i»j *w »-> «-» 


o 


r<0 


Jg^" 


•G-S~-cT-g- 


•S > S~ > S' , S V 


>&-e>e- 


!^~ 


•S~>£?-S~ , S"'S N 




ew 




._».,*.,-._ 


"** •->•—•— 


*'■'•*"' •*-* 




••*'* - "- ■«-»••* 


. d 


O 


»53 *_. .o 


a=^i: en 


.21 o.21 


a 


w S ^ 


«&« 


en en en en 


cn,o-j=*--G* 


^S3-^5-^£> 


J3» 


«2«wS»S2«2 






•8" 


^■g-g-g 


^IzSS 


rg^:? 


tET 


.*§'3'^.'2TS' 








s-> 


-I-. s-> 


j. s-» 














Ti <^> 




w 












^CJ 


o> 




I 






«£ 




•X>,C7-(f-» 


^ 




"8 








>^Si en 


^si^ 


IB 




•3 






s^ 

en 


«k h-» oe$ 




*nS3 








d 




ti-Jcs 


5-^ 




6 . 

. O CJ q o 

£ o o "r <u 












C « 3 

s rs 


3 


o 


Sn 


c 


O) ^ ^ ». 


-»^> c^ 


^ 


<" ^ ^ 21 - 


s 


s 


c 
2 


• Si — »-» «5 aCS u « <3 .q- - <3 <» >£3\»^ .S3MT o <i> MS — MS 


£ 


CS) 


en 


cnenen^ 


s>»^^-^^-» v 


S- ^J-**"* «-»«-* "^ "^ 




a» 


s 


•e >&•&&• 


>6~ S-QS 


•e-s^-s- 


*a' 


-e-e-s-^-e 




o» 




•** •*-" •*■* ••* 


•«- ,, «-" •<-•♦-» 


.^.._.^> 


•** 


**■* ••** •** '** •* - 










&. 










£3 

CD 

a. 




CD 


OS 
Sh 
(10 


■a 






d 


c 


3 

a 

, 1) 0) 


O 

1^2 = 

o o o° 
<i> e c -i> 


cu 

s 

? Ij ., 


D, 


^ > S c 

o £ oj 3 3 
ts q a; o o 


"8 
a 


o 

c 


o 

<** 
S3 
B 


C *- S3 
r u n s 

<v, «i» «i> J> 


o o 5 

= n S 


'33 

O 

e 


'^ ^ 'o o M 
O O +j 

O -M +■' ^« 

^ c - S ss 

.tS"S3.21. . 




<i> 


a> 


.2: ^-» +-> '<-> 


» C « CS 


CS <x> o> 


r» 






© 


© 


©©©© 


©^^^0 


£J.<S,b£j(, 


«' 


&S«^SS^<&3 




"■5 


<N 


m ^ ^o 


-5t 


W 


(N 


"<* CO JO — ' 



43 



3 

Ph 


= 51 

cu £4. 3 

c e o 

*w iu_> «_> 


3 
3 

o 


3 

CU 

o 
5-> 


c 

CU 


Ci> 


£3 

Ci> 

*»" 
CS 


."ti >2i S" 


3 
cn 

cu 


3^ 
cn cs 

s s 


3 
cu 
JO 

Cu 

H 




cu cu cu 


CU 


CU 


cu 


a» 


cu 


cu cu cu 


cu 


Cu CU 


Cu 




3) cn cn 


35 


35 


en 


cn 


cn 


cn enen 


cn 


cn cn 


cn 




»- 










y_ 






















3 










o> 


"eu 










ica. 


<3 












e: 






s_ 




<3 












2 

S 


« S E 
3 u o 






• »->*'-' jO 
5-> c$ 


o 


o 
cs 


cu cu 

jO -£>rx) 
"cu 'cu .Si 


cu 

cn 

Cu 


Su 

SB ■ 


cu 
uO 

Cu 
























11 

o 


CU 

cu Q_ cu 
"£'£'«CS 


CU 

S 
S3 

t-O 


Cu 

*€? 


cu 

«3 




c» 


^u^^> 


cn 


cu T"-Q N 
cn3°3 

■2 S£ 


cu 
JO 
cu 

s 


O 


«"^-e~ 


IS" 


"t? 


T? 


.*§* 


>6? 


« , -e , -s- 


Iff 


•s^-s - 


!? 






CU 














eu 




a. 3 


te&S 


S3 


o 


JO 


CO- 


c_ 


*u >C * > 


cn 


u3^-X> 

cn cs 3 


JO 

cu 


S^ 


S = 5 


o 


w-> 


a 


Q> 


22 


•2-^5 


<3 


3S5 


s 


1-1 


•e^-a-e- 


-5 s 


;€? 


3 


5 


S 


^•e«- 


■& 


•&>&" 


-e 




•*■*•*-■ ■«-• 


'*■* 












•~ 


•*- .»u 


*** 




^ 




S-> 


„_ 


■»-► 
















s-> 


cu 


^~N 


•** 


$.» 




t» 










CU 




** 


b= 


cu 


^ 


cu 






> 


U±. 


^ 


ct±- 


jQ 

»3 


oCJ 




cu 








"5 
s 


S 

s 

o 


<3- 

n 

3 


cu 






o<3 


5-> 
cu 


cn 

_CU 


cs cs 

s s 




o 


6 iL? 

aS <" ^ 


3 
jO 


JO 




3 

JO 


cu 

Cu 


3 

JO 


. .<o 


cj 
a; 






CU 


jO 


<-> -O 




0) QJ 3 




a; ^t3-^ 




ID 

P4 


cu CU 55 

3 s o 

t£_) £}_) W-> 


-» 3 
5 § 

O 


,- *" >f? Cu"Vi CU V? 3 <-> ° <" ~H-» 35 

5 "C ^ Jo 2 fa=^ o *S .-2 .-^£^7— < 
cs *-> "£ « v 3 J £~J&*i£12f£l~ . 


5 cu 




»* 


O v. 




-» ^— ' > 








.ITtf!? 


s~ 


£ 


S 


^ 


'&' 


tg^:*? 


«" 


>s s t > s~ 


^& 




















52 C 






















-c £ 






















-tJ o 




0) 

> 

'2 
a 


^ a 
§•3 3 

c S Si 


3 

0) 

o 

3 


CU 

<u 

S-c 
O 

o 

3 


TD 1 
O 


o 


C 

o 


# ^ - 
3 g rt 
tn r-5 a) 

o ° « 

4-» +J O 


C 

o 

a; 
o 


2 » 

3! ta 

o 

-M 3 


a 

X! 

o 

4-> 
3 




•s-s s 

SCO 


cu 
ss 

s= 
»o 

&5 


•6 s 

a* 
"iu 




Cv> 


cu 

cs 


c c tl 

cu cu S3 
jO -X^cu 
cu cu cu 


3 

Cu 

cn 

cu 


cn 3 


JO 

"cu 




tf rf (M 






CO 








Tt rf O 


o 


CO 


^ 



44 



















n 


















cn 


















:-. 


1 

PL, 


5 c 

1 i 


o 

S 


6» 

« s 

S 3 


££ 

«i3- 
C ft- 


3 
O 

Si- 
ft- 


W 3 
ft-CT 


3 
CS 


Ss§.lll 

%* %* 5-» 5-* >* 


















Cv Cj> C-/ o 




cn cn 


<33 


<5) <3) 


ocn 


«J 


csscn 


cn 


cncncncn 




«-> 










"2 


•£?- 


qa. 


0> 

1 


s 

o 








£ »- 
o O 




o- 
o 


<3 

t4 


° o 
ej o <v j- 
A>»w 3 

*«i» Crf Crf 0* 


3 

s 


s s 


s 




E 
S 




CO 


w 3 








3 


3 ft- 


«- 


ft-<3- 


u 


Sj W 5-» W 


• > 

S o 
o. c 
S.2, 

— > c 
o 


s s 


s 


« i 

3 "« 

5 3 


«« <3- 
c ft- 


ft 


'2 3 
ft-o- 




jj w w s-> 


e ^ 


;S 


•e -e- 


«•& 


& 


ee 


e 


g-e-e-s- 


p 


us ^ 

O CS 

s s 


n 

o 

s 




C$v3- 
3 ft. 


en 
o 

ft- 


5-» 3 

ftcr 




a 

s»sii 

W 5-» W 5-» O 
^ ^ ^. S-» 

3 ."E 3 ^ 




«* e 


^ 


«• -e 


&& 


§ 


^•S~ 


•IT 






en 


en. ** 






3-> 






> 


£-£hs 


5 


! f 


«ii 


en 


t3l 


«3t 


















I 


3 ot= ~ 




"»! 


12. 

ft- 


3 

o- 


5-> 




•5 
1 

Ph 


*■• •♦-» 3 •<— c •<-■ 3 •<-> 3.5 
5 S S £ 5 S e 


.3 3 .3 s 

o* *> 2-° *& 6 6 c5 o 

S= u — — >*— a* «" 3 >-J c3 ■ J=N — ^T.ii c 
2; Si- °* ft-rri. b? O" it w *tj ^ <" ** «* 




S § 


«■ 


•J? *? 


S^ 


S" 


*?«* 


S" 


!§"!§" IS S 








01 

xi 






CO 

3 








0) 




o 




J2 


O 








3 
3j a; 

a a 

2 B 


o 


CO w 

3 ** 

a © 


CU -t-J 

C ^ 

SB 


CO 

'S 

0) 
O 

o 


co ,_7 

32 


w 

"> 

■a 

o 


BBB 2 

3 3 3 5 
?i 2< S 3 

c 

Ck> Cw <i> Cu 

S5 S5 SS S5 




s g 

5R l£$ 


3 
en 


— <U 3 

PI 




3 
cn 


si 


3 




w 


m 


<M 


r»" 


CO 


"* CO 




«* X* rf 



45 



to 


s 


s s 

«5£T 


s g 


3 


3 


3 3 e e 


3 
>0 


3 


S3 

5 cs 






3 3 


«£itt= 




3 


.21.22 o o 




o 




cd 


Q 


3 o 


So 


o 


•© 


-e-e-e- >&" 


>e 


>& 


■c-S" 


























o <^> 


O Cl» 








a* 


O 


o a> 




3) 


cncn 


cncn 


en 


cn 


cn enen cn 


cn 


cn 


enen 




f? 




y_ 














> 


aj 




3 








t~ 


^ 




5-» 




CS 




o 




o 


o 


o 


<D 


O 


CJ Cki 


o 


©> 


o — eu o> 
(trS.^0 E „_ ^ 


«*.2: 


^ «i> w ^ 3 


a 




OC 






a^ 3 


•— •— w a* 


<w «- 








2% 


3 












1-1 


•21 


.5 .5 


■e 


•e-e'-e - -e* 


>€? 


-6" 


■€?"c? 






















6 
5m -.n 




&n*~ 




<*> 


££££- 




£: 


Jo,- 
3 o» 


II 




3 3 




CS3 


"3 

•5 s 


.21 .22 "O ="3 »o 


oO 


•6" 


"3^3 






















o 


^ 


llTI^^SM? 


12 


;€T 


iffliTS S" 


!^ 


^S" 


•e-e 


. <" 




on 








uO 3 t» w 


sO 


«{ri. 


JOui— 

3 <" 


a g 




n 3 




en 
o 


3 


.21.21 3 O 


o 


o 


3 w 


-? 






•0" 


g_"5~g; ^~ 


*& 


*G 


gg 




!^ 


;£?;£? 


«■« 


^~ 


e 


!2?!2?!2? !? 


^ 


«" 


«-«■ 




14 




s-> 




54 




s-» 




QJ 


rt 


i 




"5" 


131 

en 

rs 


its. 

3 


ti3 113 

(JOS jj 
4) QJ* jO 


13- 




L3- 
It— 
«3 


2 
en 




BB 


t2- 

. 3 


3 
jQ 


w. 


3 

JO 


o 










+-> 














a 
* 


jjy. .. <u m 

«- "a E E 
"ft «a ■«- ««^ 


3,CS 


^IfllSIIiIIll 


CEO. 


Hi 






















|© 


;*?•€? 


"©■S 


*0 


«■ 


•6^-3 -6" ^s 


S" 


«• 


«« 


a 


"a; 

1 
O 


CO 

o o 


c 
■— ■ 'u 
7«3 

° o 


CO 

O 


a 

a 
<u 
u 

o 


a 

w Jjl3 s- 
g O, O <u 

° o c 


> 
o 
S 
o 


o 

o 

CO 

o 


3 o 


c 












C C 3 r- 
<k <" S 3 


3 












s 


3 




m 


Cy. 


Sf 3 






cn s 


.<* 3 


a> 
cn 


3 


£5a £ 

<u <j> «w ca 






3 CS 




a> 




3 3 


cs 


>£? 


•&&>& •& 


•3" 


•f? 


•&•& 




85 


£:£} 


8S& 


*y 


&> 


®®@ ® 


^) 


® 


®@ 




co 


- H 


CO 


CO 


<£> 


rj* Tj (N CO 


CO 


CO 





46 





c 
en 
es 


gfc= 


s 




5 « 


ft* 
MO 


.^ o 


rieben 
ritten 
neen 


O 


c 
en 

e 


# 


^r 


>&-e 


•S" 


^r 


•ee 


g 


gg 


-&S-&- 


g V 


■a 




cw 


«U GJ 


e> 


CK 


cw o 






o> ei> Cb» 


Ck> 


Q> 




CS5 


en en 


en 


en 


en en 


en 


en en 


er en en 


en 


en 








S~ 




M 


>H 


u 












o 


o 


o 


O _ 


o 


o 


O 






a 

5- 
V 

c 
S 


en 


^ y_ U2X •». ^^^,2? 


^s -o "g 


"* <L> <i> «> >& Ci 
. 5_» ;_» ^» OlC 


en 




>»— 


gg 




g 


gg 


g 


gg 


ggg 


g 


g 


. > 

If 


a* 

en 

"3 


gtt= 






2S 


ft* 

«o 

■Jo 

s 




^^i 




en 


■H" 


-e^ 


•5 s 


■fif 


e-e 


•e- 


>&•& 


•e-e-& 


■S" 


•fcj- 






















o 


^ 


eg 


g 


g 


eg 


S 


gg 


."S"."?^ 


g 


g 


. v 


en 


*&(!= 




yn. 


C^ 


o 






5-> 
O 


en 


S.& 


=5 




•♦* 


o 


«S 


s 


i- K 5-> 


H 


H 


£3 


g 


g"€? 


g 


g 


gg 


g 


gg 


ggg 


g 


g 




*? 


>&•& 


•e* 


•B" 


ee 


>& 


•e-e 


>s->&>e^ 


e 


>e 








•*• 






*** 


••*•*• 


•** "^ '** 


*" 


** j 


"3 
•3 


o<3 










NO <W 

if 






til 
a» 




Tf 




















» 

£ 


rs 

JO 


S 6 




<D 




«u -»-» OJ CD 
«- «MO NO 




JO 




o 


0> 
«3 + 








■». ft* 

en— 


^g'p« 




»C$ S-r* 




2 S J ~ 'S 


Q> 


C*> 


&6 


sggli 


Q> <i> 0> 

S-> »-» 5-» 


2g2 


£ 


w^gg 


g 


g 


gg 


o 


o l ^ u— 


ggg 








>PT 


•S^ 


•f? 


■f? 


ee 


>e 


■©•& 


•S'-B'S* 


•6 s 


•e" 
















.<-«»♦-. 


•** ■* J ""■ 


**' 


■*■* 




















<u 








s 














ha 


c 




0) 


V CD 


£ 


3 


■M 60 


"3 

a 


O 00 


<u a) B 

^ to O 


J3 

a, 
p, 

S3 

GO 




03 
> 


CO 

O 


**5 


o 


O 


S* 




o o 






O 
■4-> 


a 


en 
<3 




ft* 






S 


jOrf> 


ft* Cw< «* 

S-» K W 


S 

s 


c 

a* 

en 

s 




•ff 


ee 


•fr 


>f? 


ee 


•s- 


•S'-S' 


•e-e>e 


•b' 


•is' 




® 


®® 


© 


® 


®@ 


® 


®@ 


©®@ 


6) 


^) 




<£> 


Tf rf 


tP 


CO 


-H Tf 


CO 


T}< CO 


^^^ 


CO 


-* 



47 







s 

ft* 


n c 






o 


3 


£ 


ft* ,» _. 




_ 


!& 


iij 


s 


3 c S 


e c c = 


J- ^* 


\i 


o 


o 


3 3 o c ■«-> c 




3 Jr 3 




8 


8 


SS8 X/g«2- 
3-2- £i S 


ft* en>*-» s 

J3 = 3 c 

O 3 3 O 


















(U O y ft* ft* ft* 


ft* ft* <^> o 


ft* ft* ft* ft* 




en 


en 


en en en en en en 


en en en en 


en en en en 


> 

0) 


>- 

* ° C 

ss e s s 


ft* ft* 

* = ! o^ 






ft* 
O «v 


a 


Sg 


:ss 


.8 2 8 £><! 


«i* ft* <u ft* 
jo ensa-» c 


ft* 


•5.1 


m 


•S~ 


■€? 


ft* CCS 


<05 


»-'». 




u 


u— 




>3-t, — 1« — ^ — 


t, '•"' •*■" 






ft* 

s 


ft* ft* ^-s 








ft* 


s 


,*o en ^ ft* 

3 s £> *-» .£ 

t>CJ "CS •■'O °3 ^ ^ 


«i* ^ ft* 


—s ft* ^~^- 

z ** s s 


|4 


3 


s 


8 8 8 2 X^ *-• 


ft* en«-> 3 
t: 3 3 3 
t.o *es =-3 -'3 •- 


5 ^ is ft* S S 






U— 1*— u— u— 


O 


g" 


•& 


•e-o-s^-e-s^ 


€€€§ 


>S' , S~ , S' > 6~ S ^ / 








.-..— ._ .«_»._._ 


"*^ •«->•«-*•— 


•*-" '** "* **"* 






B 


jo en x-v U -^ 








o 


S 


§§SS ^§£» 




o 5 


&3 




8 


S-2-3.2-,* 3 ° p s 2 £* 


ena_> s 
° ,2. ^ ^ 


is .ft* g 












— 


-© 


•€? 


s^ 1 * - ** JO ^~^ ft* 


gg-ee 


<&&<&& 




•** 


.»- 


._._.._. ._.^.,^ 




•** ■*• * < ~' 




w 




*■» ^ *■» ^ 












.^J3 w jQ 








^ 




^ 2.5 -'5 






ai 


Ig. 




w >— (ti- 1 *— 




53 












o 


C3 


fi 




£ £.£•£-§ 






•3 






^ S-> 3 "~* 




ft* 


(3 

4) 


6 








CfcH 

o 


ft* 


ft* 
g 




« £ B % 

0J 8) qj 0> 


+j 3 a* ^ 


c 

0) 

<a 


Ss3 


.^-> ..-. •-'O «^ QJ ** 

2 2 2 5^-° c " •£> .„ 


5 - " - <£ 

H^ ^ 3 
c 3 _C C 


0> jo ^ ft* 

^ ^ ft* 3 
ft* —»•*■* 3 
ijyi-^ ft* •** 




43 s 


•5 s 


•S"&t5 •S'-S'S' 


""SSS'S 


S"."?^."? 




■** 


"•* 


. M .^>. M .^..^.^, 










£ 


•g to 


d) 










.-; c ! - 










£ 


a •— ea 


rt 






1 

o 

*-* 

s 


73 

o 

s 

ft* 

s 


5 * > « 

> m f5 T3 
a* a* 3 O +J 


o •- .5 fl 

^3 00 w C 

o 5 ° ° 
+i *-> +j - ,J 


c 

3 '3, 
•- en 

.-S 33 S" o 

J° 


s 




S 
8 


jo en a* +J o 




■*-> M 3 




ft* 

g 


n c « e +* 

._. •*-• oO J- c* 

8 8 8 «--« 3 


3 3 3 3 

<v> a* ft* ft* 

.^ cn«-> 3 


— > ft* 




>& 


*S~ 


t3 TJ "3 ft* ft* fti 


t* 3 3 C 


.^ o S-'S. 




® 


© 


©®(© ®^)® 


ssss 


®®®® 




CO 


<N 


-h -< CO o 


CO — < — I C<1 


O CO Tf CN 



48 



3 

PL. 


if 

•2:3: 


a 

tsr 
o 


en 

c 

ft 


o 
t£2- 


S3 

>t$ S3 

ctua. 


S3 
o 


a S 
fiica- 


o o 

caca 


S3 — 

±ica.S"ij 
























<30<3) 


«5 


<35 


en 


en Cn 


cn 


CS5G5 


<sro 


en cysencsj 
















<35 


<o 




t> 




O 










ca. 


1=1 e=L 




rt 




CO. 








._ 


|h 


*-* 


® 










w 


o 


° s 


Si. w o 


a 


S's 




•€T 


««s£> 


rf> 


cn-o 


~o" 


?1 51 a o 




,2-a 


a 


,ft 


U± 


tttUi 


cfci. 


ca<a- 


iaia. 


££.^1! 




!3« 




a* 

CO 

S3 






•C X3 *- <3> 

ca<a--w *^ 


£3 


•2:3 


,»- 


a. 


«t3- 


"CS «CS "S3 „cs "° .£2 ^CS "3 ,o .£2 

caea^*±^c~cticai±±cfci. 


O 


«-«■ 


«" 


1®" 


JS" 


€"€ 


ys 


€^ 


'S'M 


S^S'S' 








en 




**> 








S.1 


ss-S 


•in. 
o 
u 


S3 
<S 


•6" 


cscSc 
lJ-tfcL*litt 


•Si cs 

<a.ca- 


*i ca 


IMS 




R;S~ 


«■ 


s 


^ 


>e~R r 


€€ 


««" 


S'S'S'S 


> 






«i=t 
en 


5-> 








a> 


s£^ 




e 




S3 


ca 




*£2- 


ia- 


ca 


"H^ 




ft. 




a- 


c£± 




J0- 


ia. 


at 

USX 

ca. 


o<3 

ca*-t 


o 
c 




^ft^S*^ 








+J 














0) 




J* 


3 










4J 


Vh 


•^ <u 




4-> eS 


hi 

a, 


cL 


C 


o C 


13 


3 

o <u 


rt -^ 




t» 


tfl w 


o 


o 


in 




w 


s^ 


O D 


ft w cS 


'3 

s 


ss a 




S3 

en 

S3 


2 

S3 

«R 


o o 

C S3 


o 
+-> 

S3 
a* 


o o 


So 


^-30 

S3 -^ 
«« S3 _ 


















•^ o 






ft ft 




a. 
















®«y 


& 


© 


6) 


®@ 


<y 


6)6) 


®® 


@®ww 




^F <M 


cc 


- 1 


<M 


»o 


3<l 


rf (M 


M 


rf Tf vo 



49 















o c 








a5 








c 

en 

■ii~ 


r- — <— 






,_, 


,_ 


'5 






en 


S3 £» s 

.2 5-» «>t= 




<u 






o 


.2t "3 


o 
5-» 


3 


>p x> x> en 


^^ 


o o 


CJ 

2 


g 








o> 


Q* 


Ol Cu CK ^l 




'- u 


o> 






en 


enen 


en 


cn 


O » » » 


» 


£> O 


en 


cr. 










«-» 






O 




























J; 










cu 






.^^> 






I 

s 




a* 


en 


o 

S3 

'5 


2^ 
Sip 

S3 ^> 


'en 




ti sa » 


*& 

CJ 

2 


es 
g 












^ s 


Q> 








<B 






| 




<** 2; ?1 «* 


Ck* 


^» 






^ *3 

« g 

& 3 


«u 




o 




3 w ^-^o""^- 

»P -P "° jO J35 


oas 




•S" 


o> 






<-rS 








"3 




5-» 


a *"* 


+2 


5-> 


o> <«. q> £ <i» 


p 


» <D 


2 


g 


U 


«" 


!?!? 


•S" 


-s 


*3 "S" <w> > S s 


^ 


-g~-£? 


"S" 


"%3 




« 




en 


«-> 


>ajo J5 en 


J3^ 






■s- 


•S* cs 












3 


3 


*2 


W J-> 




!-> 


» » o » 


S> 




2 


g 




*6T 
•** 


•S"*© - 


jS" 


•6" 


•S'-S* «o "5 s 


|S~ 


^"."S" 


•S 1 


•6T 


o 


o* 




<** 




JO t. 




2-3 




<il 


u 

>3 




£ 


en 


3 


■2 '^ 




oO 5_, 
3 » 




«CJ 

2 


o 

Cm 

o 
a 

CD 
0) 


3 ^3 
?; tt='C P *- 

w »*"■ 5-» -S •— 


3 3 - „ <-> ° 

>» ^ 3£ «->=>-« *-S.^ 

o <v 'G w Jo ° ^ — en^> 


C S » 
°^ ft 


o "* 2 si 




g" 


3: 5 


"3 1 


g 


■g^" "g^ 


*c? 


€6 


•€? 


"S 


> 


■4-> 

1c 


(U 


CJ 

> 


C 


5 o SI ? c 


o 


i 

c 

X 

cy 

a, a; 
rt O 


bD 




a 


o 


o ** 




o 


gg c *- 






O 


o 


c 


+J o 




•i-> 




— 


S= o ^ 


+ J 


■** 


"" 


tfc 


S 3 

■JO o 


s 

en 


CJ 


— , "-. — -_, 
ax> jo en 


j3s 




^ 


a* 
"8" 






O O 










S S "> 


G 


CJ 












-_, -^, a» a> 


Crf 




w 


WW 


fc! 


W 


&S2 S9S? 


S^ 


s?s 


^ 




<M 


^ O 


co 


— 


Tt ?Q WO 




co co 


ya 


vo 



f>0 



"3. 


5 fl?2| |l JL | gB « 

2 BSBBB SB S BB B %SS, 

Co <i* d- Cj> Cw C*> d Ck> C- ■*_- . O O C' 

en o>o)d <s en en en en en en en en 


> 

S3 

o. 
£ 


en 

a* 

2 

o 

°CS a> a* a< .^ c«. .^ • »-• .— 

2 2222B BB2 


5 <u 

en 
■S.2J S 

te«3«o 


II 

" o 


-£J /-v a* 
a* a> a> <k ^ S^ a* a> en 

^> a> a> jO >o -O u—^ "£ *■» i-> «U E 

2 2222B SS222 '%?%%> 
& •g'-S"^ *S" •S* "S 1 > 3-S' -S* •c-S'-a 


. • ? 

c 


u 3 « £ s-> « 
O A> *> o •- -g 

£ 222 2 ~ 3 3 a | 3 B 22 2 "5. S,^ 
2" 2.1^ ."? 3 2ee22 ."2" 21 s / .1? ."§" ."§"."§" 


6 

> 

Is 

© 
c 


3 3, S-» 5-> 5-» « w 
_ en a* a« a* a» »-* 

fiUi B 2 B £ ^£ 

s --3s*- a '-. - .** - - «. S — <" "£ ^ 

S -«2ssp 2-2 ££ S.^-s£-S-g.=i , S.S:S 
Bo 2B B B £ 2 g«g«o«o»« 


S 


o 

?-- D o g „ ° | g. 

<H-0 5oO oO^„°* & .2 
cgScSSS SSc C Ce^ 

cn PS .ii.'^rci-s-. ^-nfc:^ ss>^-.5 

<-CSX2*>^' < "<"** a».S .^ O ^tj S 



51 



CHAPTER VI. 

OF THE NATURE AND FORMATION OF GER- 
MAN VERBS AND SUBSTANTIVES. 

148. In the preceding chapter it was observed, that Ger- 
man verbs are divided into primitive, derivative, active, 
passive, neuter, reciprocal, impersonal, simple, and compound 
verbs. 

149. Every active verb has an agent, a subject or no- 
minative case, with which it agrees in number and person, 
and an object upon which it acts, or is supposed to act, in 
the accusative case. Ex. 3d) liebe einen red)tftf)affenen SJttann 
I love an Jhonest man, id) lobe biefen auten gutften I praise 
this good prince. 

150. Every passive verb has a subject or nominative case 
expressed or understood in every language ; but instead of 
acting, the subject of a passive verb becomes the object of 
the action of another. Ex. (Sin red)t[d)affener. Sfttann nurb son 
alien redjtfcfyaffenen Sfllannern geltebt an honest man is loved by 
all honest men ; btefer gucft rottb con alien f einen Untertljanen 
gelobt this prince is praised by all his subjects. 

151. A neuter verb expresses neither action nor passion, 
properly speaking, but being, or a state of being without 
either action or passion. Ex. 3$ fd)lafe I sleep, id) ftel)e I 
stand, id) ft|e I am sitting. 

152. Reciprocal verbs are conjugated with two pronouns 
of the same person; their subject and object, or nominative 
and accusative cases being one and the same person or 
thing; and in German all these verbs form their compound 
tenses by the assistance of the verb fcaben. Ex. @r lobt ftd) 
he praises himself, er f)at ftd) gelobt he has praised himself, 
nrir loben ung we praise ourselves, wit t)aben unS gelobt we 
have praised ourselves. 



52 

153. Impersonal verbs are those which, with more pro- 
priety, might be termed uni-personal verbs, forasmuch as 
they are never used but in the third person singular, with 
one of the pronouns e6 and man. Ex. @6 regnet it rains, 
e§ fdjnetet it snows, e§ %at gefdnriet it has snowed, e§ fyat ge? 
regnet it has rained. 

154. To natives of England the pronouns e§ and man 
must necessarily present some difficulty or peculiarity, which 
it may not be amiss to explain. (£§ is, strictly speaking, 
the pronoun of the neuter gender, which answers to the 
English pronoun it, and therefore, like its English equiva- 
lent, ought to require its verb to agree with it in the sin- 
gular number; this, however, is not always the case, as this 
pronoun is frequently used with the verb in the plural 
number. Ex. (S3 ift ein greunb con mir he is a friend of mine, 
e§ waren Dtde Sftenfcfen in fccr ^Prebtgt there were many persons 
at the sermon. $Ran is equivalent to the French particle 
on, and the Italian pronoun si, either of which may be ren- 
dered in English by one, it, ive, you, they, people, &c, 
according to circumstances and the connection in which they 
stand. Ex. SHJan fagt (on dit, si dice), one says, it is said, 
people say, &c; man fyort (on entende, si ode), one hears, we 
hear, people hear; man fdjnjetgt (on se tait, si tace), they are 
silent, &c. 

155. Primitive verbs are those which do not owe their 
origin or existence to any other verbs, while derivatives are 
formed from the primitives, by changing or adding a letter, 
and by prefixing certain particles. 

156. German verbs, like the same part of speech in 
every language known to Europeans, owe their existence to 
primitive monosyllables. In German, as in English, Swedish, 
Danish, Dutch, Anglo-Saxon, and Icelandic, there are, pro- 
perly speaking, but two tenses in the indicative mood, viz. 
the present and the imperfect. These tenses, as well as the 
infinitive mood, and the present and imperfect tenses of the 



53 



subjunctive mood, are formed by adding certain letters to 
the radical monosyllable, a process which has been observed 
in the formation of the different moods and tenses of verbs 
in all languages. 

157. The affinity which the German language bears to 
others, in the formation of its several moods and tenses, 
cannot, perhaps, be shown to more advantage than by com- 
paring its infinitive and indicative moods with the infinitive 
mood, and the present and imperfect tenses of the indicative 
mood of the Greek, Latin, Dutch, French, Italian, Portu- 
guese, and Spanish languages. 

158. The root of the German verb loben to praise, is 
Sob j the root of the Greek verb Xeyeiv to say, is Xey ; the 
root of the Latin verb aptare to fit, is apt ; the root of the 
Dutch verb leiden to lead, is leid ; the root of the French 
verb jurer to swear, is jur ; the root of the Italian verb 
cantare to sing, is cant ; the root of the Portuguese verb 
atar to .tie, is at; the root of the Spanish verb amar to love, 
is am. 

159. The infinitive mood of these verbs is formed by 
adding the terminations en/ etv, are. en, er, are, ar, ar to the 
radical monosyllables Sob/ Xey, apt, leid, jur, cant, at and 
am in the following manner : — 





160. 


Infinitive. 




Roots. 


Term. 




German 


lob 


— en 


loben to praise. 


Greek 


Xey 


— eiv 


Xeyeiv to say. 


Latin 


apt 


— are 


aptare to Jit. 


Dutch 


leid 


— en 


leiden to lead. 


French 


jur 


— er 


jurer to swear. 


Italian 


cant 


— are 


cantare to sing. 


Portuguese 


at 


— ar 


atar to tie. 


Spanish 


am 


— ar 


amar to love. 



f3 



54 







161. Indicative 


Mood. 






Present Tense. 






Singular. 


Plural. 


German 


lob— e, ft, t 


en, et, en. 


Greek 




Xey — o), eiQ, ei 


ofiev, ere, ovai. 


Latin 




apt— o, as, at 


amus, atis, ant. 


Dutch 




leid — t, t 


en, et, en. 


French 




jur — e, es, e 


ons, ez, ent. 


Italian 




cant — o, i, a 


iamo, ate, ano. 


Portuguese 


at — o, as, a 


amos, ais, ao. 


Spanis? 


, 


am — o, as, a 


amos, ais, an. 






16,2. Imperfect 


Tense. 






Singular. 


Plural. 


German 


iob- 


-te, teft, te 


ten, tet, ten. 


Greek 


£ 


Key — ov, eg, e 


o/jlsv, ere, ov. 


Latin 


apt- 


— abara, abas, abat 


abamus, abatis, aban 


Dutch 


leid 


— te, tet, te 


ten, tet, ten. 


French 


jur- 


— ais, ais, ait 


ions, iez, aient. 


Italian 


cant — ava, avi, ava 


avamo, avate, avano. 


Portuguese 


at— 


-ava, avas, ava 


avamos, aveis, avao. 


Spanish 


am- 


—aba, abas, aba 


abamos, abais, aban. 



163. The present tense of the subjunctive mood of Ger- 
man regular active verbs is formed by adding e, eft, e, en, et, 
en to the radical monosyllable. For other particulars, as to 
the formation of the persons and tenses of the German verbs, 
see the conjugations, &c. given in the last chapter, and 
No. 189 of this chapter. 

164. German derivative verbs are formed from the 
primitives, either by changing or adding some letter, or by 
prefixing certain particles. 

165. From the primitive neuter verb bampfen to fume, 
smoke, steam, &c. is formed the derivative active verb 
bdmpfen to damp, quench, smother, extinguish, &c, by 
changing the vowel a in its radical monosyllable into the 



55 

diphthong &. From the primitive active verb bruden to 
squeeze, to press, &c. is formed the derivative brucfen to 
print, by changing the softened vowel or diphthong in the 
monosyllabic root brutf into the common vowel in its de- 
rivative. By dropping the i in the primitive irregular neuter 
verb liegen to lie, and by changing the same letter in the 
primitive irregular neuter verb ftfcen to sit, we have the de- 
rivative regular active verbs legen to lay, and fe£en to set. 

166. The particles used in the formation of verbs are 
either inseparable or separable, and the verbs formed with 
these particles are termed either inseparable or separable 
compound verbs. 

167. Of the verbs which are formed by the help of in- 
separable particles, some receive the augment Qe in their past 
participle, and others do not. Those which do not receive 
the augment are formed by means of the particles be> ent, 
emp/ er, gc/ t>eu/ ger, Winter/ ooll/ and voibevr and all verbs so 
formed have the accent on the root or monosyllable of the 
primitive verb. 

168. Each of the particles used in the formation of 
German verbs has a sense or meaning of its own, which it 
communicates to the primitive verb, or by which the primary 
import of the simple verb is modified when the component 
particle unites with it to form a compound verb. 

169. The English particle be exercises a peculiar in- 
fluence over the original signification of all verbs of which 
it is made a component part. Thus the verbs come, dabble, 
dash, daub tyc, are essentially different as to their meaning, 
from become, bedabble, bedash, bedaub, fyc. A similar 
change is effected in the radical sense of German simple or 
primitive verbs, when, by uniting with the participle be, 
they become compound derivatives. Thus pflctnjen/ fcfyreiben, 
ftebeti/ leucfyten, mean to plant, to write, to stand, to give light ; 
while bepflctnaen, befcfyreiben, bejrefyen/ beleudjten/ signify to plant 
all over, to write, or give a description, to stand the test } to 
give light all over. 



56 

170. The particle ent is equivalent to the particles ex, 
dis, un> out, off, in the words ex-euse, dis-charge, un-fold, 
fall out, fly off; and thesefore, may, in general, be said to 
indicate separation, and development, &c. : as, efyuento honour, 
entefyren to dishonour ; fatten to fold, entfalten to unfold ; 
fallen to fall, e-.ufallen to fall, or slip out; fasten to move, or 
go, in almost any way, entfafyren to fly off; fuljren to carry, 
guide, &c, entfufyren to carry off, to run away with, &c. 

171. The particle emp> which can only be used in the 
formation of compound derivatives with those primitives 
whose first letter is \, signifies not only in and into, &c, but 
often gives an entirely new or a totally different meaning to 
the primitive. Thus fefjlen to make a mistake, fangen to 
catch, finben to find, by means of the prefix emp, become 
empfefylen to recommend, empfangen to receive, and empfinben 
to perceive, to be sensible of, &c. 

172. In addition to the primary import of simple verbs, 
the particle er conveys through the medium of its compounds, 
the idea of acquisition, promotion, elevation, &c. Ex. ar* 
beiten to work, erarbeiten to gain, or obtain by working; fatten 
to hold, crfyalten to hold, keep up, or maintain, &c. ; tjeben 
to heave, erfyeben to lift up, elevate, promote ; fedjten to fight, 
erfed)ten to get, or to acquire by fighting. 

173. By means of the particle op, the sense of the 
primitive verb is strengthened, enlarged, extended, and 
sometimes entirely changed. Thus loben, leiten/ braud)cn, 
l)6ren/ bteten, mean : to praise, to lead, to want, to hear, to 
offer ; while, geloben/ geleiten/ gebraud)en/ gefyorem Qebteten, 
signify : to vow, to accompany, to have in use, to belong to, 
to command. 

174. The effect of the particle mv, on the original import 
of the primitive verb, i8 contrary to that of the particle er j 
for, while the latter denotes acquisition, promotion, or eleva- 
tion by persevering and repeated efforts to approach in an 
ascending direction, the former seems to indicate a dis- 
position to keep at a distance, to discourage, or lead to a 



57 

failure in what is undertaken. Ex. ertyeben to lift up, &c, 
oerfyeben to mistake in lifting ; erijatten to hold, keep up, or 
maintain, cerfyalten to detain, keep back, suppress ; erfaufen 
to buy in, to acquire by purchase ; oerfaufen to dispose of, 
to sell. 

175. The particle $et denotes the forcible separation of 
the whole into its parts, and, by extension, its destruction. 
Ex. retj?en to tear, gerreifen to tear to pieces ; retben to rub, 
jerretben to rub to pieces ; legen to lay, put, place, jerlegen to 
dissect. 

176. The particle Winter signifies, behind, after, and fre- 
quently expresses or implies, deceit, underhand dealing, &c. 
Ex. gefyen to go, fyintergefjen to walk behind, follow after, 
deceive, circumvent ; l;tntcrf)alten to hold, or keep back, to 
detain ; tytntertretben to turn out of its course, to prevent. 

177. The particles soil and wt&er denote, abundance, 
completion or perfection, and opposition. Ex. brtngen to 
bring, ooUbringcn to finish, to bring to a termination ; macben 
to make, ooUmadjen to make complete; fedjten to fight, tt>iber= 
fcdjtcn to combat, fight against, oppose, &c. 

178. Compound verbs, which have the accent on the 
component particle, such as red)tferttgen to justify, antroortcn 
to answer, friU)jtucfen to breakfast, liebfofen to caress, roetgs 
fagen to prophesy, urtfyeiten to judge, mutymajjen to suppose, 
&c, form their past participle by prefixing the augment ge: 
as, geredjtferttget/ gectntroortet/ gefrufyftutfet/ gcUebfofet/ gewet§fagt# 
geurtfyetlt/ gemutfymafjet/ &c. 

179. A few compound verbs, formed with the particle 
mtjj/ sometimes receive the augment ge at the beginning of 
the past participle, sometimes in the middle, and sometimes 
not at all. SDWfadjten to depreciate, mifsbtlttgen to disapprove, 
mifbraudjen to abuse, mifsbeuten to misinterpret, mifjgonnen to 
envy, miffennen to mistake, and mijjfyanbeln to ill treat, make 
in the past participle and infinitive mood, gemtfadjtet/ ju 
mt^ad)ten j gemipbtUtget, §u mifJbtUtgen 3 gemitsbraucfyt, ju miffe 



58 

Maufyen 5 gemifjbeutet/ gu mifjbeuten 5 gemifjg6nnt/ gu mij3g6nnen $ 
gemifjfctnnt/ gu mtf lennen $ gemtf$fyanbelt/ gu mifjfyanbeln. 

180. The two neuter verbs, mifglucfen and mifiarten/ 
receive ge and gu in the middle of the word : as, mifguglucfen 
to succeed ill, mifjgegtucrt 5 mifjguarten to degenerate, mt|3geartet. 

181 . SfttffaUen to displease, nrifjltngen and mtfirattjen to 
fail, miscarry, or succeed ill, do not receive the particle gc. 
Ex. (5g tyat mtc mtfjfatlen it has displeased me, e§ fyat tt)m nuf$= 
lungen or mijjrcttfyen it has failed him. 

182. The particles used in forming the separable com- 
pound verbs are, ab off, from, down ; an at, on, up, upon ; 
auf up, upwards, open; ctug out, abroad, forth; bet by, 
near ; bar there, forth ; empor on high, up, upwards, aloft ; 
fefyt denotes failure in any sort of undertaking, effort, or 
endeavour ; it is frequently equivalent to the English com- 
ponent particle mis, sometimes to the verb miss, and occa- 
sionally to the adverbs wrong, amiss, &c; loS is used to 
indicate freedom ; nut with, in company with, along with ; 
nad) resemblance, imitation ; nteber motion, direction, or 
position, downward, nether ; ob height, elevation, as above, 
over ; cor before, to, forwards, in the presence of, &c. ; 
roeg departure, distance, separation ; rootyl goodness, or 
perfectness, applied to any state, act, or enterprise, either 
in a moral or physical point of view, well ; gu connection, 
approach, addition, motion forwards, onwards, &c. ; etn 
restraint; fort forward, forth, motion hence, in a straight- 
forward or other direction ; fur intercession, &c. ; t)tn hence, 
away from this place, &c; gleid) equality; inne within ; roafyr 
consciousness, perception ; ttrieber repetition. Ex. abslegen 
to pull, or take off, to put, or lay aside, to put down ; 
abslernen to learn from ; an=bl6fen to bleat, or low at ; an* 
bltngen to leer upon ; an=brennen to set on fire ; an=gefyen to 
go, or make up to ; ansftetitern to paste up ; ctuf=acfern to 
plough up ; aufsbauen to build, or raise up ; auf=fafy ren to 
drive upwards ; aufcbrecfycn to break open ; auSsarbetten to 
work out ; augsgefyen to go out, or abroad ; einen 93efef)l auS= 



59 

taffcn to issue, or send forth an order ; beUbrtngen to bring 
by. or near ; bar=reid;en to reach forth ; baiHtrecfen to stretch 
forth; bar^fteUen to place there, to exhibit, to expose, to 
bring forth ; emporsbringen to bring up, upwards, aloft, to 
raise on high, &c; empor^elfen to help up; empor=fommen 
to get up, to rise ; empor=ftreben to soar up ; ferjl=gmfen to 
mistake ; fe^Mdjtcf en to miss the mark ; fet)Ufdjreiben to write 
wrong; fefylsfdfotogen to miss one's blow; fefyUgielen to aim 
amiss ; mtr=geben to give along with ; mtt=ger;en to go along 
with, in company with, to accompany; mitsfpielen to play 
with ; nad)=mad)en to counterfeit, to imitate ; nad)sftre6en to 
endeavour to imitate ; nad)=(pred)en to repeat another's words ; 
nteber=legen to put, or lay down ; fid) meberslegen to lie down, 
to go to bed ; meber=Jd)tefen to precipitate, to hurry or 
tumble down, to shoot down, to destroy by cannon-shots ; 
nieber=fat)ren to ride, or drive down ; ob4iegen to lie over, or 
upon, to be incumbent upon one ; ob~tt>alten to be imminent, 
to impend, or hang over ; oorsnerjmen to put before ; oor= 
pfeifen to whistle to ; corsprebigen to preach to, or in the 
presence of; oor^rucfen to march on, to move forwards ; 
i?or=fd)reiben to write before, or in the presence of, to set a 
copy ; tt?eg=fctUen to fall away ; tt>eg=gef)en to depart, go hence, 
or away ; roegsretjjen to tear away, to snatch from, to break 
off, to pull down; wegsretfen to set out on a journey ; roorjU 
gefyen to go on, or fare well ; roor;Utf)un to do well ; wofyUfepn 
to be in good health ; tt>cf)l=meinen to mean well ; jiisfallen to 
shut of itself, to fall to ; jusfafyten to ride towards, to fall or 
rush in upon, to run upon rashly ; gu=eilen to hasten to ; 
5U=fItegen to fly to, or towards ; ju^ugen to join to ; etn-rjalten 
to hold in, stop, check ; fortsgefyen to go forth, to go away, 
to proceed ; fortsfommen to get forward ; fortsfafyren to drive 
on; fut=fpred)en to intercede for, to speak in favour of; fyin^ 
gefyen to go hence ; i)tn=fat)rcn to drive or carry off ; t)imftnf en 
to sink down ; Ijtnstaufen to run off, or away ; gteid)=gelten to 
be equivalent, or equal to ; inne;tt>erben to perceive ; ft'd) 
inne4)atten to keep at home, within doors ; inne^aben to have 



60 

within, to be possessed of; st>al)v=nef)men to perceive ; uneber- 
fyaken to have again ; n;ieber=bauen to rebuild. 

183. In the present and imperfect tense of the indicative 
mood, and in the imperative, the foregoing verbs are se- 
parated from their component particles. Ex. 3d) lege ah, bu 
legjt ah, er legte ah j lege ah, teget ah 5 er legte fctne ©telle ah he 
gave up bis place, er fy&rte S" fpredien auf he left off speaking, 
er gog fid) in meiner ©egenwort au§ he took off his clothes in my 
presence, er rietb, ben SRomern af>/ griebe gu mad)en he advised 
the Romans to make peace, er fprad) fet)r eifrig fur ifyn he 
spoke very warmly in his favour. 

184. In the subjunctive mood these particles are never 
separated from the verb. Ex. ba$ id) ablege/ baf er anrufe/ 
bafj fie er^teltett/ ba$ er furfpred)e, bap er anl)6re. 

185. In the past participle of these compound verbs the 
component particle precedes the augment ge 3 and in the in- 
finitive mood the preposition ju is invariably placed between 
the component particle and the primitive or simple verb. 
Ex. empor*ge=fommen, bei=ge=ftanben/ bar*gestfyan $ empor^u4om= 
men/ bet^u=ftel)en, bar=ju=tl)un/ ab=ju-legen/ nadjsjusmacfyem roafyvs 
gu=nel)men. 

186. Compound verbs, formed with the prepositions burdv 
fiber/ urn, Winter/ and untet'/ are sometimes separable and 
sometimes inseparable. They are separable when used as 
neuter verbs, having the principal accent on the component 
particle; and inseparable, when they are active, and conse- 
quently require an accusative case after them. 3>d) bred)e 
burclv id) fatjve fiber/ id) getje um, it gel)t Winter/ id) Ijalte unter ; 
are instances of the former; while, id) burd)bred)e/ id) fibers 
fafyre/ id) umgelje/ er rjintergefyt/ id) unter^alte* are examples of 
the latter. The past participles of these separable com= 
pounds are, burd)?ge?brod)en/ uber=ge=fal)ren/ um;gc=gangen/ unter- 
Qe^altem and of the inseparable, burd)=brod)en/ fiber=fal)ren/ 
um=gangen/ Ijintersgangen/ unter4)alten. 

187. It has already been shown (vide No. 158, &c.) that 
the several moods, tenses, and persons of German verbs are 



61 

formed by adding certain letters to primitive monosyllables. 
On reference to the conjugation of the regular active verb 
Ueben (No. 143) it will be seen that the letters used for this 
purpose are, for the termination of infinitives, en 5 of the se- 
veral persons singular and plural of the present tense of the 
indicative, e, ff/ 1 } en/ et/ en} of the imperfect tense of the 
same mood, te, tefr, re} ten/ let/ ten} of the present tense of 
the subjunctive mood, e, eft/ e} en/ et/ en} of the imperfect 
tense of the same mood, etc/ etejt/ ete 5 eten/ etef/ tteni of the 
imperative, e and et} of the present participle, cnb 5 and of 
the past participle, ge/ as a prefix, and t, as a postfix. 

188. With the exception of rotffen, rooUem muffem fein/ bur* 
fen/ and fonnen/ which make, id) roetj?/ id) milt/ id) rauf, id) bin/ 
id) barf/ id) fanm the three persons singular and plural, of 
irregular verbs, in the present tense of the indicative mood, 
have the termination or final letters of regular verbs. Ex. 
3d) fefye/ bu fte^jt/ er ftefyt; roir feijen/ tfyr fetjet, ft'e fefjen. 

189. The first and third person singular of the imperfect 
tense of the indicative and subjunctive moods are alike. 
Ex. 3d) fat)/ bu \ai)\t, er (at); rear fatjen/ tfyr [afyef, fte fafyen. 3d) 
fafye/ bu fa^ejt/ er fafye} roir farjen/ it)r fdt)et/ ft'e fdtjen. 

190. Many imperatives are used either with or without 
the final e. Ex. @d)tt>etge or fdjroetg be silent, ftetje or ftet) 
look, fXietje or flief) fly. 

191. By referring to the several conjugations of verbs, 
given in the preceding chapter, it will be seen that German 
verbs have two participles, the present and the past; the 
former, however, is nearly obsolete. Instead of this, it is 
better, as well as more elegant, to use the verb, with one of 
the particles tnbem/ roatjrenb/ ba t &c. Ex. 3nbem er fd)reibt 
tt>at)renb er fd)reibt/ ba er fdjretbt; or, in ber $tit, al§ er fd)reibt/ 
while he writes, or, is writing, instead of fd)reibenb/ which 
would be improper; a(6 id) geftern fpa^ieren Qtng as I was go- 
ing to take a walk yesterday. Where this participle is used, 
it ought to be looked upon rather as an adverb than as a 

G 



62 

participle. Ex. (§r antwortete mtr ladjenb he answered me 
laughing, er fcarb fpredjenb he died speaking. 

192. The present participles are sometimes converted 
into substantives, by adding er to their termination: as, 
Itebenb loving, em £tebenbcr a lover ; fterbcnb dying, etn ©ters 
benber a dying man. 

193. Both the present and past participle may be used 
adjectively, and made to agree with substantives in gender, 
number and case. Ex. Gstn rctsenbeS SER&bdjen/ etn geretgter 
*k>rn, etne Icurelnbe SKiene/ &c, from reijenb* geret 5 t, l&djclftb. 

194. The examples which follow may enable beginners 
more fully to understand the nature and use of the present 
participle in German: ctn t>or <2>d)merjen jrerbenber SSater a 
father dying of grief; etne am £au(e uorbetgebjenbc Sautter a 
mother passing by the house; em t>or grcube t}upfenbe§ ^tnb 
a child jumping for joy; etn feine Jvtnber liebenber Stater a 
father who loves his children; etne itjre £tnber liebenbe SDiutrer 
a mother who loves her children ; ein (eine ©Item efyrenbes 
.fttnb a child that reveres its parents ; bie unS brotjenbe ©efafyr 
the danger which threatens us ; ber lommcn follenbe greunb 
the friend that ought to come; tk gu bejatjtenbe <£d)Ulb the debt 
which ought to be paid; $>a$ erfte oorbetge'oenbe JSinb the first 
child that goes by ; etne »or 2Ctlem ju gebraucknbe SSorftdjt a 
precaution which above all things must be taken ; al§ 
SSoltatre in ^preufen roar, retfte etn ©nglanber bttrdi, ber etn 
aujjerorbentlter) ftarfeg ©ebaditntjj fyatte when Voltaire was in 
Prussia, an Englishman who had an extraordinary memory 
travelled through ; alg £6ntg £einrtd) VIII. con (Snglanb mil 
£6ntg granj I- »°n granfretd) ©tretttgfeiten ^atte# wollte ec tym 
etnen ©efanbten fdjttfen Henry VIII., king of England, being 
at variance with Francis I., king of France, resolved to send 
him an ambassador ; al§ Subrotg XI. nod) 25aupt)tn war, bradjte 
er etnt'ge -kit in SSurgunb su, urn fid) gegen bie SSerfolgungen feineS 
SSaterS, beg £6nig3, in ©tcbertyett u fe£en Lewis XL, while 
Dauphin, spent some time in Burgundy, to avoid the per- 
secutions of his father, the king. 



63 

195. The substantive or noun is a word which serves to 
name persons or things. German substantives are either 
primitives or derivatives. The great body of Ger- 
man primitive substantives are monosyllables: as, S&tonn 
man, §Skib woman, jCinD child, "Baum tree, SSrob bread, SSruft 
breast, S3ud) book, &c. 

196. The derivatives are formed variously. The infini- 
tive of every German verb may be used as a substantive of 
the neuter gender in the singular number only. Ex. ba$ 
(55eijen/ ba€ Saufen, ba$ SSilbeti/ ba$ 3eid)neii/ walking, running, 
forming, polishing, drawing; from gefyen to go or walk, 
laufen to run, bitben to form, cultivate, polish, &c, geidjnen 
to draw. 

197. Many substantives are formed from the infinitive 
mood of verbs, by suppressing the termination en, and 
changing the radical syllable. Ex. bee (Smpfang the recep- 
tion, ber ftctuf the course, race, bet ©dtfeto, the blow, bet 
2£urf the throw, bet SSranb the fire, ber ®ang the walk, ber 
<Sa§ the sentence, tie ©djrtft the writing, ber (Sprung the 
leap; from empfctngen to receive, laufen to run, fcfylagen to 
strike, roerfen to throw, brennen to burn, gefyen to go, fe|en 
to put, fd)reiben to write, fpringen to leap. 

198. By suppressing the final en of infinitives, and adding 
the feminine termination ung to the radical monosyllable, 
other substantives are formed. Ex. bie ©d)tetbung the act 
of writing, bie Sauung the act of building, bu SSUbung the 
act of forming, biz SSl&fyung the act of blowing, from (d)rctben 
to write, bauen to build, bitben to form, bidden to blow. 

199. Many compound substantives are formed by joining 
two simple substantives together. Ex. bie £au3arbeit do- 
mestic labour, bag 2Crbeit§t)au§ the work-house (house of 
correction); ber £3riefa>ed)fet correspondence, ber Sffiedjfelbrief 
bill of exchange; ba§ SRat^auS senate-house, town house, ber 
£au$rati) house furniture ; DelfaS the oil barrel ; bie ©ewSrjs 
bud)fen spice boxes. 

200. Many substantives are formed from verbs and sub- 



64 

stantives by softening the vowels a, o, u, and adding the 
termination er. Ex. ©drtner gardener, ©urtler belt maker, 
©d)dfer shepherd, <Sd)ldger striker, S?dc£er baker, ©d)ldfer 
sleeper, (gjfer eater, Spieler gambler, (gngl&nber Englishman, 
&c, from ©arten, @urt, ©djof, @d)tag, batfen, @d)laf> effen, 
fpielen/ ©nglanb. 

201. Many substantives are formed by adding the termi- 
nation ei or et) to different verbs and substantives. Ex. 
83acferei baking establishment, gifdjewi fishery, 9]Ralerei paint- 
ing, SStlbfyaueret sculpture, Surfet Turkey, ©d)meid)elei flattery, 
&c., from ©defer, gifd)er, Scaler, ffitlbfyauer, Surf, fdjmetdjcln. 

202. Many substantives are formed from adjectives and 
substantives by adding t)ett, lett, and igleit to them. Ex. 
§lad$cit, SDlattfeett lassitude, ©ummfyeit stupidity, $piumpt)ett 
heaviness, grommiglett piety, Sffiafyrbaftigfeit veracity, ®ott= 
loftgleit impiety, (Sfyrloftgfett dishonour, <Sd)6nt)eit beauty, 
gretfyeit freedom, SSkigrjeit wisdom, ^eiterfeit serenity, jvlugljeit 
prudence, SG>ad)famtat vigilance, from fladv matt/ bumm, 
plump, fromm, roafyrtyaft, gottlog, efyvlog, fd)6n/ fret, roeife, fyeiter, 
flug, wacbfam. 

203. Many substantives are formed by adding the par- 
ticles ling/ mfj, fal/ fct;aft# tfyum, and ung to other words. Ex. 
ber glud)tsling/ ber v£dnf4ing, ber #6fsltng, ber Sideling, ber 
jDtdjtersltng, ber £)dun;=ltng, ber $dufr4ing, ber gulling/ bee 
sftejr=iing, ber ^feffevsling, ber ©doling/ ber Sffieltatng, ber 
2Cn!6min=;ing, ber 2tnfd)ieb=ling, ber ginb4ing, ber ©dugsltng, 
ber ©onbersltng, ber Sdufcting, ber £)umm4ing, ber @rft4ing, 
ber grembsltng, ber gromm-ling, ber 2ung=Iing, ber ^lug4ing, 
ber 2ieb4tng, ber 9ceu4ing, ber @d)6nsling/ ber ©p&tsling, ber 
©fifsltng, ber SBBeidjsiirig, ber £ier4ing, ber 3n?tUling/ from tie 
glud)t, ber £anf, ber £of, bag Satyr, ber S)id)ter, ber 2>aum, 
bie gaujt, ber gu£, bag 9fceft/ ber ^feffer, ber ©d)of, bie SBSclt, 
anfommen, anfd)ieben, finbeti/ fdugen, fonbern, taufen, bumm/ erjr, 
fremb, fromm, jung, flug/ lieb, neu, fd)bn, fpdt, fonber, fup, roeici), 
3ier, jroet. — 2)ie SSetrfibsnifj, bie S3ilb=ni|j, bie gatyr^nip, bie Sffiilbs 
nif, bie ginfteivnip, bag @ebdd)t=nif, bag @ejtdnb=mfj, bag @efdng= 



65 

ni|3/ tie (Silaubsmfj, from betruben, S3ilb/ gafjr, nrilb/ ftnftet/ 
gebad[)t, gejknb/ gefangeit/ erlauben. — 25ie £)rang~[a(/ bag Sab^'al/ 
bag @d)eu4at, bag @d)tc!s[al/ from ©uang/ labeiw fd)euen/ fd)icfen. 
— getnb=[d)aft, greunb=[d)ait, 33efannt<d)aft/ 25ittger=:|d)aft/ @raf= 
fd)aft/ @e[ell4d)aft/ Canb^frfjaft, £)orf4d)aft/ Sctben-fdjaft, Sot? 
[djaft, from geinb, greunb/ befannt, Surges ©raf/ ©efell/ Sanb/ 
X)orf/ letben/ Sot. — Sag (Sfyrtjfcnstbum/ bag gutjtettjum/ bag 
£eiben~tf)um/ bag 3>ubenstt)um, bag ^erjog^um/ 33tfd)ofst&u«i/ 
Stetftstyum/ 2ttter=t£)um/ from bk <5§rijien/ bte gurften/ bie $etbem 
bt'e 3uberi/^)er5og/ S5ifd)of> reidft/2Cltet. — Die SBalb^ung/ bte geft^ung, 
bie ^olj^ung/ bie Sfyeur^ung/ bie 2Cufmunter=ung/ bte 'Srot^ung, 
bk £offn=ung, from 53alb/ feft, bag £ol§, tf)euer, aufmuntern/ 
broken/ boffen. 

204. Many substantives are formed by prefixing the 
particles after, ei> be/ er/ ge, mi$, and un. Ex. ber 2Cfter-papjr/ 
bet 2Cfter^!6ntg/ ber 2Cfter=topafe/ ber 2Cfter*?enner/ ber 2lftevs 
geletjrte/ from 9)apft/ ^ontg; Sopag/ tenner/ ©elefyrte. — (£rs* 
btfdfoof/ Srgsengel/ (Sr^tyvfrOQ, (gq^bteb/ (Srjsbetruger, ©rjslfignec/ 
ber 23es[ud)/ ber (Sr^folg/ bag ©ebdcB/ from SBifcfyof, @ngel/ £eqog/ 
£)ieb/ SSetruger, Sugner/ fudjerw folgen/ bacfen. — Dag ©esbdl!/ bag 
©c=baube/ bag ©esbicg* bag ©e*bu[d)/ bag ©esbartE/ bag ©esrippe, 
bag ©e4d)ret/ bag ©esjtirn, bte @e^d)ttriftet/ bag ©e^rootf/ bag 
©esro&ffer, bag ©emitter/ bag ©eswuwi/ bag ©e^bell/ bag @e*bettel/ 
bag ©e?bid)t/ bag ©eslacfo bag ©e-tddjter/ bag ©e4aufe/ bag ©e? 
taut; bag ©e-leit, bag ©e^plaubeo from ber Salfen/ ber 25au/ ber 
Serg, berJSufd?/ ber ©arm, bie gttppe, ber (Secret/ ber Stern/ bie 
©dwefter/ bie SSSolfe, bag Staffer, bag SBetter, ber 2Burm/ beUen/ 
betteln, bid)ten, ladjen, laufen, Iduten/ leiten/ ptaubern. — £)er 
^iHraud), bag SDHfcbraudjen, bag Sftijjsbeuten/ bk Sfltifcbeutung/ 
from ber SSraua> braucben, beuten. — Sag Un=glucf/ bag Un-fraut/ 
from bag ©lutf/ bag £rauu. 

205. Many hundreds of other substantives are formed 
by prefixing the particles auf, aug/ be/ bei/ burdj, ein/ ent/ er/ 
gegen/ t)er, tyerab, tjeraug/ tjerum/ f)in/ §inaug/ Winter/ ijinjit/ mtt, 
nad), nebert/ neu/ nid)t/ nteber/ ober, xM f uber, urn/ un/ unter/ doc- 

g 3 



66 

uorber, vootyi gar, 511, gurutf, jufamn.en, gmei, jmifdjen, for which 
beginners should refer to a good dictionary. 

206. Compound substantives take their gender from the 
last word of the composition. Ex. Me £augarbeit, bag 
2Crbeitgt)aug $ ber #augratfy, bag afat^aug. 

207. The names of rivers which end in r, 1/ tij the 
names of trees, formed with SSaum $ the names of mountains, 
winds, seasons, months, and days; the names which denote 
the callings, professions and dignities of men, and those 
ending in el, er, en/ and ling, in general are of the masculine 
gender. Ex. ber Sftecrar, ber Sftijein, bee 9ttl 5 ber ttpfelbaum, 
ber getgenbaum 5 ber 23efuo, ber 2fetno 5 ber %t$$X)x. (2Bejfrt>inb), 
ber Sftorbnnnb j ber grunting/ ber (Sommer 5 ber Sanuar ift biefeg 
Satyr fd)6n 5 ber Sienftag roirb nid)t fo fd£)6n werben alg ber 
SOfontag war 5 ber ©djneiber/ ber fiofygerber, ber 23aron (greifyerr), 
ber ©raf, ber Sempel, ber Soffel/ ber £)id)ter, ber @d)dfer, ber 
£)egen, ber SCRagen. 

208. £ie fieier, tag ^effer/ bag ©drtd)en, bag £augd)en, bag 
(Sfi"en, bag Srinfen, and all infinitives of verbs used as sub- 
stantives with the neuter article bag, form an exception to 
the preceding general rule. 

209. The names of countries, which end in et and au j 
the names of rivers, which end in a, cut, ne, g, and re 5 the 
names of trees, which end in e 5 the names which denote 
the calling or dignity of women, as well as common names 
in ei or er;, fyeit, fett, fd)aft, ung, inn, or ifj, in general are of 
the feminine gender. Ex. tie Surtei, tie SOSalladjei, bie 
sjJcolbau 5 bie Seine, bie SDcaag/ bie Soire 5 bk Sanne, bk 23irle, 
bie Gsicfye 5 bk Sftdfytertnn, bk 2(mme $ bie #ersoginn, bie ^urfur^ 
ftinn 5 bie ©d)tneid)elct, bk 23dcferei$ bk ©dionfyeit, bk greunb* 
fd)aft 5 bk (Sitelf ett, bie @e[eU(d)aft 5 bie (Sinigfeit, bie (Srlaubnrp 5 
bie £offnung, bie Sfyeuiung 5 bie greunbinn, bie SSacferinn. 

210. Sag <5i, ber SSrei, bag ©efdjrei, bag 23ert)dltnij*, bag 
2$ermdd)tni£, bas 23unbnifj, ber £>ung, ber @d)aft, and ber ©if, 
form an exception to the preceding general rule. 



67 

211. The names of countries not comprehended in the 
foregoing rules; the names of colours and metals; those 
which end in um> and some of those in tp j all adjectives, 
pronouns, verbs, and prepositions used as substantives, and 
all diminutives in d)en and lein, are of the neuter gender. 
Ex. bag fd)6ne granftetd), bag glficfltdje £>eutfd)tanb/ bag retire 
(Snglanb j bag ©d)n?arse, bag SKotfye, bag ©raue 5 bag SSkt/ bag 
(Sifen, bag ^upfer 5 bag ^eraogtfyum, bag (Stgentf)um$ bag (Scheme, 
bag ©ute, bag 9?u§licbe$ bag SKein, bag JDein/ bag S*i bag (Sffen, 
bag Srtnfen, bag ttufftefyen, bag if)in« unb ^ergefjen, bag @et)en, 
bag Sfaiten, bag gat)rcrt/ bag ©ptelen 5 bag ©drtdjen, bag £dug* 
d)en/ bag 33ud)letn, bag ^inbletn. 

212. Diminutive substantives, of which there are but 
few traces in the English language, besides mannikin, a 
little man, and lambkin, a little lamb, are very numerous in 
German and Italian. In both of these languages they are 
formed by certain terminations which diminish the signifi- 
cation of words, but add to their respective vocabularies a 
great number of significant and tender expressions. 

213. The terminations used in the formation of German 
diminutives are djen and lein. The vowels a, 0, and u, in the 
radical syllable, are changed into the diphthongs or softened 
vowels 6/ 6/ and u, in the formation of diminutives. When 
the radical word ends in e, this final letter is dropped, and 
when the final is d), eldjen or lein is added, to form the dimi- 
nutive. Ex. bag £erjd)en little heart, bag #unbd)en little dog, 
bag Mfcdjen little cat, bag SBubdjen little boy, bag £dgd)en little 
hare, ba^ S3ud)eld)en, bag Sud)lein little book, tie £duferd)en 
little houses, bie ©tdgcr>en little glasses, bag SQRanntein the little 
man, ba^ SKktbletn the little woman ; from bag $er^ ber #unb/ 
bie .Ka^e, ber 83ube, ber £afc, bag 33ud), bte #dufer, bie @ld(er/ 
ber 9ttann, bag SSSeib. 

214. Feminine substantives are formed from the mascu- 
line by the addition of inn to the masculine termination ; 
and it frequently happens that the vowels a, 0, and u, are 
changed into d, 6/ and u in the formation of feminine 



68 



substantives, and sometimes the final e of the masculine sub- 
stantive is dropped. Ex. £5te $la&)bavz\nn, tie ©djdferstnn/ tie 
SSurgersinn; tie 2Cmetifaner*inn, tie £dntler=tmi/ tie ^aufmanns 
inn/ tie Rbfyinn, tie ®btui\m, tie ^erjog^inn/ tie $ofmeijrer4mi/ 
tie £)tener4nn, tie 9cdfyterstnn/ tie ©riecfyann, tie Surtsinn/ tie 
2tmtmann=tnn, tie Sutsinn/ tie SKSolfctnn/ tie #ebtiff4nn/ tie Wlofa 
inn, tie 23erratf)er4nn/ tie &rinfer4nn/ tie 35teb=inn/ tie ©finber* 
inn, tie S^dcfyersinn/ tie ,Rldger4nn/ tie S3ertdufer4ntt/ tie (gangers 
inn/ tie Sagersinn/ tie Zan%ex4nn, tie ©d)aufpieler4nn/ tie 2Ctis 
{Iagemnn/ tie SBotylttydtersinn/ tie $>rtorsinn/ tie SSorftetjer^inn/ 
tie SSarcnstnn, tie SSduemnn, tie @uropder=inn/ tie ©efanbt=inn/ 
tie £6ro4nn/ tie #eib4nn, from ter 9ftad)bar/ tec ©d)dfer/ ter 
SBttrger, ter ttmeritaner/ ter #dntler/ ter ^aufmann/ ter Rod), ©ott/ 
ter ^ergog/ ter Jtonig, ter #ofmeijrer/ ter Stener/ ter ©ctyneiber/ 
ter ©ried)e/ ter Sur!e, ter 2Cmtmann/ ter Sube/ ter SSSolf/ ter 
TLbt, ter sBlofyv, ter Serrat^er, ter Srinfer/ ter &kb, ter ©unber/ 
ter Sftdd)er/ ter stager/ ter SSertdufei'/ ter ©anger/ ter Sdger/ ter 
Sanger/ ter ©d)au[pieler/ ter 2Cnltdger/ ter 28of)ltf)dter, ter $>rtor/ 
ber SSorftefyer, ter 23aron/ ter Sauer/ ter (Suropaer/ ter ©efanbte/ 
ter fibrae/ ter .pette. 

215. Some feminine substantives are distinguished from 
the masculine irregularly. Ex. 



Male. 
ter 9Jiann man 
ter @reig the old man 
ter £>i)eim the uncle 
ter ifaffe the nephew 
ter ©ofyn the son 
ter Sruter brother 
ter Setter cousin 
£et)rjunge apprentice 
ter £irfd) 

tag s Pferb, ter £engjr 
ter (Sbeivbag ©djrr-ein 
ter nulbe Qjber 
ter SBtbber 



Female. 
bag iSStib, tie grau woman 
tie 2Ctte the old woman 
tie s JKuf)ine the aunt 
tie 9?id)te the niece 
tie Socfyter the daughter 
tie ©dnr-efter 
tie S3afe cousin 
Sefyrmdbcben 
tie ^)irfd)lub 
tie ©tute 
ta§ 3ud;:fd}ttxin 
tag 53rad^e 
tag ©cbaf 



69 



Male. 
ber ©tier^ ber £>d)6 
ber 25cc? 
ber 3W)bocl 
ber <%>ai>n 

bcr Center ((Snterid)) 
ber $ud)S 
ber ©anter 
ber £unb 
bee Jtater 
ber SEauber 
ber Sffiolf 



Female, 
bie £uf) 
bte Siege 

bie Sftefyjtege 

bte #enne/ bag £ufyn 

bte 2Cente (@nte) 

bte gud)ftnn 

bte ©ang 

bte £unbtnn 

bte £a£e 

bte Saube 

bte SKSolfinn. 



216. Some substantives have the same termination in the 
feminine as in the masculine Gender. Ex. ber, bit Untergebene j 
ber, bte Sftunbigej ber/ bte #bgefanbte$ ber/ tie £etltge; ber/ bit 
2(noern)anbte. 



70 



SECOND PART. 



CHAPTER I. 
SYNTAX, OR CONSTRUCTION. 

217. The position of words, in oral or written language, 
is determined by certain rules, which constitute syntax or 
the theory of construction. These rules show how the 
governing and the governed parts of speech require to 
be joined together, in order to form propositions, and to 
express thoughts and ideas with clearness, precision, and 
idiomatic propriety. 

218. That word, in a sentence, which is made the motive 
or cause of the modification and form of another, is termed 
the governing word, and the word modified in any way by 
the governing word is said to be governed by it. In this 
sentence, for instance, the father of this child, ber 23ater 
btefeS £tnbe3/ father is the motive or cause why child, in 
German, should be put in the genitive case, and why in Eng- 
lish, "this child" should be preceded by the preposition of 
which is one of the English signs of the genitive or pos- 
sessive case. 

219. The governing words, or the words to which govern- 
ment belongs, may be divided into substantives, adjectives, 
verbs, and prepositions. 

220. When several substantives are regularly connected 
in German, they are either all put in the same case, or they 
receive different inflections. When two or or more sub- 
stantives agree with, or refer to, a principal or leading 
substantive as its attribute, they are put in the case of the 



71 

principal substantive. Ex. 3fom rourbe Don SSrennug, btm 2Cn- 
fufyrer ber ©allter, Magevt Rome was besieged by Brennus the 
chief the Gauls; bte (Sfyre gcbufyrt metnem greunbe/ etnem braoen 
Sparine this honour is due to my friend, who is a brave man ; 
Wlipp ber @d)6ne/ £6ntg Don granh'eidj/ war mit bem ^)abjr 
SBomfactug bem 2Cd)ten in Uneimgfetten geratfyen Philip the Fair, 
King- of France, was involved in a quarrel with Pope Boni- 
face the Eighth ; ber $aifer (Sonrab bee £>rttte belagerte 2Belfen, 
jper^og Don S3atern, in SG^etngberg the Emperor Conrad the 
Third besieged Welf, Duke of Bavaria, in Weinsberg ; ber 
@ot}n (beg) peters beg ©rofjen the son of Peter the Great. 

221. The Germans often put in the same case two sub- 
stantives, which in most other languages of Europe, are 
put in different cases. Ex. ©in ©ertd)t gifdje a dish of fish, 
etne Sftenge Seute a number of persons, &c, cm (Stud SSrob a 
piece of bread, etn ©lag 2Sein a glass of wine, jroet ©Hen 
Sud) two ells of cloth, etn guber £ol§ a load of wood,, &c. 

222. When two substantives present objects of various 
import, they are put in different cases in German. Ex. Sag 
£>aug trtetneg SSatcrg/ or, which is better, metneg SSaterg 4?au§ my 
father's house; ber S8eft$er bie(eS Sanbguteg the possessor of 
this estate, &c. 

223. When proper names of countries, provinces, &c. 
occur, it is better to use the preposition con* than the geni- 
tive case. Ex. £>er Gsfyurffirjt oon Saiern the Elector of Ba- 
varia j an ten ©rdngen Don ©efterretd) on the confines of 
Austria; ber £err Don Sbwenaug the Lord of Loewenaug. 

224. Substantives which denote country, race, age, rank, 
or condition, &c, are commonly used with the preposition 
oori/ though they are frequently put in the genitive. Ex. 
(Sr ijt fetner ©eburt etn SDeutfdicr he is a native of Germany; 
tm je^nien Safyre fetneg 2Clterg in the tenth year of his age ; 
feineg £anbtrertg etn ©d)neiber a tailor by trade, &c; instead 
of, er tjt Don ©eburt etn Seutfdjer. 

225. The governed substantive often precedes the sub- 
stantive which governs it. Ex. ®eg £>aterg SBiltc the father's 



72 

will; beg Jtomgg Staaf en the king's estates; beg #elben gofyn 
the hero's reward. 

226. In many instances instead of the substantive, the 
infinitive of the verb signifying the same thing, with the 
preposition ju, is used. Ex. tie £unjt $u leben, instead of 
bie £unft beg Sebeng the art of living ; bie gfurdjt 311 ftevben the 
fear of dying; bie Sftetguna, ju fdjlafen the desire of sleep; bie 
4?offnung 311 gelingen the hope of success. 

227. Adjectives sometimes govern the case of substan- 
tives, and sometimes the infinitive mood of verbs. 

228. SBcbficfttg/ befugt, benbtijigr, be\v\\$t, etngebenf, fdtjtg/ 
frot)/ gewafyr, gen?if/ gercofynt/ lunbig/ leg, mdd)tig, miibe, (att, 
fd}ulbtg, tt;eilt>aft/ uberbruJTtg, unfdfytg, unrourbtg, cei'bacbtig/ uoll/ 
mertl)/ and rcucbig/ govern the genitive case of substantives. 
Ex. (§r ift fetner Unfdulb beroufjt he is conscious of his inno- 
cence; bcr t>dterlid;en £et)ren etngebenE mindful of paternal 
admonitions ; jeber Sugenb fdt)tg/ capable of every virtue ; 
beg Sebeng fatt unb uberbrufftg weary and sick of life ; beg 
£>teb|bt)lg ^erbdd)tig suspected of theft; bee SSelotjnung un= 
irurbig unworthy of reward. 

229. TCefynlidv angenetjm, bcEannt, bequem, bange/ befdwerlidv 
teutltdv bienltd> btenftbat/ bunfel, eripriefjlid), erroun[d;t, gefdfyriid), 
gefjorfam/ geneigt, geroogen, g(eid)/ gut, tjeilfam, leicfyr, lieb/ naa> 
tl)etlig, na^e/ notfyig, nu§lidv fcfyablid), and fd)U?er, require the 
dative. Ex. (Sr ift [einem SSatec dfynltd) he is like his father ; 
eg ift mix angenefym, lieb, befannt, &c, it is agreeable, dear, 
known, &c, to me ; er ift fetnen &3orge(e£ten gefyoufam he is 
obedient to his superiors ; beu guvjr ill u)m getcogen the prince 
is kind to him ; biep ijr it)m fd)dbtid) this is injurious to him. 

230. £)tcf, t)od)/ roeit, breit, lang, ttef/ alt, reid), grofj, fdwer, 
n>ert§/ &c, which express or imply measure, weight, age, &c, 
determined by a number, require the accusative. Ex. $roet 
*k>ll bid: two inches thick, bret guf? breic three feet broad, 
breifng Satjre alt thirty years old, SJUUtonen retd) possessed of 
millions, jroanjig ©ulfcen mxtfy worth twenty florins, jetjn 
*Pfunb fdjwer ten pounds weight. 



73 

231. Adjectives which indicate 'possibility, facility, diffi- 
culty, necessity, duty, or desire: such as, mSgltd)/ leidjt/ fd;wet> 
not&iDcnbtg/ fd)ulbtg/ begierig/ &c, require or govern the next 
verb in the infinitive mood. Ex. ni&gltd) ju glau&en possible 
to be believed ; letcfrt gu ertctngen easy to obtain ; \d)\vet ju 
erjafyen difficult to relate ; fdjulbig ju beja^lcn having to pay ; 
6egtertg §u erfafyren desirous of knowing. 



CHAPTER II. 
OF THE GOVERNMENT OF GERMAN VERBS. 

232. The verbs in all languages have hitherto formed 
the most embarrassing and difficult part of speech. To 
enumerate one by one all the minute observations which 
grammarians usually make on this subject, and with which 
they are accustomed to fill whole volumes, would be incom- 
patible with the intention of this work. The author will, 
therefore, on the present occasion, content himself with 
pointing out these things which ought principally to occupy 
the attention of natives of England beginning to learn 
German, carefully avoiding to confuse them with the other 
and less important niceties of grammar. 

233. In general the tenses of verbs are used in German 
as in English. Ex. SBafyrenb er fd)rieb while he was writing ; 
er gtng getfern fpafcteren he went yesterday to take a walk ; ec 
tvat ooc mefyreren 3at)ren in SStcn he was in Vienna several 
years ago ; er fytett nie fein 28ort he never kept his word. 

234. The Germans agree generally with the English in 
the use of the indicative and subjunctive moods, the sense 
requiring, in both languages, the indicative where the verb 
denotes any thing that is determined and certain, and the 
subjunctive where any thing contingent or doubtful is ex- 
pressed. Ex. It is certain that he has said it e$ tjt geroijj/ 
baf er eg ge(agt t)at j it is not certain that he may come e6 
ift nidjt gewif/ baS er fomme. 

H 



74 



235. When several verbs occur in the same tense, the 
auxiliary verbs are not repeated, but placed alone at the end 
of the sentence. Ex. weld)e§ er ntd)t btofr gefagt, fonbern aud) 
gefd)rieben t)at which he has not only said, but also written ; 
!£d)6nfyetten/ tie nid;t gu befcfyretben/ fonbern nut ju fut)ten ftnb 
beauties which are not to be described but felt. 

236. S5uffen/ tonnen/ laffen, m5gen, mufen, fallen/ werben/ 
U)ollen, and all verbs in general which serve principally to 
limit the tenses and moods of other verbs, govern the infi- 
nitive. Ex. ntd)t tfyun burfen not to have permission to do ; 
nid)t fd)lafen Connen not to be able to sleep ; fid) mad)en laffen 
to have made ; er mag fagen, mas er will he may say what he 
pleases ; er mujj fommen he must come ; er roill ntd)t$ tljun he 
will do nothing ; er tjtejj if)n btnben he ordered him to be 
bound ; er t)alf itym arbeiten he helped him to work ; er f)6rte 
mid) reben he heard me talk ; er lefyrte ibn fdjreiben he taught 
him to write ; id) fa!) ibn fommen I saw him come ; id) fufyle 
meinc .ftrafte abnefymen I feel my strength diminish ; er fant 
ttm fd)lafen he found him asleep ; id) fanb itjn auf ber (Srbe 
liegen I found him lying on the ground. 

237. $ei£en/ fyelfen, t)6ren r fefyem and the other verbs illus- 
trated in the foregoing examples, burfen/ f onnem laffen/ mogen/ 
muffen and follen/ joined to another verb, cannot be used in 
the participle, but must always remain in the infinitive mood ; 
but the verbs lefyren and lernen may be used with equal pro- 
priety in the participle and infinitive. Ex. id) fyabe il)n 
fommen fyeifjen (not getjetfcn) I have ordered him to come ; 
id) t)abe tym fd)retben fjelfen (not getjolfen) I have helped him 
to write ; id) tyabz tl)n fpredben fyoren (not getiort) I have 
heard him speak ; id) fyabe it)n malen fefyen I have seen him 
paint ; er fyatte auf metn SBort trauen burfen he might have 
relied upon my word ; id) t)abe ibm macben laffen I have had 
made for him ; id) $abz ii)\\ iridjt fefyen roollen I would not see 
him ; er tjat gefyen mujfen he has been obliged to go ; id) \)aU 
il)n fpred)en gelet)rt/ or id.) fyabe ifyn fpredjen lefyren I have taught 
him to speak ; er fyat ft'e lennen gelernt/ or er i>at fie !ennen 



75 

letnen he has found out how to become acquainted with 
her. 

238. The German infinitive takes the preposition gu/ 
when it expresses the object and end of an action ; and 
when it more particularly and positively shows the end of 
an action, in addition to the above preposition, it takes the 
particle um. Ex. @r betjauptete ti)tt gefeijen ju tyabm he asserted 
that he had seen him ; id) tradjtete nut if)m ju fprecfyen I endea- 
voured to speak to him ; er ift berett/ eg §u ti)un he is ready 
to do it ; er tijat fetn 9Jtogltd)fteg/ um tf)n §u uberreben he did all 
he could to persuade him ; er uerfaumte nid)tg, um eg gu erlan- 
gen he omitted nothing to accomplish it. 

239. 2CnHagen/ befdjulbtgen/ entlaben/ entlebigen/ uberfityren, 
berauben, uberreben/ ubergeugen/ cerfidjern, enrdfynen/ gebenfen, 
fcfyonen, cerroetfen, and many reciprocal verbs govern the 
genitive case. Ex. @r ift eineg §3erbred)eng befd)utbtgt he is 
accused of a crime ; er ift feineg Skrfpredjeng enttebtgt he is 
absolved from his promise ; er. erimtert fid) ber empfangenen 
2Bot)lti)aten he is mindful of benefits received ; er entfyatt fi$ 
biefer <§a$t he abstains from this ; er bem&cfyttgte fid) ber ©tabt 
he made himself master of the town. 

240. Some of these verbs are likewise used with a pre- 
position. Ex. 3d) freue mid) uber fetn ©lud: I rejoice at his 
good fortune ; er erbatmt fid) fiber ben Ungtucftidjen he pities the 
unfortunate ; er oerrounbert fid) uber fetn SSeneijmen he is sur- 
prised at his conduct ; er bellagt fid) uber fetne 9cad)t&jftgf eit he 
complains of his negligence ; er betrubt fid) uber fetnen Sob he 
laments his death. 

241. Verbs which express relation of time, place, and 
manner) require the genitive case. Ex. beg SJJiorgeng/ beg 
^od)tg/ beg SSormittagg/ beg Sageg/ ©onntagg, ?£fiontagg^ grcetmal 
beg Safyreg lommen; to come in the morning, in the night, in 
the forenoon, during the day, on Sunday, on Monday, twice 
a year ; beg Sttorgeng, obet beg 2tbenbg abreifen to set out in the 
morning, or in the evening ; beg £3ormtttagg fd)reiben to write 
in the forenoon ; beg SKadjmtttagg fpa|ieren gefyen to take a 



walk after dinner ; er wirb beg 5tfad)tg anfommen he will arrive 
in the night ; (gonntagg unb SSonragg gefyt bie ^)oft ah the post 
goes on Sunday and Monday; er fommt jtorimal beg Safyreg/ 
gweimal teg 30ftonat§ he comes twice a year, twice a month. 

242. Active, neuter, reciprocal and impersonal verbs 
which govern the question wem, 5 it wem, an wem to whom ? 
woran, rcoju to what, whither? and those which are accom- 
panied by the prepositions nadv cor/ mtt, auf/ and in, require 
the dative case. Ex. 'einem etwag geben, fagen, melben, &c. 
to give, say, or write something to a person ; einem fd)retben, 
antwcrten to write, to reply to some one; einem eine (gummc 
bejatjlen to pay a sum of money to some one; ju wem wollen 
<Bu ? nut wem wollen ©te fpred)en ? whom do you want, 
whom do you want to go to ? whom do you wish to speak to ? 
an xtQm frfjreibcn ©ie ? an wem will er fid) wenben ? to whom 
are you writing ? to whom does he wish to apply ? gu wag/ 
gu weld)er ©umme l)ot er fid) erboten? to what has he pledged 
himself? what sum has he offered to pay? woran/ an 
welrfjer &afr,z arbeitet er ? what is he working upon ? womtt 
befdjafttgt er fid) ? how does he employ his time ? nacl) bem 
3tele trad):en to aim at a mark; nadj 95erltn getjeii/ reifen to go 
to, to set out for, Berlin ; auf bem 2anbe leben/ worsen to live 
in the country; einem bteneii/ broken/ folgen, na&afymen, banten, 
fcfcmetd&eln/ gefallen to serve, threaten, follow, imitate, thank, 
flatter, please one; eg oljnbet mtr I have a presentiment ; 
e§ e!elt ifym uor biefev ^pctfe his stomach turns at this dish ; 
bag Seben elelt ifym he is weary of life ; eg graut, or grauet 
i$m he is alarmed; wag beltebt 3l)nen ? wag beliebt? what is 
your pleasure ? wenn eg Sljnen bdkbt if you please ; eg ge= 
gtemet einem £inte gu [cbwcigen it behoves a child to be silent; 
eg trdumte mtr son Sfynen I have dreamed of you. 

243. All active, most reciprocal, and many impersonal 
verbs govern the accusative case. Ex. ©ie rufen it?n they 
call him; er grttfjt ftc he salutes her; icb erin .ere mid) I re- 
member ; eg befremtct midj it appears strange to me ; eg U- 
fall: tyn it befalls him; eg betrubr mi* it afflicts me; eg 



77 

bauert mid) it excites my compassion ; eg fd)mer$t mid) it gives 
me pain ; eg fdjl&fert U)n it makes him sleepy. 

244. 4?ei(ien, fdjetten, fd)impfeti/ fragen/ tet)ren> and tafjen/ 
govern an accusative of the person and another of the thing. 
Ex. fte fyetfjt, fdjtlt or fdjimpft ifyn einen barren she calls him 
a fool ; lefyrt mid) tie beutfd)e <Sptad)e teach me the German 
language. 

245. 3d) bilbe mic ein I imagine, id) ffcelte mir uor I fancy, 
id^ getraue mir I presume, form exceptions to the foregoing 
general rule; but when fyeifen signifies to order, to command, 
&c, it governs a dative of the person and an accusative of 
the thing : as, ec fyeifjt eg tym, &c, but when the verb is in 
the infinitive mood, it requires an accusative of the person: 
as, ec tytef ifyn fommen he ordered him to come. Saffen fol- 
lows the same rule: as, er Ihft eg mid) empfinben he makes me 
feel it. There is, however, a great difference between la$t 
eg mid) fageti/ and tafit eg mic fagem since the former signi- 
fies let me say, tell or relate it, while the latter means, let 
it be said, told or related to me. 

246. The answers to the questions how much? how long? 
how often ? when ? and the dates of letters are put in the 
accusative. Ex. Sag 23ud) Bojret §roet ©ulben this book costs 
two florins; eg miegt einen Jentnec it weighs a hundred pounds; 
er tjat fid) bort sier SBodjen aufgefyalten he has been there a 
month; id) fefye tyn alle Sage I see him every day; tin erften 
(September the first of September; ben uierten 2Cugujl the 
fourth of August. 



CHAPTER III. 
OF THE GOVERNMENT OF PREPOSITIONS. 

247. tfnfiatt/ ftatt/ fyalbet, ^atbett/ autferfyalb/ tnnerfyalb/ ober= 

ijalb/ unterfyalb, fraft, taut/ mittelft/ cermitteljt/ ungeadjtet, unmeit, 

unfenv oermbge, rodt)renb, roegen and ttofc govern the genitive 

case. The first of these prepositions is often separated. 

h 3 



Ex. #n be§ £onigg (Statt instead of the king; onftatt beg 
Sanbfaffeg natym er bag S)tntenfa§ instead of the sand-stand 
he took the ink-stand ; onftatt beg/ or on be§ Skterg ©tatt lam 
bet - ©ofyn instead of the father the son came ; ftatt btefeg 
SKenfdjen tarn ber SCtiabe instead of this man that boy came ; 
id) gefye aujierljalb bee Sftauern fpa^ieren, unb cr innertyatb berfelben 
I walk outside the walls, and he walks inside; id) roar ober? 
fyalb ber (Strafe, er war untertyalb berfelben I was at the top of 
the street and he at the bottom ; troft btefeg S3efefylg in virtue 
of this order ; lout biefer 33erorbnung according to this dis- 
position; oermtttelft btefer ©urnme in consideration of this 
sum ; ungeadjtet fetneg SRetd)tr;umg notwithstanding his riches ; 
er rootmt unroett, unfern ber ©tobt he lives not far from the 
town; ttafyrenb beg £rtegg during the war ; roegen feiner guten 
tfuffufyrung, or feiner guten tfuffufyrung roegen on account of 
his good conduct; tro| oiler feiner S3erfpred)ungen in spite of 
all his promises. 

248. v£olber and fjolben are put after the substantive, and 
w r here the former is used, the definite article is omitted. 
Ex. ber greunbfcktft tjalben on account of friendship ; tflterg 
fyolber on account of old age. 

249. When fyalben or roegen is joined to personal nouns, 
a t is added to them. Ex. eurettjolben on your account; 
ineinetyalben on my account; beinetroegen on thy account; 
fetnetroegen on his account. 

250. Mien preceded by tmv is sometimes used instead 
of roegen. Ex. urn metnetttrilten for me ; urn betnetnntlen for 
you, urn meineg greunbeg widen on account of my friend ; um 
feiner SReicfytyumei: ttntlen on account of his riches ; um £immel6 
nrillen for heaven's sake. 

251. Sufolge, placed before the substantive, governs the 
genitive, but placed after, it governs the dative case. Ex. 
gufolge meineg SSefefytS/ or, meinem SSefe^le jufolge according to 
my order. 

252. 2Cu6/ oupeiv bet, entgegen, mit, nod), nod)]!/ nebjb Icingg/ 
fommt, feir, uon, $u, and jurotber/ govern the dative case. Ex. 



79 

er get)t aug ber @tabt he is going out of the town ; er ift aufer 
ftcf> he is out of his senses ; er toofynt bei mil* he lives with me ; 
id) gtng ifym entgegen I went to meet him ; er !ommt mit ifym he 
is coming with him ; nad) meiner 2Cbreife after my departure ; 
nadjft tern spiafce near the place ; nebjt bem besides that ; Icmgg 
bem ^iuffe along the river ; feit etnem Safyre a year since ; er 
fyat eg oon ifym erfyatten he has received it from him ; er gefyt 
gu ifym he is going to his house; biefeg ift mir gmoiber this 
disgusts me. 

253. £)urd)/ fur, gegen, urn; and totber govern the accusative 
case. Ex. <Sie erlangten biejj burdf) itjn you obtained that 
through him ; er fud)t fur ifyn eine SBofynung he is seeking a 
lodging for him ; toag fur better ift tjeute ? what sort of weather 
is it to-day ? toag ftnb bag fur Seute who are those people ? 
mag fur ein SSud) tefen ©ie? what book are you reading ? mag 
fufyren ©ie ba fur 9fcben ? what subject are you discoursing 
upon ? er ift gegen mid) aufgebrad)t he is angry with me ; er 
geigt fid) gegen mid) fetyr freunoltdj he acts in a very friendly 
manner towards me; toag fyatte er ofyne mid) getfjan ? what would 
he have done but for me ? er ift immer urn mid) he is 
always about me ; jte jtefyen toiber ben geinb they are going 
against the enemy. 

254. 2Cm auf, Winter/ in f neben/ uber, unter/ oor, and $rotfd)en 
govern the dative and accusative cases. 

255. These prepositions govern the dative, when the 
sense points out a state of rest in a place, and likewise when 
the verb indicates motion within a given or determined space, 
without going from one place to another. Ex. Sag SSud) 
liegt auf bem Sifdje the book lies upon the table ; er frefyt an 
ber (Ecf e he stands in a corner ; er tooftnt fytnter ber $trd)e he 
lives behind the church ; in ber ©tabt ftnb oiele ©olbaten there 
are many soldiers in the town, er ftgt neben mir he is sitting 
by me ; uber mir toofynt ein Mnftter an artist lives above me ; 
unter mir tft ein teller there is a cellar under me; oor bem #aufe 
ftef)t ein SSaum a tree stands before the house ; gmifdjen ben 
Serge n liegt ein fd)5ne$ Sfyat, there is a beautiful valley between 



80 

the mountains ; er gefyt auf ber (Strafe umfyer he walks up and 
down the street; ber 23ebiente gei)t fyinter fetnem #errn the 
servant walks behind his master. 

256. When the verb expresses motion from one place 
to another, or a certain tendency towards any object, these 
prepositions govern the accusative. Ex. Siefer SSrtef fommt 
an mid) this letter comes to me ; er l)at an mid) gefd)rieben he 
has written to me ; id) benfe an tt)n I think of him ; fe§et 
biefeg ©lag auf ben Stfd) put this glass upon the table ; et 
Derftecfte fid; tjinter tie Sf)fir he concealed himself behind the 
door ; leg eg neben mid) place it near me ; er mill ubec ben gluf 
fafyren he wishes to cross the river ; fie gefyen unter ba$ ©ad 
they are going under the roof ; fie tritt uor ben (Spiegel she is 
going to the looking-glass ; mir merben ung gmifd)en bie £aufei 
cerflecfen we will conceal ourselves between the houses. 

257. SSor is often used when the verb expresses fear, 
defence, flight. Ex. @r fitrd)tet fid) oor ©efpenftern he is afraid of 
ghosts ; er fd)u£t fid) r>or ber ^dlte he protects himself against 
the cold ; er flieljt oor bem geinbe he flies before the enemy. 

258. Contraction makes one syllable of the definite 
article and a preposition : as, am/ ang/ corg/ t>orm/ aufg/ burcfyg, 
furg/ im, ing/ com, uberm, uberg/ unternt/ miberg/ jum and jur/ 
for an bem, an bag/ »or bag/ sor bem/ auf bag/ burd) bag/ fur bag/ 
in bem/ in bag/ oon bem/ fiber bem, uber bag, unter bem/ miber bag/ 
ju bem and gu ber. 

259. Prepositions often unite with adverbs, and, by this 
means, form relative particles which refer, in some sort, to 
the subject in question. The following is a list of them, 
which beginners should commit to memory, and translate 
into English by the help of a dictionary. — £)abet/ baburd), 
bafur/ bagegen/ bamit/ baran, barauf/ baraug/ barein/ barin/ barnad)/ 
baneben/ baruber, barum/ barunter/ bax>or/ baroiber/ baju/ bagmifdjen/ 
bacon/ be^alb/ beproegen/ fyeram l)eraug/ Ijerbei/ therein/ l)iertn, Ijer^ 
urn/ tjerunter/ fjeroor/ fyerju, l)ierbet/ tyierburd)/ fyterauf/ l)ieraug, 
t)ier&mifd;en, l)inab/ l)inauf, l)inaug/ fjinjU/ moburd)/ momtt/ moju/ 
morauf/ moraug, mourn mown. 



81 

260. Adverbs, as well as adjectives, admit of the com- 
parative and superlative degrees of comparison ; and, in 
German, adjectives which follow the verb become adverbs. 

261. The particle aU usually follows the comparative 
degree, and con or unter the superlative. Ex. ftarfer alg 
SDttlo stronger than Milo ; bag ©ange ill grower alg feinc Sfyetle 
the whole is greater than its parts ; ber jXetftgfte r>otv or unter 
meinen ©cfyulern the most diligent of my scholars. 



CHAPTER IV. 

OF THE ORDER IN WHICH THE SEVERAL 
PARTS OF SPEECH FOLLOW EACH OTHER 
IN THE CONSTRUCTION OR FORMATION 

OF SENTENCES. 

262. In the construction of simple and regular sentences 
the subject or nominative case occupies the first place, the 
verb the second, and the attribute, or case governed, the 
third. Ex. £)ag 2eben ijt futj life is short ; er Itcbt ben Sftarf)ften 
he loves his neighbour ; er gtaubte/ tie ©acfye mare abgemacfyt 
he thought the business was concluded. 

263. When the conjunction bajj is expressed, the sub- 
ject or nominative case occupies the first place in the sen- 
tence, the attribute, or case governed the second, and the 
verb the-last. Ex. 3$ fyoffte/ baf? er fletfnger mare I hoped that 
he would be more diligent ; id) beforgte/ baj? er eg ntd)t mad)en 
fonnte I was afraid that he would not be able to do it. 

264. The same rule is observed in affirmative sentences 
when there is a relative pronoun, and likewise when alg, 
alg rnenn, alg bafi/ ^>a t tamit, beoor/ gleitf) wie, tnbef, inbem, cb, 
obgtetd), obfcfyon/ obrooty, fo tote/ fo roett, toenn or toeil, &c. begins 
the sentence, or member of a sentence. Ex. ©er SDlann, 
roeldjer recbitfdjaffen ift the man who is honest; alg bte 3ett 
nafye war as the time was near ; alg rcenn eg mdjt rcafyr mare 
as if it were not true : gu artr, atg baf er biejj beftreiren Bnnte 



82 



too poor to be able to meet this expense ; ta er eg nid)t ttjun 
trill since he will not do it ; besot id) btefeg roupte before T 
knew that ; fo rote id) eg ge[ef)en fyabz as far as I have seen ; 
roenn id) ju eud) getommen ware if I had come to you ; roeil er 
mir bieg gefdmeben tyat because he has written this to me. 

265. In interrogative sentences the verb precedes its 
subject or nominative case, and the attribute is put in the 
third place. Ex. 3jt er gefommen? is he come? gibt er 
teine 2lntroort ? does he give no answer ? ijt nid)t bag @an§e 
grower ate fetne &l)eile? is not the whole greater than its 
parts ? rodre eg nid)t Uia)t, Sfynen ju beroeifeti/ baf @ott unenblid) 
gut tft ? would it not be easy to prove to you that God is 
infinitely good? rotrb eg tie $)f)ilofo:p{)ie bafyin bringeri/ alle SKen? 
fd)en glucfltd) gu macfyen ? will philosophy succeed in rendering 
all men happy ? 

266. The same collocation is observed when the con- 
junction roenn is omitted, if the sentence begin with an ad- 
verb of time or place, with one of the conjunctions ent? 
roeber/ ober> bort, or with the pronoun eg. Ex. 5ft er gleid) 
arm though he be poor ; fei and) tie &ad>e, roie er erjafylt 
although it may be as he says ; bort lebte er long he lived 
there a long time ; geftern roar id) bet if)m I was at his house 
yesterday ; entroeber lommt, ober fdjreibt er he either comes 
or writes ; eg fyat mir Semanb gefagt some one has told 
me. 

267. The interrogative pronoun roer forms an exception 
to the foregoing rule. Ex. SSer i)at bag getljan ? who has 
done this? 

268. In propositions preceded by the particles bejto/ je, 
um fo/ and in questions and exclamations with the word 
rote/ the predicate occupies the first place, the verb the se- 
cond, and the subject the third. Ex. 3e alter ber SBein, 
befro beffer ijr er the older the wine the better it is ; roie tfjeuer 
ijt bie[er £)o[e? how much do you ask for this tobacco-box? 
roie gtoj* ijt Sfyre ©ute ! how great is your kindness ! 

N.B. These general rules, and a little practice, will enable 



83 

beginners to understand the collocation of the principal 
parts of speech. 

269. Adjectives precede, in German a3 in English, the 
substantives which they qualify, and other determining 
words precede the adjectives in like manner. Ex. ber blinbe 
SCftann the blind man; bte Huge grew the prudent woman ; 
bte brei fd)6nen @d)loffer the three fine castles ; alle btefe brei 
fd)6nen ©d)lof[er all these three fine castles ; son alien btefen 
ijunbert treuen ^reunben of all these hundred true friends. 

270. With verbs in the infinitive mood, the determining 
particle, &c. precede, but with finite verbs they follow them, 
and when there is a participle it is placed at the end of the 
sentence. Ex. fd)6n fcfjreiben to write well ; nctd) 4?aufe 9? fyen 
to go home; balb Jommen to come soon; fetnen greunb be^ 
fudien to visit his friend ; fein @elb crfparen to save his 
money ; er iommt balb he comes soon ; er fd)reibt fdion he 
writes well ; er gefyt nad) #aufe he is going home ; er befudjt 
fetnen greunt) he goes to see his friend ; er ijr bait gefommen 
he is come soon ; er tft nad) £aufe gegangen he is gone 
home ; er fyat fetnen greunb befudjt he has been to see his 
friend. 

271. All the cases governed by the verb are put after 
it in the simple tenses, and between the auxiliary and the 
participle in the compound tenses. Ex. (Sr ftefyt mid) he sees 
me ; er gab eS tt)m he gave it to him ; er fyat mid) gefefyen he 
has seen me; er fyatte e§ t&m gegeben he had given it to him, 
&c. 

272. When a dative and an accusative follow the verb, 
the dative usually precedes the accusative ; but in general 
good writers and speakers are guided by the degree of 
energy which they wish to give to a word, placing it at the 
end of the sentence, that it may be the better observed. 
Ex. 3d) gebe meinem greunbe einen Sftatfy I give my friend advice; 
er fd)rieb einen SSrtef feinem SBruber he wrote a letter to his 
brother. 

273. When one of the two cases is a personal pronoun, 



84 

it is usually placed immediately after the verb ; and when 
both the cases are personal pronouns, the accusative gene- 
rally precedes the dative, except for the sake of emphasis 
or greater energy, as under the foregoing rule. Ex. @t& tijm 
tiefen fRafy give him this advice ; er gibt eg tym he is giving 
it to him ; er nonnte mtr fie/ or er nannte fie mtr he named her 
to me. 

274. The principal case of the verb is followed by the 
preposition and the substantive which it governs. Ex. £)te|j 
macbte etnen uefen (StnbrucE auf unfere Stnne this made a deep 
impression on our senses. 

275. The circumstances of time and place precede the 
principal case of the verb, except when the case of the verb 
is a pronoun, and then the latter is placed immediately after. 
Ex. (St fcHcSte corgejlern bag @elb fetnem greunbe he sent his 
friend the money the day before yesterday ; id) fanb it;n cor= 
gcfrern in SBten I found him in Vienna the day before yesterday. 

276. As the verb is usually placed at the end of the 
sentence, as the word which more particularly determines 
the sense of the phrase ; for the same reason the separable 
particles of compound verbs, participles, and the infinitives 
of other verbs require to be placed at the end of the sentence. 
Ex. (Eg fid itjm auf einmal feine SRebe ein he remembered his 
discourse at once ; ber Umgang nut aufgeflarten Seuten ijot fetnen 
©eijt jur Sfteife gebvad)t intercourse with enlightened persons 
has formed his mind; id) fafy tie fcfynxirse ©ettrittenrolfe fdfjnell 
uber ben ©alb fa&ren I saw the black storm-cloud pass swiftly 
over the wood ; id) bin bereit, eud) ju erler.nen ju geben I am 
prepared to let you know. 

277. The negative md)t, with the finite verbs, is usually 
placed at the end of the sentence ; but when there is a 
participle, or verb in the infinitive mood, it is put before such 
participle or infinitive. Ex. 3d) faf) ii)n btefen ganjen Sag nid)t, 
or id) tyabe ifyn ben ganjen Sag nid)t gefetjen I have not seen him 
to day ; id) Nonnte it)n ntdjt IjSren I could not hear him. 

278. Conjunctions are usually placed at the beginning 



85 

of the member of a sentence which they connect ; aber, alfo, 
and), bafyer, bemnad), barum, bennod), folglid)/ bejm>egen/ iebod)/ 
mttfyin, fonffc and groar/ however, are often placed at the dis- 
tance of several words from the beginning. Ex. (5r ift aud) 
angef ommen ,* er fcfyrieb mir baf)er 5 id) bin batum auf i^n nid)t 
bo3 j er ijat folglid) feine utfadje/ fid) §u beflagen. 

279. The conjunctions obgleid) and obn>ot)l may be either 
separated or used entire ; roenn aud) and roenn nur r are often 
separated by a pronoun in the nominative case. Ex. Dbgletd) 
id) eg roetfj 5 ob id) eg gletd) nid^t wei^ 5 obn?ot)l id) il)n fenne 5 
ob er mir gletd) befannt ift 5 wenn er aud) reid) ift 5 rcenn er nur 
tt>oltte. 

280. When an infinitive, an adjective, an adverb or a 
participle is put in the place of the subject, the construction 
is inverted. Ex. 2trbetten ift feine greube 5 entfagen foil id) biefem 
Sortljeile/ imb roarum ? grof ijt ber SJiann, ben letn llnglM beugt,* 
geftern roar er nod) bei mir 5 mutljlog unb entfrdftet roarf er fid) in 
meine 2lrme. 

281. The construction is likewise inverted, when a pre- 
position with its case is put at the beginning of the sentence ; 
when the case governed by the verb precedes the verb ; and 
when the nominative is put at the beginning and repeated 
by means of a pronoun, towards the end of the sentence. 
Ex. 3n meinen 2tbern tobt ein juoenalifd) geuer 5 bir grunet bag 
&i)al/ bir fprtefen tie SSlumen, btefeg 23ergnugen, rcetbe id) eg 
gentefen? bte 33lutl)e ber @efunbl)eit/ ttrie balb wxmltt ft'c in 
£raftloftg?ett unb ^ran!i)eit ! 



86 



CHAPTER V. 

A VOCABULARY OF THE MOST USEFUL SUBSTANTIVES, 
ADJECTIVES, VERBS, ADVERBS, AND ADVERBIAL 
PHRASES OF FREQUENT OCCURRENCE IN READING 
AND SPEAKING. 

The substantives are arranged according to their respective declen- 
sions, and distinguished, as to their gender, by having the definite 
article prefixed to each of them. 



282. Substantives of 

ber @d)5pfer the Creator 

(Sngel angel 

#immel heaven 
ta§ gegfeuer purgatory 
ber Seufel devil 

$)riefter priest 
ba$ Staffer water 

geuer fire 
ber ©djatten shade 

SKcgen rain 

Conner thunder 
ba$ SBetter weather 
ber ©ommer summer 

SQStnter winter 

SDlorgen morning 

.Katfer emperor 

fitter knight 

£Srper body 

ginger finger 

SKctgen stomach 
ba§ ^nie knee 

93idbd)en maid, girl 

fieben life 

£ad)en laughter 

StBeinen weeping 



the First Declension. 

ber SSater father 

S3ruber brother 

©roftoater grandfather 

£)nfel uncle 

©cfyroager brother-in-law 

SSurger citizen 

Seller plate 

Coffel spoon 
bo§ ^effer knife 

SDfattageffen dinner 

2lbenbeffen supper 

SSoreffen first course (i. e. 
soup or fish) 
ber Sraten roast meat 

$)feffer pepper 

(Stiefel boot 

S3oben ground 
bo6 dimmer room 

SSorsimmer anti-room, 
antichamber 
ber teller cellar 
bag genfter window 
ber genflerlaben window- 

©djlfiffel key [shutter 

JDfen oven 



87 



bag .Kopfftffen pillow 

bee ©efiel chair 
Soften chest 
(Spiegel mirror 
punter, tinder 
£eud)tec candlestick 
S3ogen papier sheet of 

bag ©iegel seal [p a P er 

gebermeffer penknife 

ber. 2tpottjeler apothecary 
SSaumetfter architect 
Scaler painter 
SSilbijauec sculptor 
SDSed^grer banker 
•£>cmbtt>erfer. artisan 
S3ud)t)dnbler bookseller 
£3ud)brud!er. printer 
S3ud)binber bookbinder 
Ufyrmadber watchmaker 
S3adJer baker 
@d)netber tailor 
©cfyufier shoemaker 
©trumpfjtricfer hosier 
SJtourer bricklayer 
Stfd)ter joiner 
£)re$gler turner 
SBagner cartwright 
SSeber weaver 
gdrber dyer 
@djlof[er locksmith 
gt[d)er fisher 
©erber tanner 
©later glazier 
£afner (Sopfer) potter 
Safrttager carrier 



bee <5d)aufytelet player 

fiaben shop 
bag SStertel quarter 
ber £afen haven 

23runnen fountain 

Suftgarten villa 

£ugel hill 

(Srbboben ground 

SBetgen wheat 

Mdjengarten kitchen- 
bag £eu hay [garden 
ber 2Cpfel apple 

(gpargel asparagus 
bag SSeildien violet 
ber Stger tiger 

(Sfel ass 

^)ammet wether 

23ogel bird 

2Cbler eagle 

Sanartenoogel canary 

^arpfen carp [bird 

$aufen sturgeon 

©djwefel sulphur 

©tatjt steel 

Centner hundredweight 

©raben trench 

Scaler dollar 

©ulben florin 

totter farthing 
bag gteber fever 
ber £uften cough 

©cfynupfen cold 

3tt>erg dwarf 
bag Softer vice 
bee gefyler fault. 



88 



ber 5ttoben 


ber S^ocfen 


SRadjen 


SRoggen 


stamen 


Stucfen 


£>rben 


©amen 


spftften 


©diragen 


Soften 


@cf)ran!en 


SKagen 


©parren 



283. Masculine Substantives of the First Declension, which 
do not soften their Vowels in the Plural. 

ber jtragen 

SSalfen 

SSvaten 

gunfen 

©lauben 

ftarpfen 

barren 

.ftaften 
and a few others, which a little reading and speaking the 
language will teach better than any written rules. 

2)te 50tunbel/ bte Gutter/ and bte Softer/ by their termination, 
belong to the first declension ; the two latter soften their 
vowel in the plural. 

284. Substantives of 
bog ©ebet prayer 
ber 93?onb moon 

©tern star 

SBinb wind 

Zfyau dew 

2)onnerfetf thunderbolt 

S3lt$ lightning 



©d)nee snow 

ba$ Si§ ice 
SDfteer sea 

ber glufi river 
SSad) brook 
©taub dust 
grueling spring 
#erbft autumn 

ba$ 3ai)r year 

ber 9J?onat month 
Sanuar January 
gebruar February 



the Second Declension. 
ber SDlarg March 
2Cprit April 
%Rai May 
Sum) June 
Suty July 
Xuguft August 
©eptember September 
October October 
Sftouember November 
December December 
©onntag Sunday 
SORontag Monday 
Sienjtag Tuesday 
SDtttmod) Wednesday 
£)onnerjtag Thursday 
grettag Friday 
©onnabenb Saturday 
Sfttttag noon 
2tbenb evening 



89 



ber .KSntg king 

©tj^erjog archduke 

v^erjog duke 

SSaron baron 

$>apjr pope 

SSifrfjof bishop 
bag %aaz hair 

@eftd)t face 
ber sfllunb mouth 

3at)n tooth 
bag Mm\ chin 
bee SSart beard 

#alg neck 

2frm arm 

guf foot 
bag SBlut blood 

£3ein leg 
ber (gefyroetjj sweat 

Singling youth 

SScrftanb understanding 

©d&laf sleep 

Sraum dream 

<Soi)n son 

@emaf)t husband 

Sifd) table 
bag ©ebed cover 

grufyjruc? breakfast 

SSefperbrob afternoon's 
luncheon 

^ugemufe greens 

93rob bread 
ber SBctn wine 
bag (Sals salt 
bet (gffig vinegar 
bag Se&l oil 
ber (Strumpf stocking 



ber (Sdjuf) shoe 

£ut hat 

$anbfd)ut) glove 

@d)Iafrod nightgown 

SBei&errocB gown 
ba§ Dfyrgefyange ear-ring 
ber (Sonnenfcfytrm parasol 

©toe? stick 

$nopf button 

spaUajt- palace 

@aal saloon 

©tad stable 
ba§ Sfyor gate 
ber SSorfjang curtain 

geuetftem flint 
bag £eft handle 
ber 23rief letter 

2Cr§t physician 

SBleifttft pencil 

2Bunbar§t surgeon 

,Kupferjretf)et engraver 

©olbfdjmtb goldsmith 

©cfymtb smith 

9la$ place 

©aftyof hotel 

SSaum tree 
bag ©trot) straw 

£>bjt fruit 
bee £ofyt cabbage 

(Spinat spinach 

(Salat salad 

^noblaud) garlic 
bag St)ieu animal 

$)fetb horse 
ber ©tier bull 

SOSotf wolf 
i3 



90 



ber gud)§ fox 

33ad) brook 
ber SJftauIefel mule 

£trfdj stag 
ba$ <Sd)af sheep 
ber 23ocf buck 
ba$ (Scfymetn pig 

SSMlbfcfyroein wildboar 
ber £al)n cock 

.Kapaun capon 

gafan pheasant 

Srutfyaljn turkey 

(Stortf) stork 

£anfltng linnet 

(Sperling sparrow 

$W fish 

4?ed)t pike 

Hal eel 

©tocffifd) stockfish 

faring herring 

tobS crab 

^rofd) frog 

SBallfifcf) whale 

(Scfymetterling butterfly 

Slot) flea 
ba§ detail metal 

©olb gold 



ba§ ©ilber silver 

$upfer copper 

3tnn tin 

S3let lead 

(Sifen iron 

SUietfftlber quicksilver 

Sftefftng brass 

(Srj bronze 

©ewidjt weight 

spfunb pound 

Sotl) half ounce 

SEftofj measure 
ber (Stab staff 

$uf3 foot 

3oll inch 

pfennig penny 
ba$ ^opfwel) headache 

©efdjrour swelling 
ber Sranb fire 

£od)mut{) haughtiness 

©tola pride 

(Sfyrgeta ambition 

©etj avarice 

SEJlorb murder 

£af hatred 

2Sortt>t^ curiosity 

&ieb|ral)t theft. 



285. List of Substantives of the Second Declension, which 
form their Plural without undergoing any change in their 
Vowels. 



ber 2Cal 


ber ©rat 


ber ©ettrinnjt 


%xm 


©tenft 


@rab 


SSlifc 


getnb 


©reie 


SadjS 


$reunb 


£abicf)t 



91 



ber faring 
£ed)t 

£ttfd) 
£unb 

fltel 

ftranid) 
£ad)S 
Drt 
$art 

*Pret§ 



bee $>unft 


the 3rd decl., 


sReim 


plur. ©traufi er) 


Sttfc 


ber ©tretd) 


@d)li$ 


Sag 


©t& 


&i)eU 


(Sperling 


Sifd) 


©taar 


SBeg 


©teg 


SSein 


®tetn 


SBinb 


©tiel 


3eug 


©tier 


^tt>ec£ 



©trauf? (also of jtoetg. 



The plural of the above is, of course, formed by adding 
an e to the singular number. 



286. Masculine Substantives of the Second Declension, which 
soften their Vowel in the Plural Number. 



ber-^lr 


ber $unb 




ber £rug 


SSanb 


m 




£u£ 


SSarfd) 


©ang 




£ouf 


SSart 


©aut 




SKarft 


SSaum 


@ejang 




Stab 


SSaud) 


©runb 




Stapf 


SSorn 


©ruf 




^atlaft 


SSocr" 


©uf 




9W 


SSranb 


£af)n 




$fiocf (also of 


£)od)t 


£al$ 




the 3rd decl.) 


£)amm 


tfatyn 




WW 


Sampf 


$amm 




$>la£ 


£uft 


£ampf 




mat^ 


Sunffc 


£lang 




9taum 


gall 


$lo{? and , 


« 


SRau(d) 


gang 


(also of 


the 


Sftocf 


glor 


3rd decl.) 




©aat 


%*<&>$ 


£opf 




©umpf 



92 



ber <Sarg 


bet (gcfytmng 


ber Sopf 


(Saurn 


©otyn 


Sraum 


<&d)a§ 


(Span 


Srog 


(Sd&taf 


(Sprung 


Srumpf 


(Sdtfag 


(Stall 


Srunf 


©djtaudfo 


(Stamm 


SBolf 


(Sdjlunb 


(Stocr 


2Burf 


<Sd)luf 


©top 


SSurm 


(ScfymauS 


(Strom 


Safjn 


<Sd)it£ 


(Strumpf 


3aura 


(Scfrroamm 


(Strunl 


3aun 


(Scfyr-an 


(Stut)l 


3oU 


(Sdjroanj 


(Sturm 


3ug. 


©d)»ul|t 


Son 





287. List of Substantives of the Second Declension used in 
the Singular Number only. 



ber 2Crgwof)n 


ber (Sunb 


ba§ ©efteber 


SBallaft 


Stjeer 


©enift 


SSunb 


Sorf 


©efcfymetf 


©lanj 


SScoft 


@et&$ 


©ram 


£rofc 


©ewurm 


#arm 


Srug 


©olb 


w 


SSerffcanb 


©rummet 


£tee 


SBatjn 


£eu 


torn 


2Bt| 


Snfelt 


Summer 


3anf 


tfupfer 


Setm 


3orn 


SRetyl 


SKetb 


stoang 


^effing 


Sprun? 


sSnritn 


SJKooS 


3>u& 


bag SBojl 


(Sitber 


SRaud^ 


SSiei 


ber <Staf)l 


<Sanb 


©am 


ba§ (Strol) 


©d&mucf 


©ebatf)tnip 


SSict;. 


(Stranb 







93 



288. Substantives of the Third Declension. 



©ott God 




bag SSztttud) bed-clothes 


bag #aupt head 




S3ud) book 


SBort word 




SSlatt leaf 


SQSeib woman 




SMntenfaf? inkstand 


£tnb child 




£)orf village 


Sifdjtudb table-cloth 


Sanbgut estate 


©log glass 




^ollfyaug custom-house 


@t egg 




Stjat valley 


&Uib coat 




ber SBalb wood 


#algtud) neckcloth 


bag Mb calf 


Sud) cloth 




Samm lamb 


SHegenbad) eaves 




SKepfyufyn partridge 


4?aug house 




ber SBSurm worm 


&ad) roof 






bat f8ab 


bag |>ut)n 


bag ©djirert 


Sanb 


,Rorn 


©ttft 


Silb 


£raut 


Si)at 


m 


teu$ 


Sud) 


gelb 


Sanb 


SOSammg 


Slop 


£id)t 


3eU 


©etb 


Sieb 


ber gletf 


@efd)led)t 


Sod) 


tflof 


©eroolfct 


SCRaal 


£lo£ 


©ejelt 


?CRaul 


^lump 


©lieb 


g^effc 


geib 


©rob 


9)fanb 


9>fIotf 


©rag 


Stab 


Stanb 


©ut 


SRetg 


©djtlb 


£ot§ 


«Ktnb 


©traufj 


£otn 


<Sd)lo£ 


Sffialb. 



94 



289. Substantives of 

bog Sett bed 

bet Sauer peasant 

SRadjbav neighbour 

Setter: cousin 
ba$ £)t)t ear 

2Cug eye 
ber £)tamant diamond 

doctor doctor 

2)orn thorn 
bo§ (Snbe end 
ber £alm stubble 
bag Snfect insect 



the Fourth Declension. 

ber Suwet jewel 
fiorber laurel 
SCRuSfel muscle 
SKubin ruby- 
See lake 
©porn spur 
©trat)l beam 
(Stctat state 

ba§ ©tuc! piece 

bee £t)ron throne 
Untertt)an subject 
jtterratt) ornament. 



290, Substantives of the Fifth Declension. 



bee SRtefe giant 

(Stumme dumb man 
Soube deaf man 
#tnfenbe limping man 
Zafytm lame man 
SSlinbe blind man 
©elet)rte literary man 
Steffe nephew 
©ebanfe thought 
^nabe boy 

baZ £erj heart 

ber grett)err baron 
©raf count 
gurft, ^Prtnj prince 
©eifllid)e parson 
©Iaube faith 
SSote messenger 
S3ube boy 
£)rad)e dragon 
(Srbe heir 



ber gelS rock 
©atte spouse 
©enofj companion 
«£afe hare 
#etb hero 
£ert lord, &c. 
Sube Jew 
Coroe lion 
?DRenfd) man 
sfflonard) monarch 
sprdlat prelate 
9)ropt)et prophet 
©ft East 
SKorb North 
©d)urle rogue 
@ad)fe Saxon 
©olbat soldier 
&t)rann tyrant 
Surf Turk 
*Seuge witness. 



95 



bet SSar 


bei* .ftnabe 


ber 


3>«g 


SBafiliSl 


.Knappe 




spoet 


S?runn 


.ftomet 




^rtnjipat 


SBube 


fieue 


bie 


D.uafte 


£5dne 


§0to$r 


bcr 


Sftabe 


Seutfdbe 


©oftor 




SRuffe 


grangofe 


Starr 




©cfymerj 


^oijle 


£d)§ 




(Sdwebe 


SBSdlfdje 


jailor 




©llaoe 


3cfuit 


^faffe 




©olbat 


gal!e 


2(ffe 




S$or (fool) 


gutjr 


^fau 




Sfyron 


©raf 


$>f)antajt 




Surfe. 


£elb 









All substantives which end in ant and ent; all patronymics, 
except those in iev/ as ber 2Ccgx>ptter/ bee sperfter/ ber (Spanier/ 
&c. ; all that end in iji and utt, as ber 2Ct$etjt and ber Sefiut/ 
belong to the fifth declension, and, with the exception of 
£erg/ they are all of the masculine gender. 



291. Substantives of the Sixth Declension. 



bte S3erldumbung calumny 
(Scfymeidjelet flattery 
#eud)elet hypocrisy 
SSerrdtfyeret treachery 
Unban! barfett ingratitude 
^a^idJTtQfett negligence 
Cuge falsehood 
©raufamfeit cruelty 
geinbfd)aft enmity 
SBolluft sensuality 
Sfyorfyett folly 
Ungerecfytigjett injustice 
SSeletbigung offence 
©unbe sin 



bte SSogtjeit malice 
©ottloft'gfett impiety 
Sreue fidelity 
(Srfafyrung experience 
greunbfefyaft friendship 
Stfttlbtfydtigfeit charitable- 
ness 
Sapferfeit bravery 
©tanbfyaftigf eit constancy 
©ebutb patience 
©tttfamfett modesty 
Unfd)ulb innocence 
9Xenfd)lid)feit humanity 
Sanlbarfeit gratitude 



96 



tie ©ro{jmutf)tgfeit generosity 
Ceutfeltglett affability 
SDemutfy humility 
£ofItd)fett civility 
2Cufrtd)tigfeit sincerity 
@ered)ttgfett justice 
50Rdf fgfett temperance 
.Stlugfyett prudence 
Sugenb virtue 
2Bunbe wound 
©efdjwuljt swelling 
S3erftopfung obstruction 
3Ba|fer(ud)t dropsy 
SGftafern measles 
?>ocfen small-pox 
tonBfyeit disease 
Rafter cord 
SRutye rod 
(Stle ell 
SSage scales 
Sfaupe caterpillar 
©ride cricket 
@d)(ange serpent 
2fufter oyster 
©arbeltc pilcher 
<5d)Ietd)e tench 
Samprcte lamprey 
gorelle trout 
SG5ad)tel quail 
©djroalbe swallow 
Cerdie lark 
SEfteife titmouse 
9tad)ttgaU nightingale 
©djnepfe snipe 
Saube dove 
£enne hen 



bte SfltouS mouse 
Sftatte rat 
^a^e cat 
gtege goat 
£ufy cow 
©tute mare 
^tyacintfye hyacinth 
Stelfe pink 
Sftoi'e rose 
SLR6^>re carrot 
Sftube rape 
3ttriebel onion 
©albei sage 
2Cprif ofe apricot 
v£>afelnufi filbert 
SBetntraube grapes 
(Srbbeere strawberry 
^aflame chestnut 
Sfcuf nut 
3wetfd)ge plum 
$)ftrftd) peach 
^ir(d)e cherry 
Sifteieret farm 
^Pflanje plant 
gldfd)banf shambles 
23rucfe bridge 
©affe street 
STCeffe fair 
23orfwbt suburb 
SB cifcfyerinn washerwoman 
Sdjecre scissors 
S3ricfta[d)c letter-case 
©d^rtftta fcbe portfolio 
©djrcibfebcr pen 
£td)tpu£e snuffers 
£erje taper 



97 



tie 9flcttra$e matrass 
ftucfye kitchen 
©tube room 
SBanb partition wall 
SCftauet: wall 
©d)ur§e apron 
£aube cap 
©djnalle buckle 
©djwSgertnn sister-in-law 
9^id)te niece 
SSafe cousin 
fJttufyme aunt 
©rofj mutter grandmother 
©emafyltnn wife 
©dftwejier sister 
Softer daughter 
SJlutter mother 
$ctfiltd)!ett ugliness 
©d)6nfteit beauty 
©efunbfyett health 
4?offnung hope 
(ginbilbunggfroft imagina- 
tion 
SSernunft reason 
©eele soul 
SRebe discourse 
<Sttmme voice 
Ceber liver 
TCber vein 
$)ul6aber artery 
SSrujt breast 
3et)e toe 
4>anb hand 
Sautter shoulder 
jhinge tongue 
fiippe lip 



tie Sfcafe nose 
4>aut skin 
©tunbe hour 
SSJtorgenr&tfye Aurora 
SOttttwodje Wednesday 
2Bod)e week 
Satyrgjett season 
£alte cold 
SBarme warmth 
3Sot!e cloud 
(Sonne sun 
(grbe earth 
SBSett world 
Stteffe mass 
^trd)c church 
2Cnbaci)t devotion 
33etd)te confession 
Saufe baptism 
$Pcebtgt sermon 
£6lte hell 
jDreifQlttgfeit trinity 
2Cu§fIud)t pretext 
gauft fist 
grud)t fruit 
@an£ goose 
©ruft vault 
tfluft cleft 
£raft strength 
^unffc art 
Suji pleasure 
SJiagb servant-maid 
5Kacl)t night 
@au sow 
©tabt town 
SOSurjl sausage 
3unft guild. 



98 



292. List of Feminine Substantives which soften their 
Vowels, and form their Plural in e. 



tie SSanf 


tie tfraft 


bie Slaty 


S3raut 


&vfy 


Scoty 


SBrunjt 


ftunfi 


9tu£ 


SSrujt 


Saug 


@au 


©cms 


Suft 


Stabt 


©ruft 


Cuft 


SSanb 


©unfi 


9Jcad)t 


2Burjl 


£aUt 


93cagb 


3unft. 


itluft 


3j(au§ 





293. Zistf o/ Substantives of the Feminine Gender which 
are used in the Singular Number only. 



bit 2(nlunft tie 


*Prad)t bie SScmunft 


(Sinftdjt 


Sftucifunft 3ier 


@efa>ulft 


©cbmad) £ud)t 


£enntnif3 


@d)»ulft 3ulunft 


Sift 


Srauer ^urucffunft 


294. Adjectives 


of Frequent Occurrence. 


wetfj white 


entfarbt faded 


fdjroarj black 


fdbon beautiful 


blau blue 


garfttg dirty 


t)immetblau sky-blue 


i)afHtd) ugly 


grun green 


grofj great 


gelb yellow 


llein little 


voti) red 


lurj short 


triolet violet 


breit broad 


braun brown 


eng narrow 


grau gray 


ttef deep 


fyell bright 


geletjrt learned 


bunfel dark 


unnnffenb ignorant 


grob coarse 


gut good 



99 



fd)led)t bad 
bog base 
iufttg gay 

liefcensrourbtg amiable 
fXet^ig diligent 
tjergltdE) hearty 
empftnbfam susceptible 
menfdjlid) humane 
boftid^ courteous 
gefyorfam obedient 
wo$ltt)&ttg beneficent 
lieb/ ttjcuer dear 
ciferfudjtig jealous 
ftanbtjaft firm 
gemetn common 
DoUlommert perfect 
gottlid) divine 
geijllid) witty 
meltlidb temporal 
fterblid) mortal 
gerecfyt, biUig just 
aufrtd)tig sincere 
roafyt true 
treu faithful 
freunbltd) friendly 
geijtg avaricious 
nad)ldfftg negligent 
faul idle 

angenefym agreeable 
banlbar thankful 
flat! strong 
fdjwacf) weak 
gefunb healthy 
IranB ill 

ungefunb unhealthy 
reid) rich 



arm poor 

glucflici) lucky, happy 

jung young 

ait old 

oer&eiratyet married 

lebtg unmarried 

tobt dead 

rein pure 

fttfj sweet 

bitter bitter 

gefaljen salt 

fauer sour 

reif ripe 

gleid) equal 

letd)t easy 

ijort hard 

fd)tcer difficult 

oott full 

leec empty 

gefcfyrotnb quick 

ganj entire 

trctfen dry 

na0 wet 

jerbrod)en broken 

neu new 

entfernt far off 

nctfye near 

getjetm secret 

oerfdjlofjen locked 

offen open 

etgen peculiar 

mogltd) possible 

dfynttd) similar 

nu^Ud) useful 

gunfttg favourable. 



100 



295. Verbs of Frequent Occurrence. 



effen to eat 
trinBen to drink 
fcfylafen to sleep 
auffte&en to get up 
fruf)flucfen to breakfast 
5U SKittog effen to dine 
ju 2(benb effen to sup 
bungertg fein to be hungry 
bui-frig fein to be thirsty 
fcfetdfrig fein to be sleepy 
gu SSett get)en to go to bed 
rufyen to repose 
traumen to dream 
\vad)m to watch 
fid) an$tef)en to dress 
fid) au§jtet)en to undress 
fid) wafc^en to wash 
fetyen to see 
t)6ren to hear 
foften to taste 
riedjen to smell 
futjlen to feel 
anfd)ouen to look at 
lad)tn to laugh 
roetnen to cry 
feufgen to sigh 
fingen to sing 
ntefen to sneeze 
2Ctt)em i)olen to breathe 
berufyren to touch 
anrutjren to handle 
fyuften to cough 
geben to give 
nefymen to take 



fdjrcien to cry out 

lefen to read 

fdjreiben to write 

lernen to learn 

tetjren to teach 

augmenbig lernen to commit to 

memory 
nrieberfyolen to repeat 
abfd)reiben to copy 
uerbeffern to correct 
QuSftreidjen to blot out 
uberfe^en to translate 
cmfangen to commence 
enbigen to finish 
madjen to make 
lonnen to be able 
wotlen to be willing 
roiffen to know 
fpred)en to speak 
reben to converse 
fagen to say 
fragen to ask 
antrootten to answer 
rufen to call 
geftefyen to confess 
nerftd>er-n to assure 
dejafjen to affirm 
cernetnen to deny 
fid) beftagen to complain 
beroetfen to prove 
oenfyeibigen to defend 
rtchten to judge 
ueruttfyeilen to condemn 
uer$eu)en to pardon 



101 



bitten to beg 

erfud)en to entreat 

forbetn to require 

(oben to praise 

tabeln to blame 

grufen to salute 

fd)er5cn to joke 

troften to console 

Derfretjen to understand 

begretfen to comprehend 

fd)d^en to esteem 

erfennen to acknowledge 

prufen to prove 

erfafyren to experience 

ftd) entfd)Ife#en to determine 

auffd)teben to defer 

oerfpredjen to promise 

ftci> erinnetn to remember 

sergeffen to forget 

benfen to think 

glauben to believe 

tjoffen to hope 

furdjten to fear 

tt)unfd)cn to wish 

fennen to know 

aweifetn to doubt 

Ueben to love 

fyaffen to hate 

fd)meid)eln to natter 

fuffen to kiss 

©lucf nmnfdjen to congratulate 

oerfolgen to persecute 

fiegen to conquer 

genrinnen to win 

serlteren to lose 

ftefylen to steal 



ftd) erfreuen to rejoice 
ftd) betruben to be troubled 
ftd) bemegen to be moved 
gefyen to go 
fommen to come 
anlommen to arrive 
rmeberiommen to return 
fiegen to stand 
u'egen to lie 
f%n to sit 
fpa^teten to walk 
laufen to run 
oermetben to avoid 
roenben to turn 
fufyren to lead 
fallen to fall 
entgegen gefyen to oppose 
begegnen to meet 
fyinetngefyen to go in 
fytnauggefyen to go out 
ftetgen to go, step up 
fytnabftetgen to go dow- 
oorbeigeljen to go by 
fd)t<fen/ fenben to send 
retfen to travel 
abgefyen to go away 
roegreifen to set out 
fpielen to play 
roetten to bet 
retten to ride 
fdjtffen to sail 
brtngen to bring 
uberretdjen to hand over 
tragen to carry 
ewacten to wait for 
roofynen to inhabit 
k 3 



102 



ftnben to find 

trad)ten to try 

btenen to serve 

geboren roetben to be born 

gebaten to bring forth 

wadjfen to grow 

leben to live 

fterben to die 

arbeiten to work 

roafdjen to wash 

pufcen to clean 

bvedjen to break 

nafyen to sew 

gevrefpen to tear to pieces 

ftritfen to knit 

fttcfen to embroider 

faufen to buy 

serfaufen to sell 



fyanbeln to deal 
roertfy fein to be worth 
mejfen to measure 
wagen to weigh 
n>ed)feln to change 
bejafylen to pay 
borgen to borrow 
letfyen to lend 
beftellen to appoint 
uberliefern to consign 
regnen to rain 
fdjneien to snow 
fyageln to hail 
blt|en to lighten 
fd)etnen to shine 
anjunben to light 
frieuen to freeze. 



296. Adverbs and Adverbial Phrases of 
Frequent Occurrence. 



3a 
©ewif 

<Bo ifi eg 

Sn ber Zfyat 

3n 2Ba&rfceit 

3a/ freilid) 

Saran ijl fein 3weifel 

Urn bie 2£af)rfyeit ju fagen 

3roeifeln @ie ntd)t baran 

<Sie fyabtn eg erratfyen 

@g ift ntd)t anberg 

@anj gut 

(Sans rcof)l 

3d) §abe md)tg bagegen 



Yes 

Certainly 

It is so 

Indeed 

In truth 

Yes, certainly 

There is no doubt of it 

To say the truth 

Do not doubt it 

You have guessed it 

It is not otherwise 

Very good 

Very well 

I am agreeable to it 



103 



23ortrefftid) 

3d) bin 3fyrer SKeinung 

2£te eg S^nen bebliebt 

2Bie eg 3*)nen gefdllig tft 

Sffiie <2ie roollen 

2£te ©te befef)len 

eg ftetjt bet 3tynen 

©g fommf auf ©ie an 

(5g fjcmgt con 3*)nen ab 

SOttr gilt'g gleid) 

3d) meiner (Settg, xoa$ mid) be= 

trifft/ gebe eg 311 
3d) bitte urn 2Serjeii)ung 
©emij3 ntd)t 
©ott beroafyre 
2Set Seibe nidjt 
3d) meij? eg nid)t 
3d) glaub' eg ntcfyt 
3d) glaube nid)tg bacon 
©g tft nid)t roajjr 
£)ie <2od)e tft ganj anberg 
©te trren fid) 
@g tft erlogen 
3d) !ann nidjt 
3d) getraue mir nid)t 
3d) barf nid)t 
3d) mag nid)t 
3d) mill nid)t 
@g ifr mir ntd)t moglid) eg gu 

tijun 
gur btefimal muf id) ©ie roof)l 

bitten/ mid) $u entfdjulbtgen 
eg ttrirb fur ein anbereg %lal 

fein 
3d) roerbe eg nie erlauben 
3d) mill nid)tg bacon triffen 



Excellent 

I am of your opinion 

As you please 

As you think proper 

As you will 

As you please to order 

It rests with you 

Ditto 

Ditto 
It is all one to me 
As for my part, I agree to it 

I beg your pardon 

Certainly not 

God forbid 

By no means 

I do not know 

I do not believe it 

I do not believe a word of it 

It is not true 

Quite the contrary 

You are mistaken 

It is false 

I cannot 

I dare not 

I must not 

I do not like 

I will not 

It is not possible for me to 

do it 
This time I must beg of you 

to excuse me 
That will remain for another 

time 
I will never allow it 
I will not hear of it 



104 



£te§ lonn bureaus ntdfet fein 

3d) roetbe me jugeben 

©agen ©te mtr gefaUigft 

<£6ren ©ie einmal 

©lit (Srlaubnif 

3ft niemanb gu £aufe ? 

SBaS befefjten ©te? 

SGSer tft ba ? 

SG3a6 tyut tr,r ba ? 

SffiaS fagen ©te ? 

2Bie beftnben ©ie ftcf) ? 

SBot)in ? 

2Boi)er f ommen ©ie ? 

2Bie brett tft btefeS &ud) ? 

SD3te met fojtet bog spfunb ? 

23ie ttjeuec bag $>funb ? 

2Bte gefatlt 3*)nen bte[e garbe ? 

2>atf td) ©ie bitten ? 

3$ routbe ©te eifudjen 

3d) bitte ©te red)t fct)r 

£aben ©te bte ©nabe 

3d) mujj ©te bitten 

3d) t)abe eine SBitte an ©ie. 3d) 

mujj ©ie urn eine ©efdiltgfeit 

bitten 
2Benn i<A) ©ie bitten barf 
#6ren ©te mid) an 
3d) bitte ©ie gef)orfamfi 
2Jon £etjen gem 
3d) roerbe baS ffiergnugen fyaben, 

Stmen ju bienen 
Siefj fann tetdjt fein 
©ie fyaben nur ju befefylen 

SKenn ©ie nid)ts anberS roollen 
(5$ ift meine ©djulbigleit 



That is quite impossible 
I will never consent 
Tell me, if you please 
Listen, hear 
With your permission 
Is there no one at home ? 
What is your pleasure ? 
Who is there ? 
What are you doing there ? 
What do you say ? 
How do you do ? 
Where are you going ? 
Whence do you come ? 
What width is this cloth ? 
How much a pound ? 

Ditto 
How do you like this colour ? 
May I ask you ? 
I would beg of you 
I earnestly entreat you 
Have the goodness 
I must beg of you 
I have a favour to ask of 
you 

If I may beg of you 

Listen to me 

I humbly entreat you 

Most willingly 

I shall have the pleasure to 

wait upon you 
That is very easily done 
You have only to use your 

pleasure 
If that is all you wish 
It is my duty 



105 



SBarum ntd)t ? 

3d) merbe fetjen 

3d) merbe mcin SiJloglicfyeg ttyun 

$©ag tji t)ter $u ttjun ? 

3ftatt)en <Sie mir 

©agen ©ie mir 3fyre Sttetnung 

2Bag foil eg merben? 

2Bag fagen ©ie baju ? 

2Bdre eg uielletdjt nid^t befier ? 

SBag fyalten <Ste bacon ? 

*Bag gibt eg tjier fur em Sfltfttel ? 

5Benn id) an 3fyrer ©telle ware 

akrjeitjen ©ie/ ©ie tljun nid)t 

red)t 
3d) murbe eg nid)t tl)im 
3d) murbe eg nid)t erlauben 
@g ware ntd)t unred)t gettyan 
3d) merbe eg fo macfyen 

(gg ift bag SRdmlide 

(Sg lauft auf etneg fytnaug 

3d) meifj nidjt/ mag td) 3fynen 

fagen foil 
®ie werben eg bejfer miffen alg 

i% 
3d) bin rect)t frol) 
3d) freue mid) red)t fefyr bar* 

uber 
Sag l)dtte id) ntd)t gebad)t 
@g ijtmir fetjr Uebju oerneljmen 
@g tt>ut mir feljr left 
2Ber t)dtte btej? gebadjt ? 
@g ttjut mir in ber ©eele mel) 
Sag ^)er§ blutet mir 
@g ifl bod) oerbrief; lid) 
2Ben follte eg ntdjt oerbriejjen ? 



Why not? 

I will see 

I will do my best 

What is to be done here ? 

Advise me 

Tell me your opinion 

What will be the end of it ? 

What do you say to it ? 

Would it not be better ? 

What do you think of it ? 

What remedy is there for it? 

If I were in your place 

Excuse me, that is not right 

I would not do it 

I would not allow it 

It would not have been amiss 

I would do it after this fa- 

shion 
It is the same thing 
It amounts to the same thing 
I do not know what to say 

to you 
You will know that better 

than I 
I am very glad 
I am heartily glad of it 

I should not have thought it 
I am very glad to hear it 
I am very sorry for it 
Who would have thought it ? 
I am truly sorry for it 
My heart bleeds 
It is vexatious 
Who wouldnot be vexed at it? 



106 



3ft eg m6gltrf) ! 

SOSaS fagen @ie ! 

2Ba§ i)6re td) ! 

34) erftaune ! 

£immel ! 

SBarmfyerjigfeit ! 

3d) bin serloren ! 

@r tjt tobt 

©ott ftefje tym bet ! 

SJJiad) mid) nid)t toll 

$Ba6 ift bog ffir eine 2Cct ? 

Sffieldjer £)ummf opf ! 

SBeldjer ©infall ! 

2Cuf meine (Styre 

@o irafyr id) ein e^tlic&er Sfftann 

bin 
9tid)t oer^agt ! grifd) geroagt ! 

JpuvtiQ ! ©efd)»tn& ! 
gurd)te mdjtg 
SBetdje greube ! 
3d) bin recfyt froi? 
(St fcoi)toc!et batuber 
Cieber/ ttjeurer ^reunb 
giebeS £inb ! 
3d) ^abe tyn red)t gern 
«0?ein ©djafc ! 
Seben @tc red)t n;ot)l 

jlommen <Ste wo$l nad) £aufe 
Sefudjen Sie unS balb tuieber 
3d) nmnfdje 3*)nen eine glucf= 
lidje Sfteife 



Is it possible ! 

What do you say ! 

What do I hear ! 

I am astonished ! 

Heavens ! 

Mercy ! 

I am ruined ! 

He is dead 

God help him ! 

Do not drive me mad 

What behaviour is this ? 

What a blockhead ! 

What an idea ! 

Upon my honour 

As I am an honest man 

Courage ! do not despair. 

Try again ! 
Do not be daunted I Quick ! 
Fear nothing 
How delightful ! 
I am overjoyed 
He is in ecstacies at it 
My dear friend 
Dear^ child ! 
I love him dearly 
My darling ! my love ! 
Farewell ! good bye I I wish 

you well, &c. 
I wish you safe home 
Come to see us again soon 
I wish you a pleasant journey. 



107 



CHAPTER VI. 



297. 



A SERIES OF TWENTY-SIX EASY AND FAMILIAR 
DIALOGUES. 



Illustrative of the idiomatical peculiarities of many German words 
and expressions of the most frequent occurrence. 



28te lange ift eg fd)on/ ba$ <Sie 

ii)n md)t gefetjen tjaben ? 
(gg ift ntd)t lange fyer 
23or !itr§em 
3d) fyabt u)n feit einem 3af)re 

nid)t gefefyen 
3d) t)abe ttjn ecft oor bret Sagen 

gefetjen 
SBte/ erft feit bret Sagen ? 
@g if! nrirfltd) fo/ <Ste mogen 

eg glauben ober ntd&t 
SBarum lacfyen <Ste ? 
©tauben ©te id) fdjerge ? 
3d) fage eg 3fynen in ganjem 

(Srnfte. (§g tft mein roller 

(Srnjr. (§g ijt rotrftid) mein 

ganger (Srnfl 
2)ag rounbert (Ste ? 
3d) finbe eg fet)t naturlid) 
3a fo ! bog glaube id) 
SBer fy&tte fid) bag trdumen 

laffen ? 
greilid) fyatte man eg ooroug 

fefyen fonnen 
©g gefd)et>en mandjmal fonber= 

bare Singe 



How long- is it since you saw 

him? 
It is not long since 
A short time ago 
It is a year since I saw him 



saw 
ago 



him but three days 



298. 



<5r get)t ju gup t)tn 

3d) rcerbe nid)t fyinfommen 



What, only three days ago? 
Yes, indeed, you may believe 

it or not 
Why do you laugh ? 
Do you think I am joking ? 
I tell it you seriously 



Does that surprise you ? 

I think it very natural 

Yes, I think so 

Who would have dreamed of 
that? 

Indeed one might have fore- 
seen it 

Strange things happen some- 
times. 

He goes thither on foot 
I shall not come 



108 



3d) war nod) nie tort 
.Kommen ©ie tjtri/ e6 ttrirb ©te 

fceuen 
Sffitr roerben fptelen 
2Btr merben SSillarb fpieten 
3d) merbe r»id)t ermangeln 311 

tommen 
©ie burfen fid) barauf oerlafien 
Soben ©te aud) ben #erm — 

ein 
3d) roerbe eS itmt fagen 
£)b er aber rommen mirb/ baS 

tt>eif id) nid)t 
3d) unit fdjon forgen/ baf ©tc 

fetne Eangetr-eile ftnben 
SSBcnn eS regnct/ bann lommen 

ttrit ntd)t 
3d) t)offc/ eg rctrb fd)6n bletben 



I never was there 

Come, you will be pleased 

We will play 

We will play at billiards 

I will not fail to come 

You may rely upon it 
Invite Mr. — also 

I will tell him 

But I do not know whether 

he will come 
T will take care that you are 

amused 
If it rain we shall not come 

I hope it will continue fine. 



5QSem gefjort biefeS aSud) ? 
^onnten ©tc eg mtr nid)t letfyen ? 
@6 gefjort nid)t mtr$ id) mufj 

cS fjeute juritcrgeben 
Gs6 f)cmgt ntdjt won mtr ab 
SScnn ©ie fid) Me Sfflutje nefymen 

roollten tt)n $u fragen 
2BaS mirb c§ nu£en ? 
(56 n?irb ntd)t gefd)efr;en/ id) roetfj 

e6 im oorauS 
3d) ^obe ben tfuftrag ©tc gu 

fragen 
3d) bin 2StUen6 ifym ju fcfyreiben 
©efyen ©ie fd)on fort ? 
3d) fann mid) nid)t longer auf= 

tjalten 



299. 

Whose book is this ? 
Could you not lend it me ? 
It does not belong to me ; I 

must return it to-day 
It does not rest with me 
If you would take the trouble 

to ask him 
What will it avail ? 
It will not happen, I know 

it beforehand 
I am commissioned to ask 

you 
I intend to write to him 
Are you going already ? 
I can stay no longer 



109 



3d) mufj eiligjt ju tern £errn 

— gefyen 
(Sg regnet aber gemaltig 
(So marten @te nod) etn mentg, 

eg mtrb balb auffyoren 



I must hasten away to Mr. — 



Soffet mid) in grieben 
Sag tft einc Sftebe ! 
Sffiag fallt benn eud) ein ? 

3d) finbe eg fonberbar, in bet* 
Styatl 

SBte lann man fo etmag benlen? 

#att' id) bag frufyer geroujjt ! 

3d) bin fefjr bofe auf it)n 
(Sr fyatte bog nic ttmn follen 

3d) meifj mirfltd) nid)t/ mag id) 

baoon benfen foil 
©eien ©te oerftdjert/ bap id) 

boran fetne ©d)utb fyabt 
Dag fyatte id) nte gegtaubt 



SBer lann eg tym benn gefagt 

fyaben ? 
SBie unterftefyt er ftd) nod)/ mtr 

sor bie 2(ugen gu lommen ? 
©o etmag lann man mir nur 

einmal antfyun 

301 
dr mar fo eben t)iec 
<3g ift mir tetb, itjn nid)t ange= 

troffen ju fyaben 
&ennen @ie it>n ? 



It rains, — it pours 

Stay a little longer, it will 

soon leave off. 
300. 

Let me be quiet. 
What a speech ! 
What is come into your head 

now ? 
I think it extraordinary, 

indeed ! 
How could any one imagine 

such a thing ? 
Would I had known that 

sooner ! 
I am very angry with him 
He ought never to have done 

that 
I do not indeed know what 

I ought to think of it 
Be assured that I have had 

no hand in it 
I should never have believed 

it 
Who can have told him 

then? 
With what face will he ever 

appear before me again ? 
I shall not be served the 

same trick twice. 



He was here just now 

I am sorry I did not meet 

him 
Do you know him ? 

L 



110 



3d) fenne tt)n blofj uom ©et)en 
3d) roerbe Sfynen fyinunter 

leudjten 
3d) ^)abe ton fleineg ©etb bet 

mtv 
3d) merbe eud) cin anbeteg 9iKal 

etroas fdjenfen 
@g gef)t ujm oft bag ©etb aug 
@ie t)dngt bag SCRauU unb id) 

metfj nidjt roarum 
©ie iffc fefyr aufgebtadjt gegen £^>n 
SBag fyat er ifyr getfyan ? 
(£g ift nod) eine grage, ob er eg 

ntd)t ttjut 
©ie ift tjierubet nid)t gut ju 

fprecfyen 
©r if! nod) gut baoon gefommen 



I know him only by sight 
I will light you down 

1 have no small change 

about me 
I will give you something 

another time 
He is often wanting money 
She is vexed, and I know 

not why 
She is greatly enraged at him 
What has he done to her ? 
Who knows that he will not 

doit? 
She will hear nothing on 

this subject 
He has had a narrow escape. 



302. 



SBag gefyt mid) bag an ? 
Iffienn eg ©ie ntcbt angefyt, fo 

get)t eg mid) an 
(Sinuerjfonben $ aber bel&ftigen 

©ie mid) nid)t linger nut 

biefem @efd)md£e 
3d) lann ntd)t baraug !lug 

rcei'ben 
©inmal fpridit er fo, unb etn 

anbereg SERal fo 
©g i(! aug mit unferer greunb= 

fd)aft 
3fl bag ©tucf aug? 
53tid) munbert eg/ bafi eg tjeute 

fo frut) aug ift 
Sftadften jte eg mit einanber 

aug 



What is that to me ? 

If it be nothing to you, it is 

something to me 
Granted; but do not tease 

me any longer with such 

nonsense 
I cannot understand it at all 

Sometimes he says one thing, 

and sometimes another 
Our friendship is at an end 

Is the play over ? 

I am surprised at its being 

over so soon to-day 
Let them settle it among 

themselves 



Ill 



SBtr fyaben auggemacfyt, bafj er 

mir eg morgen fdjtcfen foil 
@g ift nod) nid^t auggemadjt 
(gg ift eigentltd) nod) nid)t aug~ 
gemad)t, baf* er. eg fd)tcfe 



3d) fyabe eine 23itte an ©ie 

3d) ^abe Seine Suft baju 

©agen ©ie mir einmal 

Sag $at nidjtg auf fid) 

Sag i)at nid)tg ju fagen 

2$ie fann bag fetn ? 

2Bo benlen ©ie benn fyin ? 

Urn btc 5B3a$rtyeit ju fagen 

SSSenn bag xoaty mare 

2Benn eg fo mate, wte ©ie fagen 

2Bir mollen eg babet bemenben 

laffen 
©djon red)t/ oerlaffen ©te ftc^ 

barauf 
(gg foil mid) munbern, roenn er 

biefrnat SOSort t)dlt 
(gg mirb fpdt 
(gg mirb Sftad)t 
(gg mirb Sag 
Sajfen ©ie fid) bie 3eit ntd)t 

lang merben 
2Btc merben mtt einanber getjen 
©ebulben ©ie fid) nur ein mentg 
(gg ift mafyvlid) gum Sobtlacfyen 

SEJlir fommt bag £ad)en, fo oft 

id) tavan benle 
(gg ift aud) §um Sad)en 
3d) mod)te metnen, fo fei>r tljut 

eg mir leib 



We have agreed that he shall 
send it to me to-morrow 

It is not settled yet 

It is not yet finally deter- 
mined that he shall send it. 
303. 

I have a favour to ask of you 

I have no inclination for it 

Pray tell me 

That is no matter 

That has nothing to do with it 

How can that be ? 

What are you thinking of ? 

To say the truth 

If that were true 

If it were as you say 

Let us change the subject of 
our discourse 

You are in the right, abide 
by it 

I shall be surprised if he 
keep his word this time 

It grows late 

The night is coming on 

It is morning 

Make yourself comfortable 



We will go together 
Do have a little patience 
It is enough to make one die 

with laughing 
I laugh whenever I think of 

it 
It is truly laughable 
It grieves me so that I could 

cry 



112 



&a$ fann id) 3l)nen fagen/ bajj 

eg mid) fefjr drgert 
(Sin (Snget murbe bobei tie ©e* 

bulb serlteren 
$5ag mollen (Sic aber babei ttjun? 
3d) fann eg nid)t fo l)ingef)en 

laffen 
£)ag 23efte ift/ eg fid) gar nid)t 

merfen Xaffert/ ba|j eg ©te fo 

wrbrteft 
<Sie tjaben gut reben 
SOiadjen ©ie'g anberg/ menn @te 

fonnen 
@r foil mir nur fommen ! 
3d) merbe eg tf)tn fdjon seigen 



I can assure you it annoys 
me greatly 

It would put an angel out of 
temper 

But what will you do ? 

I cannot allow it to pass un- 
noticed 

The best way is not to let 
people see that it troubles 
you so 

It is fine talking 

Do otherwise, if you can 



9tun bin id) fd)6n baron ! 
SBenn i<i) nur mupte/ mie id) 

baran bin 
$Rit ujm meif* man nie ; mie 

man baran ijt 
@g mare beffer/ menn er eg mir 

fret fyeraug fagte 



3d) fann bag nidjt leiben 

©te lennen ilm \a, er ifi einmal 

nid)t anberg 
3d) mollte nidjtg fagen/ menn 

id) it)n nid)t fd)on gemarnet 

t)dtte 
@r mill immer nad) feinem tfopf 

tyanbeln 
@r foil eg bereuen 
3d) mill nod) einige Sage fo 

Stiffen 
3)ann foil er mid) t)6ren 



Only let him come to me 
I will let him see. 
304. 

Now I am prepared ! 

If I did but know what I have 

to depend upon 
One never knows when one 

has him 
It would be better for him to 

tell me candidly what he 

means 
I cannot bear it 
You know him well, that is 

precisely his way 
I would not say a word, if I 

had not already warned 

him of it 
He w T ill always have his own 

way 
He will repent of it 
I will see what a day or two 

more will bring forth 
Then I will let him hear me. 



113 



305. 



SBte gefdllt eg Stynen fyier ? 

$R\t gefdllt eg red)t tt>o^)i 

3d) tuerbe nod) einige Sage t)iec 

bleiben 
.ftonnen ©ie ftngen, obet bag 

fllawer fpieten ? 
2Bte lange ftnb ©ie fdjon ^>ier ? 
@g tft nid)t Idnger a(§ anbertfyalb 

©tunben 
|>dtte id) genmfjt, baf ©ie t)ier 

ftnb! 
2Bit fefyen ung red)t feiten 

3d) bin, ©ott fei gelobt, redjt 

gefunb 
3d) bin nid)t red)t wofyl 
3d) bin etrcag unp&fttd) 
£)er $opf tt)ut mtr fo wet) 
.ftommen ©ie f)er, id) will 3fynen 

etroag jeigen 
£onimen ©ie fyerauf 
$ommen ©ie ein roenig tjeruntet 
SQSo ftnb ©ie benn ? 
#ier unten 

3d) bad)te, ©ie rcdren nod) oben 
@ei)ett)inou6,unb bleibt broken 
(5r get)t bejidnbig auf unb ab f 

t)inauf unb fytnunter 
©obalb ec fyeraugfommt, werben 

©ie tytnctngefyen 
2BaS foil aug aUem bem toer^ 

ben? 
3d) toetf nid)t wag baraug xozi- 

ben n?irb 
3d) ot)nbe nid)tg ©ute6 



How do you like this place ? 

I like it very much 

I shall stay here a few days 

longer 
Do you sing, or play on the 

piano ? 
How long have you been here ? 
Not more than an hour and a 

half 
I wish I had known that you 

were here 
We see one another very sel- 
dom 
I am in very good health, 

thank God 
I am not very well. 
I am a little indisposed 
My head aches 
Come here, I will show you 

something 
Walk up 

Come down here a minute. 
Where are you ? 
Down here 

I thought you were still above 
Go out, and stay out. 
He is continually going up 

and down 
You shall go in, as soon as 

he comes out 
What will be the end of all 

this ? 
I do not know what will be 

the end of it 
No good, I fear. 
l 3 



114 



@g ftef)t gefatjrtid) aug 

unferm ©efdjdfte 
(Sg ttnrb nirfjt fo gut abtaufen/ 

alg ttnu gebad)t fyaben 
SRfc wollte gtetd) tm Mange 

tie @ad)e nidjt red)t gefaUen 
3d) tjatte miv nie getraut eg gu 

ttyun 
3d) fyatte eg ifrni ben Sag gusor 

gefcfyrteben 
£dtte id) eg nut greet ©tunben 

frufyer gertmfjt 
<$r war, beoor ©ie gelommen 

ft'nb, fo luftig 
SBtr muffen gum* bie (Sad)e ing 

S^eine brtngen 
@g iffc beffer gut)oi/ alg fyernad) 

bie <3ad)e gu uberlegen 
@g ifi it)m nidjt gu trauen 
Sflfian mufj oorftdfotig gu SBerle 

gefyen 



306. 

mit Our affairs are in a precarious 
state 

It will not end so well as we 
thought 

I did not much like the busi- 
ness from the beginning 

I should never have ven- 
tured to do it 

I had written to him the day 
before 

If I had known it only two 
hours sooner 

He was so lively before you 
came 

We must settle our business 
first 

It is better to reflect before 
you do a thing than after 

He is not to be trusted 

We must go cautiously to 
work. 



307. 



3d) nrilltge baju etn 

Unb roenn @ie bagu nid)t ein= 

gettrilltgt fatten ? 
fCSaruni/ rcogu btefc grage ? 

<3tnb @te bamit gufrteben? 
28te fann id) bamit gufrteben 

fetn ? 
SKollen @te ntd)t fceute bet mir 

fpetfen ? 
3d) bin fyeute fdjon eingetaben 



I consent to it 

And suppose you had not 
consented to it ? 

Why do you ask that ques- 
tion ? 

Are you satisfied ? 

How can I be satisfied ? 

W r ill you not dine with me 

to-day ? 
I am already engaged for 

to-day 



115 



SSag roerben ©te fyeute 2(benb 

tijun? 
2£ie bringen ©te ben2Cbenb ju? 

SOSollen nrir tern £errn — einen 

33efud) macfyen? 
3d) bin fefyr gern babei 
3d) bitte nur einen 2Cugenblttf 

gu gebulbem ic^ tt-erbe g(etd) 

fommen 



What will you do this eve- 
ning ? 

How do you spend the eve- 
ning ? 

Shall we go to see Mr. — ? 

I am quite agreeable to it 
Only have a moment's pa- 
tience, I will be here again 
immediately. 



308. 



3d) bitte ©te fid) m'd)t baretn gu 

mengen 
3d) roeifj felbfr, roag id) gu tfyun 

J)abe 
©te burfen eg mir ntd)t fagen 
3d) wetf eg ja ol)nef)tn, bafj eg 

ntd)t gefyen farm 
©tnb ©te etntg getr-orben ? 
Sfcod) ntd)t gang, eg fefylt aber 

nid)t »iel baran 
@g tjt fo gut alg gefauft 
3d) roerbe, fyoffe id)/ em guteg 

©efdjdft madjen 
23erlangt er mel ? 
@g iffc md)t wofylfeft/ aber eg l;at 

ben SSeni) 
<$r tt?irb'g Stynen taffem id) 

jtoetfle nidjt baran 
($r braud)t ©elb 
Sag ©elb iffc jefct rar 



I entreat you to have nothing 

to do with it 
I know what I have to do 



©ie burfen an nieinem 

SBtUen nidjt jweifeln 
©o Diet an mir ift/ roerbe id) 

genufj alleg bettragen 



You need not tell me 

I am well aware it will not 

do 
Have you agreed ? 
Not quite, but we are not 

far short of it 
It is as good as bought 
I hope I shall make a good 

bargain 
Does he want much for it? 
It is not cheap, but it is 

worth the money 
He will let you have it, I 

have no doubt 
He wants money 
Money is scarce now-a-days. 
309. 
guten You need not doubt my 

willingness 
I will do all in my power to 

assist vou 



116 



2Bag mid) anbetangt, t)ab' id) As far as I am concerned, i 



ntd)tg bagegen 
@r ijt mir auf ber ©trajje be= 

gegnet 
3d) trof ttyn bet etnem greunbe 

an 
3d) i)ab' tyn angercbct 
28ag i)ct er 3fynen geantroortet ? 

@r tyat fid) baruber gar md)t 

fyerauglaffen roollen 
SSenn eg ifym nid)t gelingt, fo 

ift cr gu ©runbe gerid)tet 
@g ttrirb meine Sdjulb nid)t feim 

roenn eg tt)m nid)t gtucft ' 
(Sr wirb 3*)nen aud) Itine ©d)ulb 

geben 
(Sr fyatte rooijl Unred)t 



have no objection to it 
He met me in the street 

I met him at a friend's house 

I have spoken to him 
What answer did he make 

you? 
He would say nothing upon 

that subject 
If it do not succeed, he is 

ruined 
It will not be my fault if he 

do not succeed 
He will by no means blame 

you 
He would be in the wrong to 

do so. 



310. 

(Sr nritb ©te besatjten/ id) burge He 

3*)nen bafur 
£aben (Sie ein roentg 9tad)ftd)t 
(S3 gibt foldje Seute, bk itjre 

(Sd)ulben nie begafc)len 
3d) lann bag nid)t gugeben 
Sag teibe id) nid)t 
@r foil fid) fyuten, bief? gu tfyun 
@r mufte bafur bujjen 



I will 



2Bag fann id) bafur, roenn eg it)m 

nicljt beffec gefyt ? 
Den gall auggenommen, bafj er 

Iran! fei 
2Cuggenommen, ba|3 ec ntdjt t)ier 

ware 



will pay you, 

answer for it 
Have a little consideration 
There are persons who never 

pay their debts 
I cannot allow that 
I do not suffer that 
Let him take care not to do it 
Otherwise he will have to 

pay for it 
How can I help it, if he do 

not do better? 
Unless he be ill 

Except he were not here 



117 



3d) fefce ben gall/ baf id) a.e* 

fyinbert ware. 
3d) fann it)n nid)t au6fte£)en 
(Sr. ifi mtr feljr §un?iter 
(St ift etne rtnbrtge unauSftefylidje 

sperfon 
©etn S3enef)men ift gurucEjtofjenb 

311 
s Batum l)alten @tc mid) auf ? 
•JBet fann bafut/ baf? biej? ges 

fd)ef)en ift ? 
3d) gebe wofyl ju/ ba$ man an= 

berg l)&tte oerfafyren fonnen 

3a/ votnn man alleg fd)on im 

SSorauS wfifjte 
(56 t)at fxdr) SSieteg eteignet, feit= 

bem wit un§ nid)t gefefyen 

fyaben 
3d) l)abe oft an <Sie gebad)t 
SBMr tjaben fonberbate Singe ertebt 
SBtt ftnb in rcenig 3af)ten alt 

geworben 
2Str molten un§ auf bejfere 

3etten ttoften 
Saffen ©te un§ won etroaS ans 

berem fpredjen 
©efyen <Ste tjeute ntdjt auS? 
"Bomit bringen @ie tie 3eit gu 

£aufe gu ? 



Suppose I should be pre- 
vented 
I cannot bear him 
He is my antipathy- 
He is a very disagreeable 

person. 
His manner is repulsive. 

Why do you detain me ? 
Whose fault is it that this 

has happened ? 
I am very willing to admit 

that they might have gone 

a different way to work 
Yes, if one knew every thing 

before hand 
Many things have happened 

since we last saw each 

other 
I have often thought of you 
We have seen strange things 
We have grown old in a few 

years 
We will hope for better 

times 
Let us talk about something 

else 
Are you not going out to-day? 
How do you spend your time 

at home ? 



312. 



£)tef3 ift metne Seibfpetfe 

3d) effe ba& fur mein £eben gem 

(St tjr fetn'fiiebltng 

(St fann otyne tyn md)t fein 



This is my favourite dish 
I prefer it to any thing 

else 
He is his favourite 
He cannot live without him 



118 



©te ftnb ben ganjen Sag bet? 

fammen 
@ie !5nnen fetnen ICugenblitf 

fid) trennen 
SQSonn retfen @ie benn fort ? 
Unfere SKeife ift auf einige Sage 

»erfd)oben worben 
2Btr geljen ber guten £eit ents 

gegen 
SBie range nrirb 3f)te SFZetfe 

bauern ? 
2£te lange roerben ©ie augs 

bleiben ? 
SSerben @tc fid) lange bort 

auffjalten ? 
^ennen (Ste niemanb bort ? 
£aben <Sie (Smpfefylunggbrtefe ? 



They are together from 

morning till night 
They cannot separate for a 

moment 
When do you set out ? 
Our journey is put off for a 

few days. 
We are going at the wrong 

season 
How long will your journey 

last? 
How long shall you be away ? 

Shall you stay there long? 

Do you know nobody there ? 
Have you any letters of re- 
commendation ? 



314. 



3d) Mn fo eben angefommen 
@o eben ift er fortgegangen 
@r tjat nad) Sfynen gefragt 
3d) tjarte tym eta>ag 2Bid)ttgeg 

ju fagen 
3d) lann mid) bacon nidjt log 

madjen 
(Sg if! farcer feiner log ju roer? 

ben ; wenn er einmat anfdngt 
@g if! i$m bie glinte loggegangen 
@r fd)iefjt auf i^n log 
@r geljt auf itjn log 
Sag spferb ift log 
@r ift ein lofer SSub 
Saffen @ie ttjn log 
@ie roollen tt)n nid)t mefjr togs 

laffen 



I am just arrived 
He is just gone out 
He asked after you 
I have something of import- 
ance to say to him 
I cannot get rid of it 

It is not easy to silence him 

when he once begins 
His gun went off 
He is shooting at him 
He rushes upon him 
The horse is loose 
He is a little good for nothing 
Let him go about his business 
They will not let him off 
again 



119 



@t fuijrt ein tofeS, flotteg, 
fereS Ceben 



lo!= He leads a dissipated life. 



3ft Sfynen bag anftdnbig, ? 
©tnb <Ste bamtt gufrieben ? 
Sragen (Sie nod) SSebenlen mei= 

nen 2Cntrag angunefymen? 
2Ba§ ift Sfynen nid)t red)t ? 

SCRir ift alleS redjt j aber ein 

eingiger Umftanb mad)t mid) 
. bebenflid) 
©ie fjaben nod) 3«t genua ^ 8" 

ubevlegen 
3d) will mir 33ebenf$ett nefymen 
3d) null barubec nod) beffer 

nad)ben!en 
SSei-fprod)en ift balb $ ber Sftann 

oon (Sijre f)dlt aber fein UBort 

SRecfyt fo ! (5$ ift immcr gut, 

SSorftdjt gu gebraudjen 
(S3 ift nie gut/ fid) ju ubereilen 



315. 

Does that suit 



you 



Are you satisfied with it ? 
Do you still object to accept 

my offer ? 
What is there which does not 

suit you ? 
Every thing suits me ; but 

one circumstance makes 

me thoughtful 
You have yet sufficient time 

to reflect upon it 
I will take time to consider 
I will reflect upon it a little 

longer 
It is easy to promise; but a 

man of honour keeps his 

word 
Just so, it is always well to 

be circumspect 
It is never well to be in too 

great a hurry. 



316. 



SBenn <§ie nidjts bagegen fyaben, 

id) fydtte Suft tjeute aufs £anb 

gu get>en 
SBaren ©te f)euer nod) ntd)t auf 

bem Sanbe ? 
3d) fydtte grofk fiuft mit 3fynen 

ju gei)en 
(SS wurbe mid) fet)c freuen 



SBollen nut ben lleinen 
bafyin §u gufje mad)en ? 



S5eg 



If you have no objection, I 
should like to go into the 
country to-day 

Have you not been in the 
country this year ? 

I should like very much to 
go with you 

It would give me much plea- 
sure 

Shall we walk thither ? 



120 



3d) bin ein fdjledjter $ufjgdnger 

3d) fafyre liefcer 

3d) mod)te 3fynen ttorfd)lagen, 

etnen ©pa^ierritt batjin ju 

macfyen 
©a bin id) babet 5 td) reite fur 

mein 2eben gern 
Me mett tft eg benn ? 
2Bir fommen leidjt in jmei 

©tunben bafyin 
SSSir braud)en alfo ntd)t §u eilen 
3d) bin nod) nud)tern 5 mollen 

mir frufyjiucfen ? 
©ie tommen eben red)t, urn bag 

grufyjfucf mit ung §u nefymen 
3d) ^abc fd)on gejmeifelt, baf? 

<5ie mebr fommen 
3d) bin con einem SSefud) uufge* 

tjalten morben 
3d) tjdtte eg balb t>ergeffen 
fERcin JDiencc t)at mid) baran 

erinnert 
3d) bin fo oergeflid) 
@g foil oud) bee £err — lommen 
SQknn er nid)t balb fommt, fo 

marten mit: nidjt langer 
(§r idjjt immer auf fief) marten 
£)tefj ijt fd)on feine 2Crt 
©g ijl aber ntd)t angeneljm, mit 

foldjen fieuten ju tfjun gu 

ijaben 



I am a bad walker 

I would rather ride 

I should like to make up a 

party to go thither on 

horseback. 
I agree to it ; I am very- 
fond of riding 
What is the distance ? 
We shall go thither easily in 

two hours 
We do not need to hurry 
I have eaten nothing yet ; 

shall we breakfast ? 
You are just come in time to 

take breakfast with us 
I had begun to think you 

would come no more 
I have been detained by a 

visit 
I had almost forgotten it 
My servant has reminded me 

of it 
I am so forgetful 
Mr. — is to come also 
If he do not come soon, we 

will go 
He always keeps us waiting 
It is his way 
But it is disagreeable to have 

to do with such people. 



317. 



Qt mofynt ju ebener (Srbe 
.Konnen ©ie mir nid)t fagen< mer 

im erftcn ©totfe mofmt ? 
(Sr motmt rucfm&rtg 



He lives on the ground floor 
Can you not tell me who 

lives on the lirst floor ? 
He lives at the back 



121 



&t tjat Me 2UiSftd)t in ben 

©arten 
3d) rourbe it>n befudjem wenn 

id) nid)t ttermutfyete/ ta$ er 

fcfyon auggegangen mare 
Urn reelcfye 3eit trifft man tyn 

am ftd^erfren an ? 
3* bin fdjon gwetmat gefommen, 

ot)ne iljn anjutrefen 
3d) gtaube, bajj er fid) cer= 

laugnen laft 
3d) nrill mid) ifym aber nid)t 

aufbringcn 
£)aS tfit metne. ©aa^e ntcfyt 
3d) bin gefonnen gang audits 

btetben 
SSielletcbt tfyun ©ie ifym Unred)t 
@r rocijj audi, roo id) mobne 
©r t)at nid)t roeiter alS id) 

2CIS er ba$ fybvtt, roar er fefyr 

befturjt 
3d) bin fet>r serlegen, icb bin in 

ber grofjten SSerlegenfyeit 
(5r ift ein oernrirrter $opf 
SSie fomme id) oug biefer 23er= 

nrirrung ? 
<Sr ift auf frtfdjer Sijat ertappt 

roorben 
©ie ift fefyr gefcr.icft 5 fte fprid)t 

fefyr rein 
2Benn ©ie erjt t)6rteri/ tt)ie fd)6n 

fte ftngt ! 
iffienn ©ie erft \htyn, trie artig 

fte tangt ! 
@S ift ein inteveffanteS SKdb^en 



He has a view of the garden 

1 would pay him a visit, if I 
did not think he would be 
out 

What is the most likely time 
to meet with him ? 

I have already been twice 
without meeting with him 

I think he causes himself to 
be denied 

But I will not intrude my- 
self upon him 

It is not my custom 

I have made up my mind to 
go no more 

Perhaps you do him wrong 

He knows where I live 

It is no farther for him than 
for me 

He was much surprised when 
he heard that 

I am much embarrassed 

He has a confused head 
How shall I get out of this 

difficulty ? 
He was taken in the fact 

She is very clever ; her lan- 
guage is very pure 

If you did but hear how well 
she sings ! 

If you did but see how well 
she dances ! 

She is an interesting girl. 



122 



©etjen fie gleid), unb beftnnen 

@te ftd) nid)t tang 
28enn ©te balb nrieberfommen/ 

fo roarte id) auf ©te 
5Dlir ijl bag SSarten fef>r lafttg 
3d) bitte, lafjen @ie mid) nidjt 

oergebenS roarten 
25a§ farm id) ntd)t tetben 



Go immediately, and do not 
think so long about it 

If you return soon, I will 
wait for you 

I very much dislike waiting 

Pray do not let me wait in 
vain 

I cannot bear that. 



318. 



£eute uber ad)t Sage ijl (etn 

©eburtstag 
©te muffen nid)t oergejfen tf)m 

$u gratultren 
(5r §at mir oor Dterjefyn Sagen 

gefdjrieben 
©ett btefet $ett fonnte er fd)on 

i)ier fein 
£onnen ©te erratfyen/ mer eg 

mtr gefagt fyat ? 
(S3 tjt md)t fdjwci: §u erratfyen 
@g t|t bauon gar feme 3ftebe 
SBenn ©te tt)n con ungefdfyt 

fefyen follten 
SSenn er con ungefafyt etn 2Bort 

fafyren laffen fotlte 
6§ ftnb nun ungefdfyr jroet 

3af)te 



This day week is his birth- 
day 

You must not forget to con- 
gratulate him upon it 

He wrote to me a fortnight 
ago 

Since that time he might 
have been here 

Can you guess who told me ? 



2£a$ rjeifct ba$ ? 
3ft ba$ eine 2Crt ? 
£>a§ bitte id) mtr auS ! 



3d) bitte mtr ein anbeveg SRal 

bte (Sfyre aug 
£)tefeg £aug nmtbe fet>r roofyl* 

fell auggeboten 



It is not difficult to guess 

There is no talk of it 

If you should happen to see 
him 

If he should by chance hap- 
pen to let a word slip 

It is now about two years 
since. 
319. 

What do you call that ? 

Is that the way ? 

Do not let that happen 
again ! 

Pray do me the honour an- 
other time 

This house was sold very 
cheap 



123 



3d) bttte ©ie ein wenig Icifcr ju 

fpredjen 
Sftan fonnte ung f)6ren 
2Bir fpredjen ju taut 
5aut feinem SSerfpredjen, foltte 

er mir fyeute bag ©elb fd)icfen 

(5r gibt fetnen Saut oon fid) 
@g jtnb tauter 9)ienfd)en ofyne 

(Srjtefjung 
@g ftnb tauter £ugen 



320. 



Dag tiaben roir blof munbltd) 

auggemad)t 
SBermog feineg munbltdjen 93er? 

fpred)eng 
£aben ©te eg fdjrtftltd) con 

it)m ? 
(Setn SSort ift mir fo gut at§ 

etne fdjriftlidje Urfunbe 
3ft tt)m »o|i ju trauen ? 
©eben ©ie %d)t, trauen ©ie 

tt)m ntd)t fo tetd)t 
3d) fage eg 3fynen im 23ertrauen $ 

eg ftet)t fd)ted)t aug mtt it)m 
Dag ware ! id) fydtte tt)m alleg 

anoertraut 

(5r ftebt fo efyrttd) aug ! 

©ein 23enef)men flofjt fo met 

SSertrauen ein ! 
@g ift nidjt tmmer auf bag 

tfeufere ^u gefyen 
Der ©d)ein betrugt oft 



Do not speak quite so loud 

We may be heard 

We speak too loud 

According- to his promise, he 
should send me the money- 
to-day 

He does not say a word 

They are persons without 
education 

They are downright false- 
hoods. 

We have agreed upon it only 

by word of mouth 
In virtue of his promise by 

word of mouth 
Has he given it to you in 

writing ? 
His word is as good to me 

as a written document 
May one depend upon him ? 
Be upon your guard, and do 

not too easily confide in him 
I tell you in confidence ; he 

is in bad circumstances 
Is it possible ! I should have 

given him credit to any 

amount 
He has such an honest face ! 
His behaviour inspires so 

much confidence 
We must not always go by 

appearances 
We are often deceived by 

appearances. 



124 



321. 



2ttg id) eben tm SSegriffe toax, 

aug bem ipaufe $u get)en 
SGSenn @ie fommen tvolkn, nun 

bin id) bereft 
Saffen <Eie mid) meinen @d)lujfel 

fucfyen 
2£o lann id) tt)n tenn Ijtngelegt 

fjaben ? 
3d) barf nur etroag fudjen/ urn 

eg htdrt ju ftnben 
SSteUetd)t t)aben @te it)n in bem 

anbern Sftocfe 
©lauben @te/ baf mir bem 

SBSetter trauen burfen ? 
©g ft'et)t etwag trub aug 
@g trtrb nid)t fcfabeti/ roenn n>ir 

ben Sftegenfc^irm mttnet)men 



Just as I was thinking of 

going out 
I am ready now if you will 

come 
Let me look for my key 

Where can I have put it ? 

If I have to seek any thing I 

am sure not to find it 
Perhaps it is in your other 

coat pocket 
Do you think we may de^ 

pend on the weather ? 
It looks rather unsettled 
It will not be amiss to take 

the umbrella with us. 



322. 



SBtffen Sie md)t, warm t)eute 

ber SSall anget)t ? 
SBollen Sie r)eute 2(benb auf ben 

SBall get)en ? 
3BaS foil id) benn tt)uti/ foil id^ 

ben ganjen 2lbenb §u £aufe 

bletben? 
3d) n>ei|} fonft nirgenbg t)insu= 

get)en 
2ttle meine 23efannten ftnb nid)t 

in ber ©tabt 
©tnb @ie ein Ciebt)aber oom 

Sangen ? 
3d) tanje me, id) fet)e aber getne 

5" 
@g lommen bte fd)5nften fieute 
r)in 



Do you not know at what 

hour the ball commences? 
Are you going to the ball 

this evening? 
What else should I do, ought 

I to stay at home all the 

evening ? 
I do not know where else I 

could go. 
All my friends are out of 

town 
Are you fond of dancing ? 

I never dance, but I like' to 

look on 
The most fashionable people 

go there 



125 



(S3 tft allcS fo fd)6n beleudjtet The lights are splendid! 

25ie 5ftuftf tfl fyetrlid) The music is excellent 

3d) bleibe aber me longer, alg But I never stay later than 

SDUtternadjt midnight. 

323. 
©inb <5te fdjon mube ? Are you tired so soon ? 

3d) fann md)t wetter I can go no farther 

SQStr fyaben etnen fdjretfltcfyen We have walked a long way 

2Beg gemacfyt 
SBenn id) bag gett?u|t fydtte, fo 

ware id) ntd)t mttgegangen 
3* fyabe bag @ef)en oerlernet 
2Bir fyaben md)t mefyr wett 
eg foil ©ie ntdjt reuen 
@g wtrb ©ic nid)t gereuen, bag 

fd)6ne ©djlof ju fefyen 
Sftan fyat won bort etne prdcfyttge 

2Uigftd)t 
eg ijt bie fd)6nfte ©egenb im 

Sanbe 
@g tjat fo eingetroffen/ wte tdj 

gefagt tjabe. 
©6 tft etn SKunber/ t>a$ eg nod) 

fo abgelaufen tft 
9ftan i)dtte otel (3d)ltmmercg 

evwarten !6nnen 
SQSenn er nid)t gewefen wave, 

fo weif id) md)t, wag baraug 

entfranben ware 
3um ©lucf bin i<i) nod) $u renter 

3eit gewatnet worben 
3d) t)abe fetnen tfugenbltd oer= 

faumt, eg u)m wtffen §u taffen 
Sag <Sd)ltmmfte ware gewefcm 

wenn ber anbere baju gelom= 

men mare 



If I had known it, I should 
not have come with you 

I have forgotten how to walk 

We have not far to go now 

You will not repent of it 

You will not be sorry to see 
the fine castle. 

There is a splendid view 
from it 

It is one of the finest situa- 
tions in the country 

It has happened as I said it 
would 

It is singular enough that it 
should have happened so 

We might have expected 
much worse 

If he had not been there, I 
do not know what might 
have taken place 

Fortunately I have had warn- 
ing in time 

I have not delayed a moment 
to let him know it 

The most disagreeable conse- 
quence would have ensued 
if the other had come 
m 3 



126 



£)a tjatfe id) irtrfttd) nidjt mef)t 

gemugt/ roag id) fyatte tfyun 

folten 
66 ift abet alleg fo gegangem 

nue man nut tjdtte rounfcfyen 

fonnen 



In that case I certainly 
should not have known 
what to do 

But every thing has hap- 
pened as one could have 
wished. 



CHAPTER VII. 

ADVERBS, PREPOSITIONS, AND CONJUNCTIONS, 

More fully explained and illustrated in d series of familiar phrases. 

324. qB ; am (£nbe/ ab, and), auf> all, auw auger. 
li I g ©te mic guecft baoon fagteii/ JFAew you first mentioned it 



lonnte id) eg !aum glauben 

2f I g id) nad) £aufe !am/ fanb 
id)/ bag bte ganje gamilie 
auSgegangen roar 

©ie ift fo liebengttmrbtg alg 
fd)6n 

@v ift nid;t gtucfUdjer alg ttur 

(Sr t)at ftd) alg ein braoer 

©djfiler gejetgt 
(St tjat alg SSater ge^anbelt 
2£lg fid) biefeg Ungtutf ereig^ 

nete roar id) nod) §u $)artg 
2f m @ n b e ift eg nod) fet)r un? 

geroig 
34 rourbe itm nid)t gefannt 

tyaben/ aber er §og ben #ut 

ab 
@g regnet md)f, aber eg lann 

regnen 



to me, I could hardly be- 
lieve it 

When I got home I found 
that all the family were 
gone out. 

She is as amiable as she is 
beautiful 

He is not more happy than 
we are 

He has behaved himself like 
a good scholar 

He has acted like a father 

I was in Paris when that mis- 
fortune happened 

After all it is very uncertain 

I should not have known 
him, but he took off his 
hat 

It does not rain, but it may 



127 



(St tft lleiii/ allein er. tt?irb 

nod) it)ad)[en 
3d) ent>artete u>, allein er. 

lief mir fagen, ba£ er nid)t 

lommen tonnte 
2Sot)in @te aud) gefyen mogen, 

begletten ©te metne 2Bunfd)e 

fur 3t)re SSofylfafytt 
Stinfen ©ie a u d) SBaffer ? 
3ft er aud) roeggegangen ? 
9fUd)t nur Sttovgeng, fonbern 

aud) 2£benbg 
©te fd)oben eg a u f/ big eg §u 

fpat roar 
©te tft fd)on fett etntgen SOBodfoen 

auf gegeben roorben 
% u f ieben gall roerben ©te bie 

©tabt nidjt uerlaffen, of)ne ung 

ju befud)en 
% u f ieben gall tfyun ©te alg 

wenn ©te ju £aufe wdren 
3d) fage eg Sfynen, auf baf? 

©te it>n metben 
28tr roerben a lie mogltd)e 

©orgfalt fur fte tragen 
SCBit roerben a 1 1 e jufammen 

ing ©d;aufptel geljen 
(§r tft ?£fienfd)/ a I f o fterblid) 

©ie l)aben eg etnmal oerfprod)en/ 
©te muffen alfo SBort l)al* 
ten 

(Sr ifl alfo geftorben 

©te geljt jur £erftellung iljter 
©efunbljeit ing 2Cug lanb 



He is little, but he will grow 

bigger 
I waited for him, but he sent 

me word he could not 

come 
Wherever you go, you have 

my good wishes 

Do you drink water too ? 

Is he also gone away ? 

Not only in the morning, but 

likewise in the evening 
They put it off till it was too 

late 
She has been given over for 

some weeks 
At any rate you will not leave 

town without coming to 

see us 
By all means make yourself 

at home 
I tell you this in order that 

you may avoid him 
We v/ill take all the care 

possible of them 
We shall all go together to 

the theatre 
He is a man, and therefore 

mortal 
You have promised, you must 

therefore keep your word 

He is dead then 
She is going abroad for the 
recovery of her health 



128 



SBenn mir aug tern $aufe 
gefyen, roerben nrit na£ roerben 

3C u£ er ©djulb, auf er ©e= 
fatjr 

Die 2Cer§te ftnb etnig# ba& i^re 
£ranft)eit a u f e r bem 23e= 
reid) bee SRebtctn liegt 

Sag Sttnfcn tjt fetnem guten 
SRufe* nod) a u f e r ber ge* 
fafyrlidjen fflStrfung auf feme 
©efunbfjett, nad)tf)eiltg 



(Su ermnert fid) atleu Singe/ 
a u fj e r beg ©arteng nidjt 

@r ttjut eg nid)t/ au^er roenn 
(Sie eg tt)m befefylen 

9D?an rabelt a u % e r it>m 2CHe 

325. bet/ beibe/ 
(gt trdgt tmmer SBaffcn bet ftd) 

©ie werben beim Stftittaggeffen 

bem S3ice4)raftbenten ju= 

ndd)ft ftfcen 
©old) eine 25egebeni)eir £)at ftd) 

bet 9ftenfd;enleben nid)t ec= 

eignet 
SOBtr fpielten Garten big 2CfUtter= 

nodjt 
Sec SSrunnen iji big auf ben 

©runb etngetroefnet 
<Ste blieben big gejlern bet ung 



If we go out of doors, we 

shall get wet 
Out of debt, out of danger 

The physicians agree that 
her complaint is beyond 
the reach of medicine 

Besides the bad effect which 
drinking has upon his 
health, it is injurious to 
his reputation ; or, Drink- 
ing is injurious to his re- 
putation, and besides that 
it has a bad effect upon 
his health 

He remembers every thing 
but the garden 

He will not do it unless you 
order him 

They blame all but him. 

betnatje/ big/ beoor. 

He always carries arms about 

him 
They will sit next to the 

Vice-President at dinner 

Such a circumstance has not 
occurred within the me- 
mory of man 

We played at cards till 
twelve at night 

The well is dry down to the 
bottom 

They remained with us until 
vesterdav 



129 



Stye fSaut voi'd nid)t U\ tie £ei= 

ratt) roiUigem bt§ er etn 

geifttidies 2Cmt erfyalten fyabe 
23tr rooilen biefci tfyun be a or 

er fommt 
@r entltep fetne beiben ©diret^ 

ber augenbiicfHid) 
3Xan muff bie @ad)e oon beiben 

gfeften f)5ren 
iH>ir erfucren 2te be t b e £uce 

$u (crjicfen/ bamit rotr aus= 
.in mogen 
£)ie beiberfeittgen Ufer beg 

glufeS bieten tie fdjonjte 2Cb= 
'clung bar 
(53 finb betnafye fteben Satyre/ 

frit er SDcailanb cerlief 

326. ba/ baljer/ bamit, ba§tt/ 
baran/ 

£a er mid) einmal betrogen t)at, 
mid id? i^m nidjt roieber 
trauen 

2)a er reid) roar/ fjatte er oiele 
greunbej roetdje tie @ute $ats 
ten it)n alle Sage $u befud:en$ 
allein feitbem er arm i% ftef>t 
er ^einen mefyr 

£ a ber Sag anbrad), reiften rotr 

nad) 2Sien 
25 a er nidjt aufmerffam i|t/ fo 

trirb er roenig ternen 
£ie£ ijt urn fc geroiffer/ b a er 

roenig Salente beft§t 
©a fo roenige Seme jugegen 



Her father will not consent 

to the marriage until he 

has got a living 
We will do this before he 

comes 
He dismissed both his clerks 

immediately 
We ought to hear both sides 

of the question 
We wish you to send both 

the hats, that we may 

choose 
The banks of both sides of 

the river are beautifully 

diversified 
It is nearly seven years since 

he left Milan 

bod}/ burdj, burd)au§y baraug/ 
&c. 

Since he has deceived me 
once, I will not trust him 
again 

When he was rich he had 
many friends, who were 
so kind as to go and see 
him every day ; but now 
he is poor he sees no more 
of them 

When daylight appeared, we 
set out for Vienna 

Since he is not attentive he 
will learn but little 

That is the more certain as he 
possesses but little talent 

As there were so few people 



130 



voaun, fo fanb tie S3erftet? 

gerung nid)t ©tatt 
2Bir jagten bafyer/ sefyn Sftet? 

len in etner (gtunbe 
©ie roar metner ©orgfalt nid^t an? 

oertraut/ unb bat)er fonnte 

id) fte nicfyt abljalten 

(5r antmortete nid)t, bafyer 

gtaubte man 
<5S roatb alles aufgeboten/ b a m i t 

bee Urtt)eit6fprudf) nriberrufen 

roerbe 
3$ warnc f£te, bamtt ©ie ftd) 

in 2£d)t nefymen 
(5r (oil balb fommen, bann will 

id) eS tljm corfcfylagen 
2Btr merben fpetfen/ bann 

wollen nrir oon ©efdjeiften 

fpredien 
(§g ift fd)ltmme$ ^Better/ barum 

getje td) nid)t au§ 
(5c i)at ©elb empfangem bem? 

nad) fanner @te befriebigen 
@r n?irb gut lecnen/ benn er 

ift ftci^ig 
3ft er benn fo fletjng aU man 

fagt? 
£)e$gleid)en ba§ ©olb/ ba§ ©tl= 

ber i n g I e i d) e n/ or beg? 

g I e i d) e n/ ba§ £upfer 
3d) !ann nid)t fommen, beg? 

t) a I b fd)reibe id) 3*>nen 
@r tyat mir nidjtg baoon ge? 

fdjrieben/ beSroegen lann 

id) nid)t 



present, the sale did not 
take place. 

We drove along at the rate 
of ten miles an hour 

She was not left under my 
care, and therefore it was 
not in my power to pre- 
vent her 

He made no reply, therefore 
people believed 

Every exertion was made to 
get the sentence revoked 

I warn you that you may be 

upon your guard 
He will come soon, and then 

I will propose it to him 
We will dine, and afterwards 

talk about business 

The weather is bad, therefore 
I do not go out 

He has received money, con- 
sequently he can satisfy you 

He will learn well, for he is 
diligent 

Is he then as studious as they 
say he is ? 

Gold, and silver as well as 
copper 

I cannot come, for that rea- 
son I write to you 

He has not written to me 
about it, consequently I 
cannot 



131 



<3ie ftnb atletm b e ft o bcffer, 
mtr merben befto rufytger fein 

gr ift befto bebauernSmur=: 

biger/ ba er mentg S3ermogen 

&e|t|t 
3>e met)r er tjat/ befto mefyr 

mill er fyabenj or b e ft o mefyr 

mill er tjaben/ je -metjr er t)at 
3tuf btefe 2Crt meif? man bod), 

moran man ift 
Qt ift fetjr reid)/ unb bod) ift 

er fet)r getsig 
^ommen Sie bod)/ ober mir 

getjen ofyne <Sie 
Unfere @efdl)rten berebeten un§ 

ba§u 
SBtr rieferi/ bod) niemanb ant= 

mortete uns 
pallet bod) enblid) mit biefen 

jtinbereien inne 
©r iffc fdjon sierjig Safyre alt, 

unb tjat bod) nod) feinen 

SSerftanb 
SSiele Seute ftnb b u r d) ben 

(Sinfturj beg £5ad)e§ umge= 

lommen 
(Seine ©efunbtjeit litt burd) bie 

SSerdnberung beg Lima's 
Surd) grope SBetriebfamfeit 

unb ©parfamleit ertcarb er 

ein artiges SSermogen 
©ie luftmanbelten burd) ba6 

@et)6l5 
3d) fanb btefeS fd)d|bare 9Sud) 

burd) jJufall 



You are alone, so much the 
better, we shall be the 
more quiet 

He is the more to be pitied as 
he has but little fortune 

The more he has, the more 
he wants 

In this way however, one 
knows where one is 

He is very rich, and yet he 
is very avaricious 

Come then, or we will go 
without you 

Our companions persuaded 
us to it 

We called, but no one an- 
swered us 

Now do have done with this 
trifling 

He is forty years of age, and 
he is without judgment 
for all that 

Many persons perished by 
the falling of the roof 

His health suffered from 
change of climate 

By great industry and fru- 
gality he acquired a hand- 
some fortune 

They walked through the 
wood 

I met with this valuable book 
by chance 



132 



3d) mod)te bureaus ntdfjtg 

bamtt gu tfyun fyaben 
3d) cerjtefje ©te b u r d) a u g nid)t 
©ie werben balb fe^en/ wag 

b a r a u g erfolgt 
©ie fyaben etn fd)6neg ©tutf 

2Crbett b a r a u g gemadjt 
SSMr fyaben etnen fdbrecflidjen 

Sag b a r a n getjabt 
©ie ifl burd)aug ntdjt gur 

©raufamfett geneigt 



I would have nothing at all 

to do with it 
I do not understand you at all 
You will soon see what will 

come of it 
They have made a pretty 

piece of work of it 
We have had a terrible day 

of it 
It is not by any means her 

disposition to be cruel 



327. efye, etn, etner, einige, eigenbg, etnmal, entweber, entfernt, 
etwa. 



2Str werben ung eincn tya$ uer? 

fd)af en muffen c t> e trtr bag 

£6mgretd) uerlafien fonnen 
@ I) e er fort gtng, fyatte er mix 

ge[agt 
®efyen urir fort, e t) e er an= 

fommt ? 
3d) ttmrfce e t) e r gefdjrieben 

f)aben, wenn id) gewujjt tjarre 
©eroofynltd) !ef)ren nrir im 3agb= 

i)unb e i n 
©ie tjat mefyr SSermogen, alg 

ciner ifyret SSruber 
lonnen ©ie mix einige gu 

cermietfyenbeSSofynungen nao> 

weifen ? 
(Sine 2Bad)e warb e t g e n b g 

aufgejfellt, urn einen SSolfgs 

auflauf gu oerfyuren 
Sffitr lamen rcieber Dor, unb 

man fagfe ung nod) e i n- 

m a 1/ baf? er abwefenb war 



We shall be obliged to obtain 
a passport before we can 
leave the kingdom 

He told me before he set out 

Shall we go before he ar- 
rives ? 
I should have written sooner 

if I had known 
We usually put up at the 

Greyhound 
She has a larger fortune than 

either of her brothers 
Can you inform me where 

there are any lodgings to 

let? 
A guard was stationed on 

purpose to prevent a riot 

We called again, and once 
more we were told that he 
was not at home 



133 



S&ollen <£te fo guttg fetn# bio- 

[eg Sieb nod) e t n m a I ju 

ftngen ? 
@ie roaren entfd)loffen, fid) ju 

fdilagen bii entire ber ber 

etne ober ber anbere fiel 
@ie fcllen itjm en tree ber 2CUcg 

ober $ftid)tg be§at)Ien 
@tc rcofynt ntdbt roett entf ernt 
SBSett entfernt, bafT Mefi ber 

gall \tii ijr er trielmefyr im 

©tanbe, 2Ulen in SSollem gu 

begafylen 
©i'e wobnen fo entf ernt, ttrir 

lonneu fte md)t oft befudjen 
gatjren fte etir-a funf v^aufer 

wetter bie ©trafje fjinunter 
SBSollen ©te etwag oon btefer 

Sorte nefymen ? 

328. fort, fur, 

©te gtngen fort etjc eg bunlel 

war 
Setn ©efdjoft getyt fort, ob? 

mot)l er nid)t im (gtanbe ijr, 

il)m obguliegen 
g u r fetnen $>retg wurbe fte 

ftdf) oon fetncm ©emdlbc tren= 

nen 
2Btr netjmen eg f u r auggemad)t 

.an, ba£ trtr ©ie btefen 2tbenb 

fer)en 
£)er Jtutfcber fufyr 9 e 9 c n einen 

£l)orpfojren unb roarf ben 

SBagen urn 
@r ijegt otele greunbfcrjaft g e= 



Will you be so kind as to 
sing that song again ? 

They were determined to 

fight until either the one 

or the other fell 
They shall either pay him 

the whole or nothing 
She does not live far off. 
So far from that being the 

case, he can pay all in 

full 

They live at such a distance, 
we cannot see them often 

Drive about five doors down 
the street 

Will you take any of this 
tart? 

gegen, gang/ gtetcb. 

They went away before it 

was dark 
His business is carried on, 

although he is not able to 

attend to it 
She would not part with his 

picture for any money 

We take it for granted that 
we shall see you this even- 
ing 

The coachman drove against 
a gate-post and overturned 
the carriage 

He has much friendship for 

N 



134 



gen biefe Scanner, g e 9 e n 
biefe SBetber/ 9 e g e n btefe 
Winter, furj g e g e n atle 
tteicnigen/ tie auf btefer SQSelt 
leben 

©ein SSenefymen ift nur gered)t 
g e g e n (Sinen unb ben 2Cn= 
bent 

© c g e it SKorgen fy&rten fie ben 
geuertarm 

<5S tji mir g a n 5 g I e i d), ob 
je$t ober ein anbermal 



329. 



these men, for these women , 
for these children, in short, 
for all that live in the 
world 

His conduct is nothing but 
justice betwixt man and 
man 

Towards morning they heard 
the alarm of fire 

It is all the same to me 
whether now or at an- 
other time. 



t)er, t)erob/ t)erauf, fyerunt/ fyerunter/ hart/ tjeutjutoge/ fytnab, 
fyinauf, fytnauS, fyinteiv fyinburd)/ fytnuber, fc)6d)jr. 

SSie lange tfr e§ f)et, ba$ ©te How long is it since you first 



mid) guerft fafjen ? 
2)er SRegen jrurgte in ©tromen 

%i va b 
£)er 9iegen|'d)auer fam fo plo^= 

ltd) fyerauf, bap wtr gang 

burdjnajjt wurben/ efye »tv 

t*a$ £auS erretd)ten 
©te gtngen bte ganjc 9lad)t auf 

ber ©trafie t)erum 
3e|t ttJollen nrir luftroanbeln auf 

ber Serajfe Return 
©te tyat meine £anbfd)ut)e 

fyerunter gebrad)t 
@r tjl gang f) e r u n t e r get om= 

men 
Sag ©d)tff fegelte t)art am 

SQSinbe 
£)ergleid)en eretgnet f£ct> t)eut= 

gutage felten 



saw me ? 

The rain came down in tor- 
rents 

The shower came on so sud- 
denly, that we were wet 
through before we reached 
the house 

They wandered about in the 
street the whole night 

Now let us walk about the 
terrace 

She has brought my gloves 
downstairs 

He is quite down (in the 
world) 

The ship was sailing near 
the wind 

Such things seldom occur 
now-a-days 



135 



©ie liefen tie ©trctf e i) i n a b 
(Sr fiel bvet Sreppen t) i n a b 

SBtr jtiegen ben £ugei nut 

SRfitye t) i n a u f 
©te marteten fiber tie fejtgefe£te 

3ett f) i n a u s 
©etn #au6 liegt etn ioentg 

uber tnetneS S3ruber€ ^>aug 

tjtn a us 
©ie £)tebe famen gum genjier 

fytnetn unb entnrifd)ten burd) 

bie Winter tfyttre 
•Die f) i n t e r e ©ette btefeS 

#aufe§ fyat eine fd)6ne 2Cu§? 

ftd)t auf ben §lufi 
3Cmerila ift in bee fiiteratur rceit 

Winter ©nglanb jurM 
©ie fyanbelten ba§ ganje ©e? 

fd)dft i) i n b u c d) mit grof er 

£lu$ett 

3)te ^flanjen Mufyen bag ganje 

Satyr fytnburd) 
3Sir wupten e§ tie gange $tit 

fyinbu'td), ha$ er !ein ©elb 

fyatte/ urn feiner tfuSfdjroeU 

fung §u genugen 
33tr benfon im gru^tinge nad) 

Seutfd)lanb t) i n u b e r ju 

gefyen 
£)tef $>ferb n>irb fy 6 d) ft wat)r= 

fd)einlid) fur mid) paffenb fcin. 



They ran down the street 

He fell' down three pair of 
stairs 

We walked up the hill with 
difficulty 

They waited longer than the 
appointed time 

His house is situated a little 
farther out than my bro- 
ther's 

The thieves came in at the 
window and went out at 
the back door 

The back part of this house 
has a beautiful look-out 
upon the river 

America is far behind Eng- 
land in literature 

They acted throughout the 
whole business with great 
discretion 

These plants flower through- 
out the whole year 

We If new during the whole 
time that he had not 
money to support his ex- 
travagance 

We think of going over to 
Germany in the spring 

This horse looks very likely 
to suit me. 



330. tm, in, inbem, ivgenb, tnnerfyalb. 
©ie bcfd)ulbtgen ifyn ber 23er= They accuse him of extrava- 






136 



fdjwenbung/ unb er ijr tm 

(in bent) ©egentl)eil efjer 

fpar|am 
(SS ijl befd)roerltd)er tm (in 

bem) (Sinjelnen/ alg i m 

©anjen §u serfaufen 
(5r tjt i n alien ^unjlgviffen beg 

£anbtt?erfS oewanbert 
SStr wurben con SRaubern an* 

gefyalten, i n b e m nrir uber 

bie ©emeinbewetbe gingen 
<SS fdjeint cerQebtidje Arbeit/ 

i r 9 e n b etwaS auS it)m ju 

madden 
$aben ©ie trgenb mein 

SBud) genommen ? 
©te lebt ftets i n n e r l) a I b ber 

©renjen tyres (ginlommens 
(§S liegt ntdjt i n meinen $raf= 

ten tym 5U bienen 
@r gertetl) in lurger 3ett i n 

ttefe ©cfyulben 
©ie ft'nb feit furgem roieber in 

©unjt getommen 
©ie roaren in ber Stot^rcenbtgs 

feit met $>ferbe gu nel)men 



g-ance, and on the contrary 
he is rather parsimonious 

It is more troublesome to 

sell by retail than by 

wholesale 
He is up to all the tricks of 

the trade 
We were stopped by robbers 

as we were crossing the 

common 
It appears to be labour in 

vain to make any thing 

of him 
Have you by chance taken 

my book ? 
She always lives within her 

income 
It is not within my ability to 

serve him 
He got greatly into debt in 

a short time 
They have lately got into 

favour again 
They were under the neces- 
sity of taking four horses. 



331. \i, ieber/ jemalS/ meljr, mit, mttteljt. 



©obalb td) e§ i e in metner 

S0iad)t t)abe/ will id) it)n em= 

pfel)len 
£aben ©te je fo etwaS lib* 

fdjeulidjeS get)6rt ? 
SSon alien Stolen/ bie id) \ e 

fal> tft er ber 2Bibern>arttg|re 
3e nuiv ©te !6nnen faum son 



As soon as eyer I have it in 
my power, I will recom- 
mend him 

Did you ever hear any thing 
so abominable ? 

Of all the men I ever saw he 
is the most provoking 

Why, you can hardly expect 



137 



foldjen Sfltannern ein anbereS 

SBenefymen enoartcn 
3Bir roolten ju jeber ©tunbe 

ju SKittog fpetfen/ oie ©ie 

bejrtmmen 
3ebc6 Sing fyatfeine Sett 

3ebermann fttmmt unferer 

SMnung bei 
©ic tft jebe fyalbt ©tunbe an? 

berer SJteinung 
SBenn ftc i em a IS feme ©utc 

sergajsen, fo rourbe ba$ fefyr 

unbanEbai* son ifynen fein 
(§r forberte tne|r al3 ben 

SKarftpretS/ unb ftc gafylten 

ifym nod) etne ©uinee me^r, 

al€ fte ifyra fdiulbig roaren 
9Kit n?eld)em ©d)tffe roirb er bic 

Ueberfa'ort rnacfyen ? 
3d) jd)tcfe meinc SSriefe mtt bet 

S>oft 
©ie flagen xtjn be§ SMebjiafyls 

m i t gutem ©runbe an 
@r ^ampft m t 1 gtojjen ^)tn= 

bccniffcn 
fDlittelft bet: SRettungSbote 

roatb bit SJtanfcbaft gerettct 



different conduct from such 
men 
We will dine at any hour 
you will fix 

There is a time for every 
thing 

Every body agrees with us in 
opinion 

Her opinion changes every 
half hour 

If ever they forgot his kind- 
ness it would be very 
ungrateful of them. 

He asked more than the mar- 
ket price, and they paid him 
a guinea over and above 
what they owed him 

By what ship does he take 
his passage ? 

I send my letters by the post 

It is on good ground that 
they accuse him of theft 

He is labouring under great 
disadvantages 

The crew were saved by 
means of life-boats. 



332. nad), nad)bem, nat)e, nte, ntrgenb, nodi, nun/ nur. 
SBoUen ©ie nad) bcm Sijec Will you take a walk after 



etnen ©pa£iergang mad)en? 
9ft a d) fteben Ut)t toerbe i&) ju 

Sfyren ©tenften [ein 
9ft a d) unb nad) roerben wir eg 

crfullen lonnen 



tea? 
After seven o'clock I shall be 

at your service 
By degrees we shall be able 

to accomplish it 

N 3 



138 



$ftan fann nad) eincm @erud)t 

lein Urtfyeil fallen 
9d ad) alien UmjUnben in biefer 

<Sad)e rourbe id) Sfynen ratt)em 

^inguge^en 
©ie lamen erft/ n a d) b e m ber 

©ottegbienfl: fdjon angefangen 

war 
@te jtefyt mit ber foniglid)en 

gamtlie in nafyer SSers 

tt)anbtfd)aft 
3d) lann n i e batin itnlligen 
©ie tnuffen eg ie£t tragen ober 

nie 
©ie tjaben in Sfyrem Seben 

n t e mefyr geirrt 
3d) lann 3fyre ©dwefrer n i r= 

genb finben 
©ie roiffen nod) nidjt, wag bie 

S3efd)tt)erbe etner gamilie mit 

fid) fut)rt 
3hn ift alleg oorbet 
©te fatten nur aroet £inber 

unb biefe ftarben in fritter 

^inbljeit 
eg ill nur nod) roentge $51U 

nuten big funf lu)r 

333. ob, obern, ofyne/ urn, 

£)b reid) ober arm/ f)od) ober 

niebrigj ber fOienfd) tffc &ur 

23efd}tt>erbe geboren 
@t)e n?ir unterjeicfynen, muffen 

n?ir n>iffen/ ob ber ©egen= 

franb eg serbient 
©te beroofynen greet dimmer in 



One cannot judge from re- 
port 

Under all the circumstances 
of the case I would advise 
you to go 

They did not arrive till after 
the service had begun 

She is nearly allied to the 
royal family 

I can never consent to it 

You must venture it now or 
never 

You were never more mis- 
taken in your life. 

I cannot find your sister any 
where 

They do not yet know what 
it is to have a family 

Now it is all over 

They had but two children, 
and these died in their in- 
fancy 

It wants only a few minutes 
to five o'clock. 

fel,r, fett, felbjt, fo, fonft. 

Whether rich or poor, high 

or low ; man is born to 

trouble 
Before we subscribe we must 

know whether the object 

be deserving 
They have two rooms on the 



139 



bem untern unb bret in bem 

o b e r n ©tocfroer! 
(St mar o t) n e alien 3»etfel ber 
gropte ©iaatsman feiner Sett 

3d) fann nid)t abreifen, ofyne 

2Cbfdjieb oon Sfynen ju nel)= 

men 
Sie erfyielten einen ftrengen SSer^ 

meiS^ bod) o t) n e SKMrf ung 
Um meldje jSeit merben rote 

bag SSergnugen fyaben @ie gu 

fefyen ? 
fatten fie fid) umgefefyn/ fo 

muvben fie unS gefeljn Ijaben 

£5ie Seitung erfdjeint etnen Sag 
um ben anbern 

(Sr ift f e % r mol)l/ id) banEe 
Stmen 

@6 ift lange f)er feit fie oon 
tt)m l)6rten 

Seine getnbe felbjl bemuns 
berten itm 

fatten fie MZ spferb fid) f e I b ft 
ubeilaffen/ fo murbe eS anS 
Ufcr gefdjroommen fein 

So oft ©te ocrfommen, mill 
id) mit 3i)nen gefyen 

Sie befi^en f o oiel ©tolj/ bajj 
fie immer elenb finb 

2Benn <£ie (on ft 9Ud)tS §u 
ttjun £>abeti/ fo gefyen ©ie 
mit mtr in§ 23illiarbsimmer$ 
menn fonjl irgenb iemanb 
ta ift/ metben »ir ntd)t fpielen 



ground floor and three up 

stairs 
He was beyond all doubt the 

greatest politician of his 

time 
I cannot go without taking 

leave of you 

They were severely repri- 
manded, but without effect 

About what time shall we 
have the pleasure of seeing 
you ? 

If they had looked behind 
them, they would have 
seen us 

The newspaper is published 
every other day 

He is very well, I thank you 

It is a long time since they 

heard from him 
His very enemies admired 

him 
If they had left the horse 

alone, he would have swum 

on shore 
Whenever you call, I will go 

with you 
They have so much pride that 

they are always miserable 
If you have nothing else to 

do, walk with me to the 

billiard-room ; if any body 

else be there we will not 

play 



140 



334. tro|/ ubel, fiber/ unter/ unoergleid)Itd), millfommen, oon, oor/ 

ooraug. 
<5t befyarrt t r o § beg SStber? 



ftanbeg 
(Sr l)at (cine Section nid)t u b e I 

aufge[agt 
®te roerben eg u b e I nefymen/ 

roenn gfte ntdjt fommen 
2tlleg u b e r ber (Srbc roar er= 

froren 
@ic janften fid) u b e r eine 

blofe ^teintgfeit 
(5r fyat i>k SJcild) uber mein 

£letb gegoffen 
(§g finb uiele n?ct)lge!leibete 

Seute unter bem 23olfg= 

fyaufen 
@ie nafymen bag #aug u n= 

ter ber SSebingung, ba§ eg 

ganjlicb ausgebeftert ir-ecben 

foltte 
Unter ung gefagt/ id) benfe er 

ifl in grower @efat>r 
©ie »arb unter ber SSojp* 

munbfdjaft itjreg Styetmg §u= 

ruct'gelaffen 
DiefeS ©tucf ©eibengeug tjr u n^ 

o e r g I e i d) 1 1 d) beffer alg 

bag anbere 
<Sie ijt r-ollfommen fo 

fcubfd) alg u)re ©djrocjler 
@te roarteten oon ©tunbe su 

©tunbe 
£)er £utfd)er roarb » o ni (u o n 

bem) SBocfe geworfen 



He perseveres in spite of op- 
position 

He has not said his lesson 
amiss 

They will take it amiss if you 

do not come 
Every thing above the ground 

was destroyed by the frost 
They quarrelled about a mere 

trine 
He has spilt the milk upon 

my gown 
There are many well dressed 

persons among the crowd 

They took the house on con- 
dition that it should be 
put in complete repair 

Between us, I think he is in 
great danger 

She was left under the guar- 
dianship of her uncle 

This piece of silk is incom- 
parably better than the 
other 

She is quite as handsome as 
her sister 

They waited hour after hour 

The coachman was thrown 
from the box 



141 



gfic ftinen sprete routbe id) mid) 

oo n biefem ©emdlbe trennen 
25 o n alien 90Renfd)en, tie ©te 

je faf)en, iffc eu ber £teben3- 

rourbtgfie 
2)er SSerfauf gtng gut o o n 

©fatten 
Qv i)at feine SScuftnabel gefun= 

ben/ bte er o o r langer $tii 

uerlor 
<Sr ift bee 2j o r lefcte auf ber 

gijie 
2Clle obrig!eitlid)en ^>erfonen gin? 

gen in feterltdjem 3uge o o r 

bem £aifer ber 
SGStr gafylten t$m bte SKtetye fur 

ein 3ai)t im o o r a u S. 



I would not part e^/j this 
picture for any money 

Of all the men you ever saw 
he is the most amiable 

The sale went off very well 

He has found his broach 
which he had lost a long 
time ago 

He is the last but one upon 
the list 

All the magistrates walked 
in solemn procession be- 
fore the emperor 

We paid him a year's rent 
in advance. 



335. roeber/ roteber/ roiber/ rote/ roetl/ rcegeti/ roett/ tomtit 
roarum, roeSfyalb/ gu/ gurutf/ groifefyen. 



©te rottl eg tt) e b e r fyaben nod) 

fasten lafien 
©te fatten w e b e r ©elb nod) 

greunbe 
SBtr tjoffen/ ©te roerben un§ 

balb m i e b e r fdjretben 
©te unternafym bte Sftetfe gang 

to i b e r tt)re Sftetgung 

SB t e eg nun faro./ roar eg gang 
gut/ bafj nut batjtn gtngen 

2Btr fatten 9tid)ts bagegen/ gu 
fatjren/ to e i I ba$ ^Better fo 
ungunfttg roar 

(5r entltefj ifyri/ ro e i I et fid) 



She will neither have it nor 
leave it alone 

They had neither money nor 
friends 

We hope you will soon write 
to us again 

She undertook the journey 
quite against her inclina- 
tion 

As it happened, it was very 
well that we went thither 

As the weather was so un- 
favourable we had no ob- 
jection to ride 

He dismissed him because 



142 



fetn SKiffalleii jugejogen 
fcatte 
S)ie £tnber rourben be§ gteberg 
m e 9 e n aufg Sanb gefcfyitft 

©eg 2fnjranb§ m e g e n muffen 

fte herein lommen 
©te nxtren nid)t m e 1 1 gereifi, 

al§ ftc fanben, baf auf ben 

£anbftra£en nid)t burd)$utom= 

men roar 
(Sr brang wetter ins 2>nnere 

beg Sanbeg/ aid (cine @efdf)r= 

ten 
SB e n n er jtd) nid)t barin ge* 

mt(d)t fjatte, rourbe eS um3 

ungemein roof)l gelungen fetn 
2B e n n id) ityn fefye, fo will id) 

it)m fagen, n>a6 ©ie duflern 
2B a r u m fpannen ©ie Sfyren 

3Regenfd)irm ntdjt auf ? 
©agen ©ie mir bod), w e § t) a I b 

man lautet ? 
Srlauben ©te mir, Sfynen einen 

©ejfel j urn (§ u bem) fta? 

mtn $u fe£en 
3ule|t bercog er feinen 23ruber 

if)m ©elb §u lettjen 
©ie raerben §u Sanbe reifen, 

unb roir rcerben gett>if gu ber 

bejn'mmfen $tit Ui u)nen fetn 
SSir gtngen g u gu£ ba§in/ roir 

f e&rten aber j u ^Pferbe jurutf 
@r ifr ju serbtnblid)/ al§ baf 

er Sfynen biefen 2)ienft nid)t 

erroetfen follte 



he had incurred his dis- 
pleasure 

The children were sent into 
the country on account of 
the fever 

They must come in for the 
sake of appearance 

They had not travelled far 
when they discovered that 
the roads were impassable 

He penetrated beyond his 
companions into the inte- 
rior of the country 

But for his interference we 
should have succeeded 
uncommonly well 

If I see him, I will tell him 
what you say 

Why do you not put up your 
umbrella ? 

Do tell me, why the bells 
are ringing ? 

Allow me to set you a chair 
near the fire 

At last he prevailed upon his 
brother to lend him money 

They will go by land, and we 
shall certainly be with 
them by the time appointed 

We went thither on foot, but 
we returned on horseback 

He is too obliging not to ren- 
der you that service 



143 



©te toerben nidjt jkit jurfitf §u 

!ommen fyaben 
2Cl§ er geftern bet 3t;ncn uov? 

lam, lief? er fetnen ©papier* 

ftocB gurud 
SBir rcarfen ung 5 n> t f d) e n tie 

banner/ urn fie 00m 3n>ets 

tampf abgufyalten 
@g tyerrfdjte ctn fDiifoerftdnbrnf 

j»ifd)en ifynen 
2Bir fafyen ben gud)g grctfdjen 

ben £uf)nern 
©ntroeber er/ ober fein 

SBruber 
3d) merbe entroeber fommeri/ 

ober 3fynen fdjretben 
galU fte rommeiv fo fagen ©te 

3t)nen 
#ter ift bcr ©d)lujfel/ im §aUe 

©te augget)en 
@S folgt f er ne r barauS 
£)ie ©ad)e ift betannf, fotgltd) 

muf3 man f)6ren, roag baoon 

gefprocfyen mirb 
©efefct/ baji btefj mafyr fci 5 

or, gefefct btef? jet roafyr 



You will not have time to 

come &#<?& 
When he called at your house 
yesterday he left his walk- 
ing-stick behind him 
We ran in between the men 
to prevent them from 
fighting- 
There was a misunderstand- 
ing between them 
We saw the fox among the 

fowls 
Either he or his brother 

I will either come, or write 

to you 
If they come tell them 

Here is the key, in case you 
should go out 

It follows moreover 

The thing is known, there- 
fore we must hear what 
people will say of it 

Suppose it be true. 



336. je, jej je/ icmer^r 5 \*i beftoj ie nacfybem 



3 e jufrtebner man ift/ \ e gtud= 
tidier ift man 

3 e ebtet er gefranbelt fyat, \ e 
mefyr oerbtent er unfer Sob 5 
or, er cerbient befto metjr 
unfer Sob/ \ e eMer bte 4?anb= 
lung ift/ bte er gettjan fyat 

3 e ftolger fte ftnb, \ e m e fy r 



7%e more content one is, ^e 

raore happy one is 
The more noble his action, 

the more he is entitled to 

our praise 



The prouder they are, the 



144 



(befft metjt) mirb man fie 
t?erad)ten 
3U nac^bcm (Sic fletfng fein 
merben 5 i e nad)bem @te 
stet ©elb, met 3ctt barauf 
t-errcenben. 



7??ore they will be des- 
pised 
According as you apply your- 
self ; according to the 
money or the time you 
employ. 



337. inbem/ inbeffen/ faum, mttfyin, nad)bem ; namlid). 



3 n b e m er mir bie Sfyure auf= 

Wtof 

(5r foltte md)t fo uerfd)menberifd) 

mit feinem ©elbc umgefyen/ 

inbem feine (Slfern arm finb 
3 n b e ff e n id) mit tym fprad) 
3 n b e f f e n milt tcfo fet)en ob 

id) tann 
laum tjatte er, or, er tjatte 

laum 3eit feinen SSrief ju 

fdjreiben 
(§r ift suftiebem mitt) in glticfs 

lid) 
91 a d) b e m man uns 3f)ren 

Srief uberbrad)t t)atte 
9t a d) b e m er mergetm Sage 

bei mir jugebradjt fyatte, oer= 

liej? er un§. 



As he was opening the door 
for me 

He ought not to be so lavish 
of his money, as his pa- 
rents are poor 

While I was talking with him 

In the mean time I will see 
if I can 

He had scarcely time to 
write his letter 

He is content, and conse- 
quently happy. 

After your letter was deli- 
vered to us 

When he had spent a fort- 
night with me, he left us. 



338. nid)t attein, md)t nur, fonbern, nod)/ nun, je£t. 
9t i d) t a It e t n @ie, f n= Not only you, but your friend 



b e r n aud) 3$r greunb 
9t t d) t n u r t)eute, fonbern 

aud) Sftorgen 
3B e b e r er/ nod) ft'e, nod) 

unfer greunb 
(5ie fyaben mir ntd)t fotgen 

molten, nun fefyen @ie \ e $ 1 



likewise 

iVo£ owfo/ to-day, &wi to-mor- 
row also 

Neither he, wor she, nor our 
friend 

You would not follow my 
advice, now vou see 



145 



9t u n roollte cc abvetfen 

Stun war er ebon auggegangen. 



77*era he wished to depart 
But he had just gone out. 



3d) roetjj nidjt/ o b 

fd)retben foil 
D b 9 I e t d) id)/ or ob id) gleid)/ 

fonjr jufricbcn bin 
3r fagte eg/ ot)ne 5U errotfyen. 



339. ob/ obgleid), obwofjl/ ol)ne. 

tcf) tym I do not know whether I 
ought to write to him 



Although in other respects I 

am satisfied 
He said it without blushing. 



340. fo, forcobl, fobalb, fonft; t&etiS/ unb, ungcad)tct. 

This letter is written «s ill 

as his first was written 

well 
Rich as he is, he will never 

be happy 
As the beginning was, so is 

the end 
The brother as vjell as the 

sister 



<&o gut fein erfter SBrtcf ge* 
fd)rieben war, fo fd)led)t iff 
eg biefer 

©o reid) er cwcb ift/ fo nrirb er 
bod) nie glitcrlid) fetn 

5ffiie ber 2Tnfor.g f o bag @nbc 



@ o to o I) I ber 25ruber qis tie 

©d)tt)efter$ or ber ©ruber 

fon?oE)l alg bie @d)trefter 
© o b a I b eg fd)6neg SBetter tft, 

reife i^ ab 
2Btr roollen gefd)ttrinb getjen/ 

f o n ft tperben wit Stegen 

be!ommen 
Z t) e i I g feine 33efd>etbenl)ett/ 

1 1) e i I g ©anftmutfy gerom= 

nen tfym Stebe 
S t) e i I g in @elb, 1 1) e i I g in 

SBudjern 
£)er £imme( unb bie (Srbc 
11 n g e a d) t e t id) alletn bin. 



I shall set out as soon as the 

weather is fine 
Let us walk fast, otherwise 

we shall have rain 

On the one handhh modesty, 
on the other his gentleness 
makes him beloved 

Part in money, and part in 
books 

Heaven and earth 

Although I am alone, 
o 



146 



341. otelmefyr/ met/ weniget*/ wann/ wenn/ wenn aud)/ wenn 
gletd}/ wo/ wofern/ jumal/ jwar. 
3d) glaube o i e I m e t) r 5 or/ / much rather believe 

melmefw glaube ify 
dv i)at eg nid)t rijun lonnen/ unb 

t)tel weniger fetn SSruber 
2Benn er eg mrfjt wetjj/ wie oiel 

w e n t g e r fetn greunb ? 



SOS a n n tjl er abgereift ? 

SB a n n wirb ec jurucffommen? 

§83 e 1 1 er Iran! ift/ fo farm er 

eg md)t ttjun 
@r lebt wie (alg) wenn er 

retd) ware 
S3 e n n er aud) reiser wave 
SB e n n id) aud) gleid) biefe 

g«unbfd)aft fur tfm nid)t 

fyatte 
5S @ie mir fyelfen 
SOS f e r n ©ie fid) bejfern 
(5r wirb nicfyt fommen lonnen/ 

I u m a I wenn fein SSrubec 

angefommen ift 
eg ift a w a r fd)6neg SGSetter. 



He could not do it, and much 

less his brother 
If he do not know it, how 

much less will his friend 

know it ? 
When did he set out? 
When will he come back ? 
He cannot do it, because he 

is ill 
He lives as if he were rich 

Though he were richer 
If even I had not this friend- 
ship for him 

If you help me 

If you mend 

He will not be able to come, 

especially if his brother 

be arrived 
It is indeed fine weather. 



147 



CHAPTER VIII. 

341. IDIOMATIC AL PHRASEOLOGY; OR, FAMILIAR PHRASES 
ILLUSTRATIVE OF THE MOST USEFUL PECULIARITES 
OF THE VERBS— 

abget?en, abfommen/ abfagen/ anfangen, angetjen, anfd)mben, an? 
fommen, aufbtnben, auffufyren, auffyalten, auffagen/ aufroarten, 
auggeben, augmadjen, augfel)en/ tyerauggebem fid) bebenfem fid) be^ 
banlen/ finben, fid) beftnben* ftefyen/ befremben/ fid) befummern, 
befhetten, beftellen, bofe metnen, bofe werben/ bofe fein/ brtngen, 
gubringen, umbrtngen, babei fetn, ftd) etnlaffen/ etnliegen, efetn, 
entbefyrem erleben/ fid) erroefyren, etntreffen/ fallen/ fet)len, ©aft fetn, 
sugetjen, fid) gefallen laffen, tyaben, tjalten^ anreben, tjeiikn, t)tn 
fetn* feljen/ £6renfagen/ erbltcfen, geroafyi: roerben/ fommen/ lauten, 
belteben, i)tnterful)ren, liegen/ fid) mad)en, 25latt nefymen, SKotl) 
fyaben, fdjeren/ fid) fd)iden, fd)mec!en lajfen/ fd)lagen/ folkri; fptelen, 
ftetfen, augtreten/ reel) tl)un/ 2Sinb fyaben, auglaffen, burfen, muffen, 
mogen, and wotlen. 



£)tefe SBaare gel)t nid)t ab 
<Sr lapt fid) 9Jtd)tg abgctjen 

SBir finb con unfetm ©efprddje 

abgefommen 
@c lann md)t abfommen 
(§6 tft tie getetltd)! ett abgefagt 

roorben 
@r ift etn abgefagtcr getnb 
@g tft mtt u)m ?Rtd)tg anjufan= 

gen 
£)te <3ad)e gel)t mid) an 



2Bann gel)t eg benn an? 
©te finb ubel bei tym 
fdjtteben 



anges 



This article does not sell 
He will have every indul- 
gence 
We have lost the thread of 

our discourse 
He cannot be spared 
The solemnity is forbidden 

He is a determined enemy 

There is nothing to be done 
with him 

I am interested in the busi- 
ness 

When does it begin ? 

They have forfeited his good 
opinion 



148 



(?r ntramt fid) meiner an 

@r lajjt fid) feine ©efd)dfte fetjr 

angelegen fein 
(Sg ijl mir fcf>r baran gelegen 

3d) laffe eg barauf anfommen 

@g fommt nid)t barauf an 
@g tjt mir fcbmet angefommen 

£)arauf lommt eg an 

9Jtan ffefyt eg tf)m an 

SKan ft'efyteg tt)m nid)t an 

(Sr t)at eg tfjm aufgebunben 

(Sr fut)rt fid) gut auf 

SQBenn ©ie mollen/ fo !ann id) 

©re auffufyren 
2Bag rcirb SCRorgen aufgefut)rt ? 
@r t)dlt fid) in ber ©tabt auf 
3d) Ijalte ©ie otelleidjt auf 
(5r t)at bie 9Bot)nung aufgefagt 
(Sr gibt bk £offnung auf 
SDarf id) 3t)nen bamit aufroar= 

ten? 
SDarf id) bem #errn — meine 

2tufroartung mad)en ? 
(§r gibt fid) fur einen grofien 

sfliann aug 
£onnen ©ie mir t)erauggeben ? 

SDtodfoen ©ie eg mit einanber aug 

(Sr ftet>t ubel aug 

@g ftet)t aug/ atg rcenn eg regnen 

tootle 
3d) will mid) baruber bebenfen 
3d) bebanfe mid) 



He takes my part 

He thinks of nothing but his 
business 

I am greatly concerned about 
it 

Come what may, I am prepa- 
red to meet it 

That does not decide it 

I obtained it with great dif- 
ficulty 

There 's the rub 

He carries it in his face 

His look does not bespeak it 

He has rated him. 

He conducts himself well 

I can introduce you when- 
ever you please 

What is the play to-morrow? 

He lives in town 

Perhaps I am detaining you 

He has given up the house 

He is in despair 

May I offer you this ? 

Can I pay my respects to 

Mr.— ? 
He would have people believe 

he is a great man 
Can you give me change for 

this ? 
Settle it among yourselves 
He looks ill 
It looks as if it would rain 

I will think of it 
I thank you 



149 



@r finbet e§ fur gut 

@r befinbet (id) gut 

2Bie befinben @ie fid) ? 

2Ba6 ftef)t ju 3r,ren Stenfkn ? 

©uten Sftorgen, metn £err, metn 

gr&utein 
2Bte befinbet ftd) 3&c £err 

SSruber ? 
Unb »ie beftnbet fid) 3§re 3ung= 
♦ fer (grauletn) @d)wefler ? 
SGSte befinben ftd) 3fyr £«r SSiU 

ter, 3t)r £err ©d)tuager/ 3*)re 

3ungfer Safe/ 3i)re 3ungfer 

©djwagevum ? 
Sefinbet ftd^ 3$r £err SSater 

tt)Of)l? 

2Bte befinbet ftd) 3*)re grau 

Gutter? 
4?aben ©te 3fy«n £errn £)f)eim 

gefetjen ? 
ffiefinbet er ftd) mofyl ? 
Unb 3^te grau Sante (9Xui)me), 

rote befinbet fie ftd) ? 
fSSie befinben ftd) 3fyre £erren 

SSruber, Styre Sungfern 

©dweftern, 3fyre £erren 

SSettern, unb 3f)« Sungfern 

SSafen? 
3d) fyabe tjeute 3fyren £errn 

©rofbater gefefjen 
SKte fleet's urn fetne ©efunb= 

tjett? 
2Bte befinbet ftd) Styre grau 

©ropmutter ? 
©uten 2Cbenb, mein £err, n?ie 

befinben ©te fid) ? 



He has a good opinion of it 
He is in good health 
How do yon do ? 
What can I do for you ? 
Good morning, Sir, Miss 

How is your brother ? 

And how is your sister ? 

How are your cousin, your 
brother-in-law, and your 
sister-in-law ? 

Is your father well ? 

How is your mother ? 

Have you seen your uncle ? 

Is he well ? 

And how is your aunt ? 

How are your brothers and 
sisters, and how do your 
cousins do ? 



I have seen your grandfather 

to-day 
How does he do ? 

How is your grandmother ? 

Good evening, Sir, how do 
you do ? 

o3 



150 



©e$r n?ot)l/ aottf ommen mot)t/ i<i) 

banfe 3fynen 
SBolten ©te einen Spa^tetgang 

madden? 
S^ein, metn £err, eg ttrirb ju fpat 

fetn/ glaube id). SBic triel 

U&r tft eg ? 
SGMffen <3ie nid)t/ ttrie mel Ufjr eg 

tft? 3d) m5cfcte gevne genau 

ttttffen/ rote Diet Ufyr eg tft 

3d) tjabc meine ufyr t>ergeffen 
Knb tie fSttetmge gel)t nidjt/ fte 

tft btefen SXorgen ftetjcn ge= 

btteben 
$err — ttrirb uns ofync ^roetfel 

fageri/ rote mel Ut)c eg tft 
3a, meine £erren, eg ttrirb gletd) 

ad)t Ufyt fetn/ eg ifl bret 

mettel auf ad)t Ut)c 
©g tft fpater alg id) gtaubte 

2Cuf metner Ufyr tft eg etft t)atb 

ad)t 
3t)re W)r gef)t §u langfam 
&a$ !ann n>ot»l fetn ; aUetn bie 

Sfyrtge get)t oteUetdjt ju fcfyneU 
3d) glaube eg ntd)t$ benn tdj 

tyabe fte urn jroSlf Ufyt geflellt 
Sag befrembet mid) 
@r betummert ftd> urn 9tid)ts 

23efummert eud) urn eure ©ad)en 
(Sr beruft fid) auf mid) 
£um SSeften bet 2£rmen 
(Sr fann eg nid)t beftreiten 



Very well, quite well, I thank 

you 
Are you inclined to take a 

walk? 
No, Sir, I think it is too late. 

What time is it ? 

Do you not know what time 
it is ? I should like to 
know precisely what time* 
it is 
I have forgotten my watch 
And mine does not go, it 
stopped this morning 

Mr. — will tell us, no doubt, 

what time it is 
Yes, Sirs (Gentlemen), it 

wants a quarter to eight 

It is later than I thought it 
was 

By my watch it is but half- 
past seven 

Your watch is too slow 

That may be ; but perhaps 
yours goes too fast 

I do not think so ; for I put 
it right at twelve o'clock 

I am surprised at that 

He troubles himself about 
nothing 

Mind your own business 

He appeals to me 

For the benefit of the poor 

He cannot afford it 



151 



2k fyaben fid) einanbeu beftellt 

2£tr wollen eg babet beroenben 

laffen 
£)abet fyat eg fetn 25eroenben 
@t metnt eg nid)t bofe 
@r iji bofe auf mid) 
@r trtrb gleid) bofe 

<Setn @te ntd)t bofe 

3d) fann tt)m bag ntdjt in ben 

£opf bringen 
(5r fann 9£id)t6 aug tfym fyeraug 

bringen 
(Sc brad)te jmet ©runben ju, 

efye er fid) entfd)ltef;en fonnte 
<gr bttngt fetn fieben auf bem 

Sanbe §u 
©te fyaben U)n urn 2Uleg gebrad)t 
3d) bin babet gewefen 
©g bieibt babet 

3d) laffe mid) mtt tt)m nid)t ein 
(5r i)at met (Sfyre etngelegt 
(gg elett mir oor u)m 
3d) fann eg roo^l entbetjren 
SQSir roerben eg ntdjt erleben 
3d) fann mid) beg (Scfylafeng 

nidjt erroefyren 
3u SDMttaa, — §u ttbenb effen 
(Sr mirb tjicr ?0Zorgen etntrejfen 
SDtefe garbe fdllt in bte 2Cugen 
(Sr ifr u)m ins 2Bott gefallen 

OBag fetjtt 3*men ? 

9Xan fragt nad) Sfynen 

@g jlefyt Sfynen feet, eg ju tfyun 



They have made an appoint- 
ment 
Let us leave that as it is 

There the matter may rest 

He means well 

He is angry with me 

A very little puts him in a 
passion 

Do not be angry 

I cannot make him under- 
stand it 

He can get nothing out of 
him 

It took him two hours to 
make up his mind 

He lives in the country 

They have ruined him 
I was present 
We have agreed upon it 
I do not confide in him 
He has acquired great honour 
I am disgusted with him 
I can do very well without it 
We shall not live to see it 
1 cannot keep my eyes open 

To dine — to sup 
He will be here to-morrow 
This colour takes the eye 
He interrupted him in his 

discourse 
What do you want ? 
You are wanted 
You are at liberty to do it 



152 



SBollen <§te mem ©aft fcin ? 

2Bte gefyt bag gu ? 

Siefj gefyt ntd)t 

(St loft ftcf> JCKeS gefatlen 

£5ag tft tfym angeboren 

3d) gonne eg tfym 

(Sr §at eg gut bet tfym 

(§r will eg bureaus fyaben, taf 

id) tfym fdjreibe 
(gg »trb i)att fatten 

iSr i)dlt reinen 93?unb 

3d) tyatte (Sud) beim SBort 

SDic >£ungttgen treten tjtngU/ unb 

fatten tf)re SKa^ljeit 
@te ijietten ofyngefafyr auf bee 

£alfte beg S5ergeg etne Heine 

Sftufje, unb nafjmen ein §rul> 

ffcuc! im SBtttfyg^aufe ein 
(gr fyielt etne fraftoolle 2Cnrebe 
@inigc fytetten u)n fur etnen 

^igeuner 
(£g rcaren fo mete Zeute ba, bafj 

id) ifyn nidjt ijabe onreben 

lonnen 
($g ki|?f, oaf* eg nid)t roafyr fei 
(Sr fyetfjt mid) feinen S«unb 
Sffiie fyeifjt man biefe ^)flanjf/ 

btefeg Si)ier ? 
©ein @elb ift tyn 
Stjut eg ja nid)t 
3d) !enne ii)n uom Sefyen 
3d) fenne u)n com iporenfagen 
SGSir erblicften btefen SORenfdjen 

oon feme 5 et* tjatte fid) tange 



Will you dine with me ? 

How does it answer? 

This does not do 

Nothing comes amiss to him 

It is bred in him 

Let him enjoy it 

He does what he likes with 

him 
Nothing will do but I must 

write to him 
It will be difficult to accom- 
plish 
He can keep a secret 
I take you at your word 
Let those who are hungry 

step up and take their meal 
They rested a little about 

half way up the mountain, 

and took breakfast at the 

public house 
He made an energetic speech 
Some were for looking upon 

him as a gipsy 
There was such a crowd of 

people that I could not 

speak to him 
They say it is not true 
He calls me his friend 
What is the name of this 

plant, of this animal ? 
His money is gone 
Do not do it 
I know him by sight 
I know him by reputation 
We perceived this man at a 

distance ; he had for a 



153 



gegen ung cerftellt/ enblid) 
rourben nrir gemafyr/ bap er 
ung fyintergefyen moltte 



3d) !ann nidjt baffintet fommen 

©c iffc oon ©innen gefommen 

©o eben nad)bem eg lommt 

3d) Eann ntdjts bafur. 

<Sr !ann Stalienifd) 

fiaffet tfyn fommen 

Saffet tyn eg @ud) erj&f)ten 

@r lief fid) cin $)aar ©djutye 

mad)en 
£ajfet ung ju it)m gefyen 
£)ag Idft fid) i)6ven ! 
Soften ©te tt)n tjter 
Sag iaft ftd) md)t tfjun 
Sag lafit ftd) nid)t begreifen 

@g Idft ftd) 9tiemanb meber fefyen 

nod) t)6ren 
©ie laffen ftd) 5Rtd)tg fagcn 

fiaffen ©ie ftd) etmag 9teueg 

ergdtjlen 
@t wurbe ftd) eg md)t abfd)lagen 

laffen 
?£ftan lief ifon rufen 
(§r lief ftd) traumen 
©ie lief mic fagen/ baf fie mid) 

311 fpredjen roun[d)te 
©ie lief mid) nidjt meine SJM* 

nung fagen 
©ie lief mid) ttjre greube merlen 



long time concealed his 
real character from us, 
and finally we discovered 
that his intention was to 
deceive us 

I cannot get at the truth of 
it 

He is out of his mind 

Just as it happens . 

I am not to blame for it 

He understands Italian : J 

Send for him 

Let him relate it to you 

He had a pair of shoes made 

Let us call upon him 
Truly that is something 
Let him remain here 
That is not to be done 
That cannot be compre- 
hended 
There is no person either to 

be seen or heard 
They shut their ears to every 

exhortation 
I am come to tell you some 

news 
He would not be denied 

He was called for 

He imagined 

She sent me word that she 
wished to speak to me 

She did not allow me to ex- 
press my opinion 

I perceived her joy 



154 



25te SSorte tauten alfo 
©etne SKorte lauten alfo 

SDief tft metn Ztib&tMt mein 

2iebltngg=(5tucr~ 
©ie tefen ju Ieife 
Selieben ©ie etmaS lauter ju 

lefen 
@r fu^rt ung ^inters £id)t 
©S Itegt mir nidjts baran 
(Sr macfyt SBtnb 
(Sr fyat tfyn fyerunter gemadjt 
9Xad)t e§ gnabtg 
3d) will eud) gfif e madjen 

(Sr mod)t ftd) fiber mid) luftig 

@c madjt ftd) auf ben 28eg 

©ie fjat ein guteS SKaul 

3d) netyme mir lein 23tatt oor 

ben Sttunb 
@r mad)t alleS mit 
SQSie mar tym ju Sttuttye ? 
(SS mar tym ntdjt wofyl ju SCRuttje 
@r rumpft bte >ftafe 
@r fyat tfym etne 9tafe gebrefyt 

3ief)t (Sud) fetbft bet ber 9Kafe 

@g i)at letne Sdoty 

<Sr fteijt tfym burd) bte ginger 

@d)eret mid) nid)t 

3d) fcfyere mid) nid)t barum 

£a§ fdfoitft ftd) nid)t 

Saffen @ie ftd) e§ fdjmetfen 

3d) t)abe mir eg fdjmetfen laffen 

SDteS fcfymedt mir 



These are the exact words 
These are precisely the ex- 
pressions he made use of 
This is my favourite piece 

You do not read loud enough 
Will you have the goodness 

to read a little louder 
He keeps us in the dark 
It is nothing to me 
He cuts a dash 
He has silenced him 
Have a little mercy 
I will make you take to your 

heels 
He amuses himself at my 

expense 
He is setting out 
She has a smooth tongue 
I speak without a prompter 

He is an easy companion 
How was he affected ? 
He felt uneasy 
He turns up his nose at it 
He has tweaked his nose for 

him 
Look to yourself 
There is no danger 
He leads him by the nose 
Do not tease me 
I do not care for it 
That will not do 
Make the most of it 
I have enjoyed it 
I like this 



155 



(Sr fd)tagt fctnem %sata nad) 
<Sie ftnb alle ubeu etnen Setften 

gefd)lagen 
3d) l)abe mtr bag aug bem (Stnne 

gefdjlagen 
(Sr t)at etn Soger fdjlagen taffcn 
2Bte oiel Ul)t tjat eg gefd)lagen ? 
2)a§ spferb fd)ldgt 
3fr er fd)on ferttg ? 
@r nrirb fd)on fommen ! 
@i* ijl miu oiet £>anl fdjulbtg 

@g foil roaljr fetn 

(Sr foil ein Sttann t-on gtopem 

Xrrfeljen fetn 
(St foil batjin gel)en 
©ie follen bag tljun 
©olten wit eg tljun, ober md)t ? 
$&a$ foil fte bamit madjen? 
©oil id) Sfcnen ©efellfd>aft 

letften ? 
2Bag foil bag tjeipen ? 
3Bag mollen ©ie ; bap fte tlntn 

follen? 
2£tr follen fdjretben 
3d) nrill, bap @te mtr- fdjretben 

follen 
<§g foil unb muf fetn 
3d) t)dttc it)m fd)retben follen 

©te fatten ti)n bejatjlen follen 
SBag follen biefe ^tanje ? 

2Bo$u foU mtr btefeg ©elb ? 

2Bem foil btefet ©traujj ? 



He takes after his father 
They are all of the same 

stamp 
I have banished it from my 

mind 
He has taken up his abode 
What o'clock has it struck ? 
This horse kicks 
Has he done already ? 
He will come, never fear ! 
He is under great obligations 

to me 
They say it is true 
He is taken for a man of 

great consequence 
He is to go thither 
They are to do that 
Are we to do it, or not ? 
What is she to do with it ? 
Am I to bear you company? 

What is the meaning of that ? 
What would you have them 

to do? 
We are to write 
I would have you write to 

me 
It must needs be so 
I ought to -have written to 

him 
You ought to have paid him 
What is the meaning of 

these garlands ? 
Of what use will this money 

be to me ? 
Who is to have thi3 nosegay ? 



156 



@ie folten ifyn beteibigt fyaben 

(St fpannt tie fatten gu §odj 

@c jpielt Garten 

©ie fpieit $taoiec 

£iec ftecft (Strcag ba^tnter 

(Sr jtecft in (gdjulben 

SBo jtecft er benn ? 

(St blieb in fciner SRebe jiecfen 

SBie ftarf mac bh @efeU(d)aft ? 

3M) ftetje Sfynen gut bafuc 
©er SSerjlanb bleibt mic jtefyen 
<5c tritt auS bem ©eleife 
(3c fallt mit bee St)uv ins #auS 
SCRata @ie teine Umjt&nbe 
(3c fyat eg mir ju uecbanfen 
gur btefeg 9ftal muf? tcf) e6 mic 

oerbttten 
Sec JCopf unb bie 3afyne tfyun 

mic wet) 
(3c i)at SDSinb bacon 
(St lapt jeinen 3ocn an mic au$ 
(3S fdjwebt mic auf bee £unge 

@g ftet)t ttube au$ 

SOSic molten bacuber bebenlen 

3$ tcage rein S3ebenfen/ eS tt)m 

ju geben 
9tod) fein gup ijat in biefeS 

gcaufcnsolle Sunfet einbrin= 

gen bucfen 



You are supposed to have 

offended him 
He takes too much upon 

himself 
He plays at cards 
She plays on the piano 
There is something at the 

bottom which we do not 

know 
He is over head and ears in 

debt 
Where is he concealed ? 
He made a dead stand in the 

middle of his discourse 
How many persons were 

there in the company ? 
I will answer for it 
I am quite astonished 
He wanders from his subject 
He acts inconsiderately 
Do not stand upon ceremonies 
He is indebted to me for it 
I must beg to be excused 

this time 
My head and teeth ache 

He has a clue to it 

He vents his rage upon me 

I have it at the end of my 

tongue 
The weather is overcast 
Let us reflect upon it 
I would willingly let him 

have it 
No foot has yet dared to 

penetrate these gloomy 

horrors 



157 



@c barf 2(Ueg tt>un/ wa$ er 

fann 
Qt barf ntdjt in i>a$ £au$ lorn* 

men 
£)urfen wtr fragen ? 
£)arf fte mitf ommen ? 

£)uvfen fte e§ wtffen ? 

(Sr braud)t ©elb/ unb er mup 

bureaus welcfyeS tjaben 
@ie fyaben e§ t&un muffen 

3d) fyaben etnen SSrtef fd)tetben 

muffen 
3d) mupte eS tfjun 
©ie m5gen fo rctd) fein alS fte 

molten/ fte muffen fterben 
3d) mag tt)m md)t fcfyretben 

©ie mag btefe§ SSrdb ntdjt effen 

Qt mod)te wotyl (StwaS bason fa 

ben 
(5r will eg gefyort fyaben 

3d) will etntge *8ud)er faufen 
£)tefe @ad)e will forgfetfttg in 

2Cd)t genommen fein 
fSstr wolten btefeS fd)6ne ^Setter 

benu|em unb etn wenig auf'S 

gelb gefyen 

©ben barum wollte id) <Sie biU 
ten o tenn id) gefye, wie ©ie 
wtffen, fetjr gern fpa^ieren 



He is quite at liberty to do 

all he can 
He is not allowed to enter 

the house 
May we ask ? 
Is she allowed to come with 

us ? 
May they know it ? 
He wants money, and he 

must have some 
They have been obliged to do 

it 
I have had a letter to write 

I was obliged to do it 

Let them be ever so rich, 
they must die 

I do not like to write to 
him 

She does not like to eat this 
bread 

He would be very glad to 
have some part of it 

He pretends to have heard 
it 

I want to buy a few books 

This subject requires to be 
treated carefully 

Let us take advantage of 
this fine weather, and go 
a little way into the coun- 
try 

It is what I wished to pro- 
pose ; for you know I like 
walking 

p 



158 



Caffen <2ie ung ein rcenig ba in Here is a garden , let us go 
biefen ©avten gefyen in for a little while 

SBenn eg etlaubt tft If we may 

SBarum nid)t ? er gefyort einem Why not ? It belongs to one 
metner greunbe of my friends 

®k rooltenifymbenSBegfperren; They wish to block up the 
fie merben eg aber nidjt tfyun way for him ; but it will 
fonnen. not be in their power. 



CHAPTER IX. 

343. A SELECT SERIES OF ENTERTAINING AND INSTRUC- 
TIVE ANECDOTES. 

Generally illustrative of the principles laid down in this work, and in- 
troductory to the higher branches of German literature. 

I. 

©in <Sd)ttlmeijrer in sparig woltte beroeifen, bap er bit fd)6n|re 
sperfon auf bem (grbboben fet. (§r fdjlofl alfo: //(Suropa ifl ber 
fdjonfle Stjeil ber SDSelr, granfretd) tjr baS fd)onjre £anb in (Suropa, 
9)arig tft bie fd)6nfre ©tabt in granfreid), bh Unioerfttat tjr bag 
fd)6njre £luartier in $>arig/ mein dimmer tjr bag @d)5njre in ber 
Unioerfitdt/ id) bin bag @d)6nfte in meinem 3tmmer/ ergo, bin id) 
ber fd)6nfle sjftenfd) in ber SBett." 

II. 
Grin (Sinaugtger roettere mit einem Sftcnfdjen/ ber ein guteg 
©eftd)t fyarte/ bap 'er mer;r fdr)e atg er. 2Me 3Bette wurbe ange= 
nommen. //3d) I)abe geroonnen," fd)rie ber (Sinaugige/ //benn 
id) fetje an £)tr smei tfugen/ 25u aber ft'efyft an mir nur (Sing.' 7 

III. 

(Sin junger 2(tr;entenftfd)er £affe mad)te einfl bem roeifen 2Cnad)arft'g 
ben SSorrourf/ ba$ er ein rotjer ©c^ttje rodre. //3d) mad)e meinem 
SSaterlanbe <gt)rc/ aber £u bem Seintgen <Sd)anbe." 
IV. 

£)er £6nig 2Cntigonug r;oute in feinem jklte/ bap jroei ©otbaten/ 
bie braupen jranben/ fer)r fd)impflid) unb bogfjaft »on ir)m rebeten. 






159 

9tad)bem er t&nen etne SBeile sugeljort |)atte/ mad)te er bag Sett auf 
imb fagte $uit)nen: „2Cenn tt)r fo con mir reben tcollet, fo gefyet 
wenigftenS auf ok (Sette, bafj id) eg nid)t t)6re." 

v. 
2CIS £)emetriu6 tie ©tabt SCftegara eingenommen tyatte, unb t>un 
2UleS con ben ©olbaten rein auSgeplunbect tt)arb/ lief? er ben §3^is 
lofopfyen (Stilpon gu fid) rufcn/ unb fragte ifyn: £)b ec bti biefer 
S3errc>irrung nid)t bag ©eintge cerloren t)abe ? ,/9tein/" fagte 
©tilpon, ,/benn 2CUeS n?ag id) fyabe, liegt in metnem ^opfe." 

VI. 

2(16 ^onig $P&tlipp con SDtocebomen §u (Sorintt) ben jungern 
£)ionc,ft'ug §um Sffen tjatte/ cerlad)te jener ben 23ater con biefcm/ 
iceil er sugteid) gfirft unb <Sd)viftjtetler mac. „2Bo mag rooty £ein 
SSater/" fagte £6nig WUpp, // SJJiujk gefunben tjaben foldjeS 3eug 
gu fcfyreiben?" /,2>n ben (Stunben/" emueberte bee jungere 
©tongftus bem £onig, „ba £)u unb id) faufen/ unb un6 lufttg 
mad)en." 

VII. 

(Sin ©ternbeuter fagte einem grauenjtmmer/ tceldjeS gubtctg bee 
(Slfte Hebtc/ ttjren Sob corner. ,, Unb 2)U/" fagte ber ^onig/ „ber 
£>u2Clle§ rceijjt, tcann nrirjt £u jtecben?" — r/S5rei Sage doc <S». 
SSRaiejtat." 

VIII. 

3)er -Karbinal (Sompeji gertetl) einfi mtt einem gennffen £erjcge 
con SfJiobena in einen fyefttgen S03orttced)fel. £)iefer tcarf ienem oo\ 
bajj fein 23atec ein <Sd)tceinel)trt geroefen fei.— //@anj geroif?/" 
oerfe^te ber ^arbtnal/ //unb tcenn bee Sfyrige einet getcefen ware, 
fo icurben @ic unfel)lbar nod) einer fein." 

IX, 

2Benn ber (5t>an ber aftatifefyen ijerumjie&enben Sartarn ntdjt 
einmal ein £auS beft|t unb blojj com SKaube Ubt, in feinem sklte nur 
SJlild) unb spferbefleifd) §at/ fo l&jjt er burd) einen £erolb oer!unbt= 
gen : alien 3)otentaten, gurjten unb £erren biefer (Srbe fei nun 
cergonnt ein @leid)eS ju tljun. 

x. 

SDkn erjaljlte einjt in einec ©efellfdjaft al€ ein SOSunber, bafj ein 
genuffec 9Xenfd) ciec unb gwanstg Sage ofyne ©fien jugebradjt fyabe. 



160 

//Sue ©elb woltte id) bag aud) tf)un/" fagte (Siner— /; @i/ rate 
rcoltten <Sie eg benn madjen ?"— // 5d) ape tie gett uber nur bet 
Watyt, unb fd)liefe bet Sage." 

XL 

(Stnem (gngldnber/ ber fid) in Omenta niebergetaffen batte (had 
settled)/ roar erne ©umme ©elb gejtofylen roorben, unb er cer* 
mutijete/ bap eg einer con feinen 9cegern mujfe getfyan tjaben. (Sr 
lief alfo alle feine 9ceger cor ftct) lommen/ unb rebete fie fotgenber= 
mapen an: //Sftetne greunbe/ mir ift in coriger 9tad)t bit grope 
©d)lange erfd)ienen/ unb §at mir eroffnet/ bap ber Steb in biefem 
#ugenblitfe eine $>a»agaienfeber auf ber 9tafe tyabt." ©ogleid) 
griff ber ©cfyulbtge nad) ber 9cafe.— //£u toil's*" fuc;r ber #err 
fort/ „ ber mid) bcjlot)Xen $at 5 bie grofe ©d)Iange l)at eS mir offen= 
baret/" — unb er befam fein ©elb roteber. 

XII. 
Semanb madftt mit bem $>rofeffor 23obmer eine SKeife ju 93ferbe 
burd) tfppenjell. ©ie famen an ein SOScggatfer: , f $Ra<i) auf/ 
3unge<" ruft ber (Sine btm tfnaben $U/ ber gerabe babei fie&t. 
,/£ef)! id) mup erft rciffen, rcer itjr feib?"— //3d) bin ber unb ber 
(such a one)/ biefer ba ijt ein sprofeffor l"—„ SBag ift ein ^>ro= 
fefjcr ?"— // Sag ift ein SJflann/ ber 2tlleg fann!"— //9cun fo braud)t 
er mid) nid)t j fo roirb er aud) bag ©alter offnen tonnen." 

XIII. 

3nber©d)lad)t bei ge&rbellin fap ber£urfutfigriebericr,5ffitlr;elm 
con SSranbenburg auf einem rceipen $>ferbe. ©ein ©tallmeijter 
groben mnltt, bap bit ©d)tceben oorjuglid) auf biefeg $>ferb jielten/ 
roeit eg fid) burd) feine garbe con ben Uebrigen unterfd)ieb. @r bat 
bal)er feinen .germ/ bap er mit t$m taufefyen mod)te/ unb rcanbte cor/ 
bag $>ferb beg £urfurjten tcare fd)eu. .Kaum fyatte biefer getreue 
Wiener einige 2Cugenbltd)e barauf gefeffen/ fo rourbe er erfd)ojfen/ unb 
erljielt alfo/ burd) feinen Zob, bag Seben beg £urfurjlen. 

XIV. 

S5ei einem gropen gejl/ weldjeS 2Uboen/ ber ftontg ber Songobarben/ 
gu SSerona gab/ liep er fid)/ com 2Sein unb £od}mutl) txt)i§t, ben 
£irnfd)dbel .ftunimunbg/ jtonigg ber ©epiben/ bringeti/ unb sroang 
fogar beffen Softer SRofamonb; bit er jur ©emafjlinn fyatte, bit 
£irnfd)ale ifyreg SSaterg alg Srinfgefdp ju gebraua>n. £5ie ^oniginn/ 



161 

n>eld)e uber btefen unmenfd)lid)en it>r angetfyanen 3roang auperft aufc 
gebrad)t war/ geroann burd) ibre 8iebr~ofungen cinen tapfern £ongo= 
barben/ unb bracfyte ii)n burd) tfyre S3erfut)rung bafyin/ bap er ben 
,K5nig im SSette tSbtete. 

XV. 
(Sin SOtanti/ bee tmmer unoerbeiratfyet geblieben roar, rebete bem 
$tytlofopt)en (Spiftet gu/ eine grau gu nebmen. 2)a er itjm alle 
m6glid)e ©runbe oorbielt/ bte ibn bagu beroegen fonnten/ anttcortete 
il;m ©piltet: „©o gieb mir benn eine Don Seinen &6d)tew." 

XVI. 

(Sin grofier ©d)toa§er t)ielt ben SMtrcetfen ttriftoteleS an, unb 
ftng ati ii)m eine gtei&e abgefd)mac£ter unb lappifd)er tS^dtjrdjen gu 
etrgatjlen^ bei jebem neuen ©tutfd)en fragte er> ob ba$ nid)t red)t 
rounberbar fei. ,/3)aS ijr nid)t fo rounberbar/" fagte ber SBelttueife 
gu it)m; //alS bap ein 3Kann, ber nod) (eine SSeine tyat, rurjig folate 
2tlbernt)eiren antyort." 

XVII. 

(Sin ©etefyrter/ ber ben Sittonb aU einen bem unfrigen afynlicfyen 
SBeltforper anfafy, uberreicfyte einem gurjten in Untertijanigleit ein 
SSud), tt>eld)e§ con biefem 3fteid)e fyanbelte. Stacfybem ber gurjt einige 
3eilen barin getefen fyattt, fagte er gu it)m : // SOSenn id) einjt SSe= 
berrfefyer beg SRetdjS roerbe/ oon weldbem ©ie fpred)en/ fo gabten ©ie 
barauf/ ba% id) ©ie sum ©tattbalter barin macfyen werbe." 

XVIII. 
©in ©aSconier rutjmte einem $>arifer fein fd)arf e^Seftdjt 5 unb 
ba biefer ifym antmortete, er fefye aud) fefyr gut/ fo fragte tt>n bet 
©aSconier/ auf ben St)urm ber £iebfrauens£ird)e beutenb: ,,&tyen 
©ie bie gjlauS/ bie ba oben auf bem S&urme tduft?"— //3d) febe fte 
nid)t/" oerfe^te ber $>artfer, /,aber id) bore fte traben." 

XIX. 

(Sin Sfftjter/ ber in einer ©d)tad)t urn ein SSein gelommen toav, 
batte fid) ein anbereS oon £otg mad)en laffcn. £urge 3ett fjernad) 
nabm e§ ibm eine ^anonenlugel n>eg. SMejenigen/ tt>eld;e urn ity\ 
berum ftanben, fdjrien: ,,9Ran bote gefd)tt>inb ben Sffiunbargt ber- 
bei!"— //^ein/ nein/ meine greunbe/" fagte ber Dffigier gang rubig 
gu itjnen: „ bolet ben 3immermann." 

p3 



162 



xx. 

2Ctg fid) ein «£anbrcerf§mann gu einem grofen #errn begeben 
tjatte/ it)n urn ben c-erbtentcn 2Crbeitgtof)n gu bitten^ perwetgerte tf)m 
btefer benfetben/ unb ba ber #anbwerfgmann nid)t won feinem 23e= 
getjren ablief?/ gab iljm ber £err etne O^rfcige unb fdn'crte it>n fort, 
(gtnige 3eit nad)f)er fudjtc jener oon neuem urn fctnc SScgabtung an. 
2Clg tfyn ber £err tng dimmer treten fat)/ fragte er feinen Slensalter, 
ob ber #anbwevfgmann nod) SKidjtg empfangen f)abe. //(guer 
©naben »ergeit)en/" antwortete biefer/ //er t)at etne Styrfetge 
empfangen." 

XXI. 

(gin junger spring son fteben 3at)ren befaj? bet pieter TCrtigfett 
ungemein m'elen SSerftanb. (gtnft war er ber ©egenftanb ber 2Se= 
wunberung etner ©efellfd)aft. (gin alter ^auptmann, weld)er bte 
tfym erttjeilten 2obfprud)e mtt ant)orte/ fagte jiemltd) laut: //Jtinber/ 
weldje in einem fo jarten filter fo melen SSerftanb jetgen, tjaben oft 
fefyr wenig/ wenn ft'e erwadbfen ft'nb." £er junge spring/ weld)er 
biep get)6rt batte/ antwortete it)m in gletdjem Sone: ,i$nv v^aupts 
mann, <5ie mtiffen in Sfyrer ,Kinbt>ett unenblid) mel SSerftanb be* 
fe fieri t)aben." 

XXII. 

„@d:ameft 2)u ©id) nid)t ju betteln?" fagte ein ©eijiger ju einem 
Saugenid)to/ ber tt)n urn ein tflmofen anfprad) $ /,3Du bift jung unb 
jtarl/ unb fannft arbetten."— ,, Sftein #err," antwortete it)m ber 
Settler/ //id) wollte ©elb t>on S^nen/ unb feinen SRatt)." 
XXIII. 

(gin (gbetmami/ weldjer fd)on lange con feiner «$eimatt) abwefenb 
war/ begegnete einem 23auer attg feiner ©egenb/ unb nadjbem er ft'dj 
nad) mebreren <Sad)en errunbigt tjatte/ fragte er it)n/ ob immer nod) 
fo triele barren bort feien,alg et)emal8? ,/^ein, mat)rt)aftig, gnabiger 
£err," antwortete tt)m ber SSauer, °//e8 ftnb nid)t metjr fo SSiele ta, 
ats gu ber ^eit wo @te bort waren." ©er (gbelmann fut)ltc bag 
SSeifienbe biefer 2Cntwort/ unb weit entfernt b6fe baruber juwerben/ 
fagte er gu bem SSauer: //£)u fdjeinft mir nidjt bagu gu get)6ren." 
XXIV. 

Sin junger Sftenfd) son fd)wad)em SSerftanbe/ weldjer an eine 
greunbinn fd)reiben woltte/ unb nid)t redjt wufjte wie er eg anfangen 



163 

follte, fouftc einen fogenannten S3rief {letter j er fanb balb bartn 
einen 25rief/ roie cr tyn rounfd)te/ fd)rieb i|ti punttltd) ah, unb fd)ic!te 
tfcn fort, £>iefe grcunbinn fyattt jufaltiger SGSetfe eben bagfelbe 93ucf)/ 
unb nad)bem fte ben SSricf bartn gefunben fyatU, antwortete fte bar= 
auf mit folgenben SBorten: /,3Jietn ^err/ id) §abc Sfyren 23rtef 
empfangen,* menben <Sie bag S5latt um/ fo werben ©ie bte 2Cntmort 
finben." 

XXV. 
TtU cm SSauer ju einem 2Cr§tc gefommen roar, it)n roegen einer 
Unpdfiidjfeit um SRatty ju fragen, fe|(e fid) biefer^ nad)bem er fein 
Uebel unterfud)t fyatte, an [einen <Sd)retbtifd), fd)rieb ein Sftecepf/ 
unb ubergab eg ifymmit ben SSorten: /, ^ftebmetbiefeg 9D?orgenfruf)/ 
bann roirb eg balb beffer mit (gud) gef)en." ©er SSauer, meld)er 
glaubte, bag papier felbft fei ba$ 2Cr§neimtttet, ging »oll SSertrauen 
nad) £au[e, ^erfd}tu«Jtc eg fctjc fruije, unb nmrbe oollfommen 
gefunb. 

XXVI. 
(Sin (Stubent, roelcber einige SSudjer braud)te, fdjrieb an einen 
feiner greunbe, er mod)te fte ifym faufen, mit bem SSeifa^e, bajj 
er if)m ben SSetrag bei ber erflen ®elegeni)eit uberfd)icren merbe. 
©er greunb beforgte ben tfuftrag. (Sinige ;kit nad)f)er begegnete 
er bem (Stubenten 5 er bilbeteftd) moljl ein, ba{3 biefer ifym S3oru>urfe 
mad)en rourbe, unb fagte baf)er/ um bemfelben guuor 5U fommen, 
fef)r eilig: //$8er$eit)en <Sie mir/ lieber greunb/ bajj id) Sfynen 
tie serlangten SBudjer nid)t gefdjttft tjabej ic^ t)abe 3r;ren SSrief 
nid)t befommen." 

XXVII. 

Sin armer (Sbelmann, ber auf cr ©tanb mar, feine ©laubiger $u 
befriebigcnr fagte etnjt beS 3}lorgen§ beim 2Cufftet)en: //©er Jpenfer 
t)ote alt bte/ roeldje fyeute §u mir fommen roerben, um ©etb Don 
mir §u forbcrn." £aum tyatte er biefe SQSortc auggefprodjen, al$ er 
an feine Stjure flopfen t)6rte. @r mad)te auf/ unb far; feine ©iau= 
btger fyerein treten, meld)e iijn gleid) fragten/ ob er fte nid)t cergeffen 
§afce? /,3d) fdjroore @ud)," fagte ber (Sbelmann gu ifynen, „»or 
etnem 2Cugenbtitfe erft bad)te id) an CSud)." 
XXVIII. 

(Sin £ofnarrging einjtmit einem .ftammerbtenerfpa§ieren$ biefer. 



164 

ber tym juc Sinlen ging, fagte im ©djerje/ unb urn feinen 2Bt| ju 
getgen/ ju ii)m: //3d) fann e§ nidjt letben/ menn mir auf bem 
©pafciergange ein 9tarr jur SRectjten gct)t." — /,3d) mol)l," oerfefcte 
ber #ofnarr/ inbem er feine ©telle oerlief unb ftd) bem -Rammers 
biener gur Sanlen jtelltc. 

XXIX. 

©in gurft tjielt §ur £uft etnen barren an fetnem £ofe/ unb gab 
i&m einen ©toe!/ mtt bem S3efel)le, menn er (Sinen fanbe/ ber ein 
groperer 9tarr mare al6 er, follte er btefen ©toe? bemfelben fibers 
geben. (Stltdje 3af)re nad)l)er murbe ber £err Iran!/ fein £ofnarr 
be(ud)te ir)n. ©a il)m ber £err fagte/ bafj er iljn balb oerlajTen 
mu^te/ [o fragte er: //Unb mo milljt £)u l)in?"— //3n eine anbere 
2Belt," antmortete ber £err. /,Unb mann mtlljr £5u mieber lommen? 
@tma innertjalb trier Sffiodjen?"— //SKein." //SOSann benn ?"— ,,yii& 
matt." /,Unb momit tjaft £)u Sid) auf eine jo mette 3?cife/ unb §u 
Setnem 2fufentt)alt an bem £rte mo £)u l)inreifejt/»erforgt?"— „9Jttt 
gar SRidjtd." ,/Sffiie, mit gar 9?id)ts?" »erfe|te ber 9carr$ ,,ta 
nimm metnen ©tod! SSijt £)u im Segriff auf emig megjureifen/ unb 
t)ajr fetne ^Cnftalt gemadjt, nod) bafur geforgt, mie £)u in ber anbern 
SBSelt, oon ber£)uniemal6suructfommenmtrjt/ gluduid)unb oergnugt 
leben fannfr? £)a, nimm ft, in meinen Stab 5 benn einer foldjen 
Z\)ovt)zit Ijabe id) mi* nod) nidjt fdmlbig gemadjt. £m bift ein 
grofierer Starr ale id).'' 

XXX. 

(gin bummer SRenfd) befat) fid) con ungefaljr in einem Spiegel/ 
unb ba er feine ©efralt barin erblicfie/ fo bad)te er ganj erfdjrotfen/ 
er mare ba f)inein gefallen, unb fing 5U fdjreien an, man follte 
il)m bod) au§ bem Singe l;elfen/ er mujftc nid)t, rvk er fyinetn ge? 
lommen mare. 

XXXI. 

(Sin franaofifd)er Eanbebelmann/ ber fid) gum gmeiten Sflale »er* 
t)eiratt)et tjatte/ bebauerte ofterS feine erjte ©attinn in ©egenmart 
ber anbern/ weldje bann eineS SageS gu it)m fagte: /,<Seien ©ie »er= 
ftd)ert/ mein £err/ eg fann 9ciemanb mel)r leib fein att mir/ ba$ 
3t)re erftc ©attinn geftorben iff. 

XXXII. 

//SBSenn id) bie Seutfdjen fdjergen unb roifceln fe&e/" fagte einft 



165 

3of)anneg Don Outlet in enter; ©efetlfd)aft, // fo tjt eg mir, alg fat)e 
id) ten grofjen jailer in einem £)omino tanjen." (Sin 2Cnn?efenbcc 
mad)te babei gegen feinen 9tad)bar tie SSemerfung: //©ben jefct 
tanjt duller in einem £5omino." 

XXXIII. 
©title 1 ftill bod)' rief ein Sftdjter be§ offnen ®ertd)tgl)ofeg im 
3omc5 fann eg benn nid)t enbltd) einmal frill roerben! 2Sir fjaben 
biefen ?0?orgen fdjon ein Sufcenb ^rojeffe abgetfyan, unb eg war 
ung nid)t moglid), nur ein SBort oon ber £Ked)tg»erf)anblung ju 
rernefjmen. 

XXXIV. 

2C16 £err gor etnjt §u einem unoerfd)amten 3ftenfd)en fagte, baf 
er it>n, tr-enn er nidjt ginger sum Seufel fd)ic!en rourbe $ anttr-ortete 
biefer : „ 2Senn @ie bag tf)un, bann roerbe ia) Sbrem SSater ergdt)len, 
tuie <Sie fein Ijintertaffeneg S3erm5gen oerfdjtoenben." 
XXXV. 

(gin gemeiner 2Crbeiter in bonbon wurbe jungjt etngefe$t/ unb cor 
@erid)t gefutjrt/ tr-eil er in ben ©trajlen gefcfyrien tjattc : „£einen 
JConig metjr ! 2Bir braudjen feinen £6nig \" 2ttg man t&n fragte, 
tcag er gu feiner SSerttjeibigung oorsubringen tyabt, geftanb er, baf 
biefeg roirflid) tie son itjm gebraud)ten 2Cugbruci:e waxen, glaubte 
aber, baj* man (t'e gu mijjbeuten fd)eine. £)enn, futjr er fort/ id) 
meinte unb bin nocfy ber SMnung, baj? ttrir feinen &6nig braudjen, 
tr-eil ttrir fd)on einen l)aben, unb str-ar einen fefyr guten. 
XXXVI. 

Sin #oUanber rudtein einem ©afttjaufe feinen ©tu&l sum £amin, 
ftrecftc fid) aug, unb raud)te bet)aglid) fein ^feifdjen. ©in anberer 
®ajt Ictftetc it)m balb ©efellfd)aft unb unterfytelt ttjn fo tr-oljl, baf 
er balb einfd)lief. (£ein SKocr fying fyerunter, unb fing geuer. £)er 
9iad)bar jHej? it)n, unb fragte: „28ie fyeift 0§r?" £)iefer befann 
fid) eine SBeile, unb erjt, alg er §um jtr-eiten SXale urn feinen Harnett 
gefragt tr-urbe, anttrortete er: „2>an."— „9tun, San, ©etn SRotf 
brennt." 

XXXVII. 

„9fUtn, nun, ba gef)t eg ja fet)r gut, unb ber $ulg ift beffer," 
fagte ein 2Crgt ju feinem tfranfenj „id) fef)e, @ie fjaben meine 
SSorfdjrift befolgf." — „<2ie befolgt?" anttr-ortete ber ©enefenbe. 



166 

#/©te mollen oerjeifyen, £ert doctor h ober bie§ wave unmogltd) 
gemefen, ofyne ben ^>al§ §u bredjen." // 2Bte (o ? " „ 3d) t)abe Sflecept 
unb 2lrjnei jum genfter f)inau£ gemorfen." 
XXXVIII. 
©in irlcmbifctyer ©roper, bem man bte t)ot)en dimmer im <3d)lofte 
$u .ftenftngton seigre,mollte barauf rc>etten,bafj er etnen SXannfenne, 
ber md)t gerabe bartn flefyen fonnte. 2Me SSette fd)ien fo fonberbar' 
bafj fte il)m alle 2Cnmefenben fjielten. ®er Svlanber ging fort/ futjrte 
einen 33udUid)ten t)eretn/unb flrid) or;ne SBiberfprud) bte niebergelegte 
©umme etn. 

XXXIX. 

gontenelle blieb bi$ an ba$ ©nbe fetneS fajr bunbertjdl)rigen 2tlter3 
immer ber angenefymjle unb mifcigfte ©efellfd)after fetner 3eit. ($r 
befanb fid) einft in einer jat)lreid)en ©efellfdjaft, mo ein acrjtjigs 
jdbriger ©enerat ebenfatlS nod) feljr munter unb ungefd)mdd)t, fid) 
mit gontcnellen fiber itjr l)or;e6, frof)ltd)e$ 2CUer freute. „9tur Ieife ," 
ermieberte t&m ber 2(nbere, „ ba$ \a ber Sob unS md)t r;5re, benn 
er i)at gemif auf un3 oergeifen." 

XL. 

SfBetl ©eorg ber (Srfte, £6mg con (Snglanb, auf feinen SWeifen 
turd) £ollanb metjrmalS gefut)tt f)atte, bap man it)m uberall ju f)ol>e 
3edie mad)te, mollte er §ulefct in teinem ©ajtfjofe btefeS CanbeS met)r 
abjietgen. £)a einjtenS bie ^>o|r in Alomar sor bem Samm anf)ielt, 
lie£ er ft'd), mdfjrenb man bie $>ferbe med)felte, brei gefottcne (Sier 
bringen. SKadjbem er fie gegeffen tjatte, fragte er, mag fte f often. 
3meit)unbert ©ulben, antmortete ber ©aftgeber. SBie? rief ber 
erftaunte SSXonard), gweifcunbert ©ulben! £ie @ier ftnb alfo ^ier 
fef)r rar? Suer Sftajeftat molten r;ulbreid)ft cergetfjen j btedier ftnb 
bd unS eben nidht rar/ aber bk $6nige. 
XLI. 

%l€ ber berannte Saniel 23urge£ einft bei einem feiner 
greunbe fpeifte, trug man sum 5Rad)tifd) einen grofen (St)efter= 
fdfe auf. „2Bo foil id) it)n anfdmeiben?" fragte £)aniel.— 2Bo 
eg 3^nen beliebt, ermieberte ber £err ba$ £aufeS. Saniel rief 
unoerguglid) feinen S3ebienten tjevbei/ unb gab tt)tn ben £dfe 
mit bem S3efel)l, itjn nad) £aufe §u tragen. /,3d) mill il;n bort 
anfd)neiben," fagte er. 



167 

XLII. 

2CIS ©patter/ ©djaufpieler in £)rurt) Sane/ ftrf) einffc Winter ben 
tfuliffen fiber witttjenbe jtofynfc&merjen beflagte/ erbot ftd£) ber 
Sr)eaterwunbar$t/ it)m ben leibenben 3at)n augjuretfjen. »/ Stein/ 
md)t jefct/" erwieberte bee ©d)aufpieter/ //aber am jefynten beg 
nad)ftfommenben Sunt/ wo bag Sweatee gefd)Iof[en wirb/ lonnen 
©ie mir nad) ©efatten ben ganjen -Ktefet wegnefymem benn atgbann 
tjabe id) 9ttd)tg me$r $u beifjen." 

XL1II. 

2Bar)renb ^Prior ft'd) atg ©efanbter am frangoftfetjen £ofe auffjteU/ 
futjrte t^n einer bee ©ropen beg SfJetcfyeg in bte ttalienifdje £>per. 
©ie waren betbe in bee ndmtidjen Soge/ unb ats etn beiiebter 
©anger eine fd)6ne 2Crie trtllerte/ accompagnirte ber £ofIing (o 
tout/ bafii fein 5ftad)bac ben (Sanger auf btm Sweater laum oers 
ner)men lonnte. sprior fdbtmpfte ubcr ben ©djaufpiefer/ unb rief 
mit |>eftigteit : £)u oerbammter 2£alfd)er/ willjr ©u benn ntdjt 
fd)weigen ? „ SQSie ? (Suer (SrceUenj," fagtc ber SXarquiS ju 
it)m/ 7/ eg befrembet mid)/ bap ©ie ir)m Sfyren SSeifalt oerfagen/ 
ber SXRann t)at bod) eine entjutfenbe ©timme." — Sag glaub' id) 
3t)nen ooltfommen/ antworrete ber ©ngtctnber/ aber er ftngt fo 
ftarl/ bafj id) baburd) beg SSergnugeng beraubt werbe/ ©ie ju tjoren. 

XLIV. 

2C16 ber (General Sffiolf etnft einen iungen £)ffi$ter in oertrau? 
lidjem Sone ju feinen (Sameraben fagen tjorte : 3d) unb SQSotf 
tranfen eine glafd)e SBSein mit einanber/ trat er t)eroor/ unb fprad) : 
// #err ! ©ie lonnten wot)l wenigjteng fagen ©eneral SBSolf !" — 
Urn 23ergebung, antworrete ber Sfftjier mit augner)menber ©eifteg= 
gegenwart/ r)aben ©ie \z worn ©eneral 2(d)iUeg/ ober oom ©eneral 
3uliug (Safar fpred;en t)6ren ? 

XLV. 
2C(g man einem Sorb gemelbet t)atte/ bap ein spferb com bena^ 
baxUn Sorfe ofterg im ©djlofparj weibe/ ttejj er bem (5igentt)umer 
bebeuten/ baft wenn er ftd) nod) einmal erbretjte/ fein ^ferb in ben 
^)arl ju treiben/ biefem ber ©djwanj abget)auen werbe. £5er 
23auer erwieberte bem SSebienten trocfen: SQSenn @uer £err bem 



168 



$)ferbe ben ©djmana w?gfoa\\t, fo fdjneibe id) tym tie Styren ab. 
£)er Sorb Itcf ben SSauer fommen, unb fragte tf)n : 2Bag eg fur 
eine SBewanbtnif* mtt ber unoerfdjamten £)rof)ung x)aU, bte er i^m 
burd) fetnen S3ebienten r;abe fagen laffen. — lf <§\,'i antmortete ber 
SSauer, „ify fyabi Stynen nid)t gebrof)t, i§ x)aU blof gefagt, bag, 
menn Suer @rcellen§ meinem ^ferbe ben <5d)mana abf)auen, id) xx)m 
oud) bte Ofyren abfdjneiben merbe." 

XLVI. 

3met greunbe, meldje jtd) iange nid)t gefefjen fatten, begegneten 
einanber oon ungefafyr im ^>afen. Sffite gefytg ? fprad) ber ©inc. 
„ ©0/ fo," ermieberte ber 2£nbere 5 „ id) bin feit un f erer Srennung 
oert)eiratt)et gemefen." — £)ag ift ia gut ! ,, 9ttd)t fo gar, benn id) 
^>abe einen £)rad)en jum S&etbe befommen." — £)a§ if! fd)Iimm I 
„ 9ttd)t ganj, benn |Te fyat mir jmeitaufenb $Pfunb §ugebrad)t." — ©ut, 
bag ift menigfteng ein Sroft. „ 9ttd)t fo gan§, benn id) fjabe eine 
£eerbe (Sd)aafe bafur ge!auft/ meld)e fdmmtlid) freptrt ftnb." — 
Sag ift in ber Zx)at traurtg. „ 9fctd)t fo fefyr, alg eg fdietnt, benn 
id) ^obe aug ben #duten mefyr getojb alg mid) bte ©d)aafe gefoftet 
gotten." — 9tun fo tjaft £)u \a feinen <Sd)aben gefyabt. // Sod), 
benn id) tjabe mein £aug unb aUeg ©elb burd) eine geuerSbrunft 
certoren." — Sag ift fdjrecfltdj. „ 9tid)t burdjaug, benn mein 
Srad)e 00m SSetbe ift mit t-erbrannt." 

XLVII. 

£>ie ^aiferinn Sftaria Sfyerefta befud)te einft bag (5abettenf)aug, 
unb frogte bei biefer ©elegenfyeit ben ^Director, meidier oon ben 
36glingen bag grofjte Sob uerbiene ? // (5m. SOfajeft&t \" mar bie 
tfntmort, „ id) fann uber feinen £(age ftu)ren, ber jungc 33uf affo= 
xci&) ift aber ber SBrasfte." Sief? bejeugten aud) bte (Srerctermetfter, 
bie biefeg Sob auf feine @efd)tcrlid)lett im gedjten beuteten. 
„23raoo, junger Salmatter !" rtef bie 9Jtonard)inn, „aber id) 
mod)te tyn fed)ten fet)en: nefyme er einmal bag papier." @c 
befdjetben unb fd)ud)tern ber junge SSulajfomid) corner oor ber 
§Xonard)inn geftanben fyatte, fo feft unb feurig mar fein SSlitf, 
alg er bag Soapier ergrtff, unb fid) in $>ofttur fefcte. (5r madjte 
mit 93?ef)reren einige ©dnge, unb trug uber 2CUe ben @ieg baoon. 



169 

©ie £ aiferinn fdjenltc it)m 5tt)6tf ©ucaten. SKad) etnigen Sagen 
fam fie mieber in bag Sabettenfyaug/ unb fragte gleid) nad) bem 
iungen Maffonnd). s @r murbe gerufen, aber aU er erfd)ien/ fat) 
er fe^jr beflurjt aug/ unb gtttertc. Cacbelnb fragte it)n tie £aifcrinn : 
/#£at (Sr ctioa bag it)m gefd)enfte ©elb burd)gebrad)t ? 28o f)at 
(Sr'g?"— 3d) t)abe eg meinem $ater gcfd)ictt/ antmoitete er mit be= 
benber ©timme. //SSBertjl benn ©ein SSatcr?"— SKein $ater mar 
fiieutenant, tft aber »erabfd)iebet/ unb lebt nun ot)ne spenfton fetjr 
lummertid) in ©atmatten. 3d) glaubte oon (Sm. 5Kajefldt ©nabe 
feinen bejferen ©ebraud) mad)en §u lonnen/ al3 menn id) meinen 
armen/ atten SSater unterjtu^te. //SSraoer 3unge!" »erfefcte bie 
^aifertnn/ unb flopfte it>n fanft auf bie 2Bange/ //net)m @r Stnte, 
geber unb papier/ unb fdjretb' @r." ©er (Sabet get)ord)te/ unb bie 
Jtaiferinn bictirteitjm fotgenben S3rief: 
z/fiieber SSatcr I" 

//©en SSrtcf/ ben id) 3t)nen tjier fdjretbe/ bictirt mir bie^aiferinn. 
SDfcetne 2Cuffut)rung/ mein gtetp/ unb befonberg meine finbltdje Stefcc 
ju meinem guten SBater, t)aben ber itatfertnn fo mot)t gefatlen/ baf? 
©ie »on biefer ©tunbe an etne iat)rtid)e $)enfton son 200 ©utben 
befommen merbem unb id) fo eben nrieber ein ©efdjen! con 24 ©u= 
eaten ertjatten tjabe." 

XLVIII. 

©er cerjiorbcne Dr. goroler/ SSifdjof son ©toucefter unb ber 
3ftd)ter Cornel jiritten ofterg uber bie ©efpenfter mit einanber. 
©er 33tfd)of glaubte baran/ unb ber SRid)ter tdugnete ft'e. 2Hg nun 
einjr ber ^ratat feinem $reunbe begegnete, fagte biefeo baf er feit 
itjrer Unterijaltung einen pbt)ftfd)en SSemetg son ber ©efpenfters 
(Sriften$ ert)alten fyabe. 3t)re SBefebrung freut mid)/ antmortete ber 
SStjcbof j fagen ©ie mir bod) einige ndtjere Umftanbc/ mie biefes 
SBSunber benrirft mutbe. (Sinen pt)pftfd)en SBemeiS tjaben @te?— 
3a/ ?D?r;(orb. 2Ctg id) ndmlid) lefcte 9tad)t in meinem Sktte fdjltef/ 
murbe id) urn 90Htternad)t burd) ein ungem6t)Mid)eg ©eraufd) geftort, 
unb t)6rte (Stmag bie Sreppe tjeraufftetgen.— // Sftun bann?"— Unge= 
mip unb beftutjt jog id) ben SSettoortjang ein roenig aug einanber.— 
//SKkiter." — ©a fat) id) ein fd)mad)eg £id)t mein dimmer ertjellen.— 
//SSar eg ntd)t btdulid)?"— 3a/ id) gtaube. ©arauf trat eine grope/ 
lange, tjagre btaffe ©ejlatt t)erein ; fie fat) einem ftebenjigiatjrigen 
Q 



170 

Sfltann gleidv mar in einen mauerfarbenen Mantel gefjullt, unb trug 
urn ben Seib einen lebernen ©urtel. (Sin bicfer, grauer 3?art urn? 
gab bag £inn$ menige meij? gtanjenbe £aare fytngen com ©djettet 
fyerab, ben eine grofe ^eljmu^e bebetfte$ in ber $anb brotjte ein 
grower/ t)ol)er .ftnotenjlocr. @nt(e|en burd)bebte meine ©lieber/ tie 
©inne r-erfagten mir ifyren £)ienjr, unb ein falter ©diroeif ergofj fid) 
uber mid). £angfamen, majeftatifdjen <Sd)ritte§/ lam ber furd)tbare 
SKann immer nal)er.— //#aben (Sie it)n nid)t angerebet. . . . ©idjerlid) 
ijt in Styrem £aufe (Mb/ ober ein @rfd)lagener oerfdjarrt."— 5d) 
rebete it)n an ; unb befd)mor itjn bei alien £eiligen beg £tmmelg unb 
ber JfrblUi mir gu fagen mag er molle— // Urn ©otteS SBillen, mag 
1)at er geantmortet?"— ©rctmal fdjlug er mit feinem &tabe auf ben 
S3oben/baf bag £aug gitterte, fyob mir bann fetne Saterne unter 
bic 9tafe, unb fagte : Gsr fei ber Sftad)tma*ter, unb lomme mir ju 
melben, bafi bit £austt)ure mett offen ftef)e, unb id) fte juf$ltej*en 
follte, menn id) nid)t ©efafyr laufen molle, beftotylen &u merben. 

©er SSifdjof oerlangte !fttd)tg meitcr ju mijfen, unb eilte bacon, 
ais menn ii>n ein ©efpenft jagte. 

XL1X. 

SroeiSKeijcnbe, ber (Sine baoon ein>))rinj,befanben fid) in83enebig, 
unb befud)ten nad) <Semol)nt)eit faft alle tfbenb bm 2ftartugpla§. 
(Sineg 2CbenbS (erjafylen fte felbft) fanben mir ung gettlid)er alg 
gemoljnlid) auf bem SfXartuSplafc ein. (Sin pl6§lid)er SRegenguf? 
notljigte ung in ein £affeef)au§ einjufefyren, mo gefptelt mutbe. ©er 
^rinj ftellte fid) tjinter ben (£tut)l eineg ©pantcrg, unb beobad)tete 
bag ©piel. 3d) mar in ein anftopenbeg dimmer gegangen/ mo id) 
3ettungen lag. eine SOSeile barauf t)6rte id) 2arm. 23or ber 2Cn= 
!unft beg $>rin$en mar ber ©panier unaufbbrlid) im S3erlujle ge= 
mefen, je|t gemann er auf alle Garten. £>ag ganje ©piel marb 
auffallenb t-eranbert, unb bit SSanf mar in ©efafyr, con bem$)ointeur, 
ben biefe glucflid)e SGSenbung lubner gemad)t fyatte, gefprengt ju 
merben. ©in QSenetianev, ber fid) fyieit, fagte bem ^rtnjen mit 
beleibigenbem Son— er pre bag ©lutf, unb er folle ben Sifd) uer= 
lajfen. ©iefer fat) itjn fait an, unb blieb 5 biefe Sajfung bel)ielt er, 
alg ber 2Senetianer feine ffieleibigung franjoftfd) mietertjolte. £>er 
Severe glaubte/ baj? ber spring beibe ©pradien nid)t »crflel)e, unb 
manbtc fid) mit cerad)tungg\?ollem Cad)en gu ben Uebrigen: „(5agen 



171 

@ie mir bod)/ meine £erren/ vok id) mid) biefem SSalorbo »er|i&nbs 
lid) madjen foil?" ^ugleid) ftanb er auf/ unb woltte ben ^rinjen 
beim 2Crm ergretfeni btefen oerliep l)ier bie ©ebutb/ er patfte ben 
S3enetianer mit jlarfer £anb/ unb warf ityn unfanft $u 23oben. Sag 
ganje £aug tarn in 23ewegung. 2£uf bag ©eraufd) jturjte id) herein, 
unwillfuljrtid) rief id) ttjn bet feinem Stamen. „5Re&JTien ©ie 
fid) in 2l'd)t, ^rinj/" fe£te id) mit Unbefonnentjeit f)inju, //Wtr ftnb 
in £enebig!" 2)er 9tame beg ^rinjen gebot eine altgemeine ©title, 
woraug batb ein ©emurmel wurbe/ bag mir gefafyrlid) fd)ien. tflle 
anwefenben Staliener rotteten fid) gu $aufen/ unb ttaten bei @eite. 
(Stner urn ben 2Cnbern oerliej* ben ©aal/ big wtr ung beibe mit bem 
©panier unb einigen granjofen alletn fanben. ( , ©ie ftnb certoren/ 
gnabiger £err/" fagten 2flle///wenn @ie ntdjt fogleid) tie @tabt 
ocrlajfen. £)er SSenetianer/ ben <25ie fo ubel bebjanbelt fyaben, ift 
reid) genug/ einen 23raoo ju bingen. @g f oftet il)m nur funfjig 
3ed)inen/ Sie aug ber SBelt §u fcfyaffen." Sec ©panier bot fid) an/ 
sur ©tcfyerfyett beg $prin$en y&a&ii ju fyolen, unb ung felbft nad) #aufe 
gu begleiten. Sagfelbe wollten aud) bie granjofen. 2Ba* j!anbcn 
nod) unb uberlegteti/ wag §u ti)un ware/ alg bie Sfyur fid) offnete/ 
unb einige SBebiente ber ©taatgsSnqutfttion fyereintraten. @te 
jeigten ung eine £)rbre ber Sftegterung/ worin ung beiben befotjlen 
xoavb, ifynen fd)(eunig §u folgen. Unter etner ftarfen SSebecfung 
fttljrte man ung big gum (Sanah £ter erwartete ung eine ©onbel/ 
in bit mir ung fe§en muften. (§l)e wir augftiegen/ wurben ung 
bie ttugen cerbunben. VSlan fui)rte ung eine grope/ jtonerne Sreppe 
tjtnauf/ unb bann burd) einen langen/ gewunbenen @ang itber ©e= 
wolber, wte id) aud) aug bem oielfadjen @d)o fdjloj*/ bag unter unfern 
gufien fyallte. (Snbtid) gelangten wir oor eine Sreppe/ welcfye ung 
fed)g unb gwanjig ©tufen in bk SSiefe fyinunter fuijrte. £ter offnete 
fid) ein @aaW wo man ung bie S3inbe wteber oon ben 2Cugen nai)m. 
SSir befanben ung in einem £reife etjrwurbiger/ alter banner/ 
2CUe fcfywarj ge!leibet/ ber ganje ©aal mit fd)warjen £ud)ern be= 
Ijangen/ unb fparfam erleudjtet/ eine Sobtenftille in ber ganjen 
SSerfammlung/ weld)cg einen fcfyauberootten ©inbrucE mad)te. @iner 
con biefen ©reifen/ wat)rjd)einltd) ber oberfte (Staatg=3nquifttor/ 
ndljerte fid) bzm $prin$en, unb fragte iljn mit einer feierltd)en SUiiene/ 
wd{)renb man i$m ben SSenetianer uorfuijrte: 



172 

//(Srfennen ©ie biefen 5ttenfd)en fur ben sftamlidjen, bcr ©ie auf 
bcm ^affect)Qu(e beleibiget i)at?" , 

/,3a," antwortete ber spring— £>arauf wanbte 3ener jtd)ju bcm 
©efangenen: //3ft ba§ biefelbe sperfon/ Me <Sie tyeute 2lbenb wolU 
ten ermorben laffen?" £er ©efangene anttt)ortctc mit 3a. ©ogleid) 
bffnete fid) ber Ruti, unb mtt (Sntfe^en fafyen wir ben £opf beg 
SSenetianere com SKumpfe trennen. /, (ginb ©ie mit biefer ©enug== 
tfmung jufrieben?" fragte bcr @taat6s3nquift'tor.— £)er spring lag 
ofynmadrttg in ben 2Crmen fciner SSegleiter.— //@ef)en ©ie nun ; " 
fui)r Sener mit eincr fd)rec£lidien ©timme fort/ inbem er fid) gegen 
midjmanbte, //unb urtfjeilen <Sie tunftig weniger corfdmell con bcr 
©ered)tigfett in SSenebig." © d) i U e r. 

L. 

£)et SBirtfy unb ber Wiener* 

SSirti). ©uten ?0torgen/ £err 3uft/ guten SKorgenJ (Si/ fdjon 
fo fruf) auf? £)ber foil id) fagen : nod) fo fpat auf? 

3 u ft. ©ag' (Sr mag <5r will. 

SBirtt). 3d) f age SfttdjtS/ al$ guten SXorgen ! unb ba$ serbient 
bod) vooty, bap £err 3uft: grofien £)anf ! barauf fagt. 

Suft. @ro£en£)anf! 

SBirtl). 9Xan ift [oerbrtef? lid)/ wenn man feine gefyorige 3ftuf)e 
ntd)t fyaben lann. SBaS gilt's, ber £err SDiajor ift nidjt nad) £aufe 
getommen, unb (Sr t)at auf ir;n gelauert? 

3 u ft. 2Ba§ ber Sftann nid)t 2Clle6 erratfyen lann? 

SBirt^. 3d) oermut^e/ id) cermutl)e. 

3 u ft (f efyrt fid) urn unb will gefyen). ©ein Siener. 

§SBirtt)(t)dlttl)n). «tttd)t bod), £err 3uft ! 

3 u ft. SRun gut ; nid)t fein Stcner ! 

SB i r 1 1). (Si/ £err Sufi/ id) will bod) nid)t tyoffen/ £err 3uft/ baf 
@r nod) son geftcrn $er bofe ift? SQSer wirb feinen £orn fiber Uz 
gfladjt betjalten ? 

3 u ft. 3d)/ unb ttber alle folgenbe 9Ud)te. 

OBtrtt). 3ft ba§ d)riftlid)? 

3uft. (Sben fo djriftlid)/ alS einen et)rlid)en Sfttann/ ber, nidjt 
gleid) bejafjlen fann/ auS bem £aufe frozen/ auf bic ©traf e werfen. 

583 i r 1 1). *Pfui, wer ronnte fo gottlos fein ? 



173 

Sujr. @tn d)rijtlid)er ©ajtmtrl).--$0letnen ^errn! fo einen 
50iann! fo einen Dfftcierl 

255 i r t $. Sen Ijdtte id) aug bem £aufe geftofen ? auf tie (Strafe 
gcworfen? baju f>abc id) $u mel 2Cc^tung fur einen Dfftcier, unb t>iet 
5U mel SDtttleib mit einem 2£bgeban?ten! 3d) fyabe i$m aug 5Roti) zin 
anbereg Simmer einrdumen mujfen.— Sen! e ernicrjtmeljr baran,£err 
Sujr! (@r ruft in bk (Scene.) £olla»— 3d) wilt's auf anbere SSeife 
ttrieber gut madjen. ((gin 3unge fommt.) S3ring ein ©lagcljen j 
£err3uftwill ein @ldgd)en fyaben ; unb wag ©uteg! 

Sufi. SiJcad)' ©rfid) leine SiJculje, £err 2Birt&. Ser Sropfen 
foil gu ©ift werben, ben— bod) ta) will nirtjt fd^n?5ren 5 id) bin 
nod) nud)tern! 

SBtrtfy (ju bem Sungen, ber eine ftlafdje Siqueur unb ein 
©lag bringt). @tb fjer^ gel)! — 9tun, £err 3uft, wag ganjSSor? 
treffltdjeg; ftarf/ licb/ gefunb. ((Srfullt, unb reid)t t&m ju.; Sag 
fann einen uberwad)ten 9Xagen wieber in £)rbnung bringen! 

Suji. SSalb burfte ic^ ntdjt ! Sod) warum foil id) tneiner 

©efunbl)eit feine ©robtjeit entgelten laffen? — (@r ntmmt unb 
trinlt.) 

583 i r 1 1). 2Sot)l be!cmm'S, £err Sujr ! 

Suft (inbem er bag ©lagdjen wieber surucf gibt). 9cid)t fibel! 
— 2lber £err Sffiirtf), @r tjt bod) ein ©robian ! 

2Sirtl). sftidjt bod), nid)t bod)! — ©efd)roinb, nod) (Sing, auf 
einem SSeine ift nid)t gut ftetjen. 

Suft (nad)bem er getrunfen). Sag muf i6) fagen, gut, fel)r 
gut ! ©elbft gemad)t, £err SBirtt) ? — 

9B i r t ^ S3et)ute, oeritabler Sanjiger ! ed)ter, boppelter CacB ! 

S uft. ©te&t 6r, £err SBirtfy, wenn id) fyeucfyeln lonnte, fo 
wurbe i<i> fur fo wag l)eud)eln 5 aber id) lann nid)t 5 eg mufj fyeraug 
— @r ijl bod) ein ©robian, £err ©irtt) ! 

SBirtt). 3n meinem Seben t;at mir bag nod) Sftiemanb gefagt 
— iftod) eins, #err Suft j alter guten Singe ftnb brei. 

3 u ft. Stteinetwegen ! (<Sr trinlt.) ©ut Sing/ wabrlid) gut 
Sing ! — 2Cber aud) bie SBatjrfjeit ift gut Sing — £err 2Sivtt), (Sr ift 
bod) ein ©robian ! 

Sffiirtt). 2Benn id) eg ware, wurbe id) bag wol)l fo mit 
antjoren ? 

Q3 



174 

3 u ft. £) ia ! benn felten fyai ein ©robtan ©alle. 

SB i r t fy. sRtdjt nod) eing/ £err 3uft ? (Sine oierfadje ©djnur 
tycitt befto beffer. 

3 u ft. 9ltittr $u oiel tft ju oiel. Unb mag gift's 3t)m, £err 
SOStrtr; ? SSis auf ben le^ten Sropfen in bee $tafd)e/ raurbe id) bet 
metner SRebe bletben. ^>fut/ £err SBirtb, fo guten Sanjtger ju 
fca&en/ unb fo fd)led)te SKoreS ! — (Sinem SWanm wie meinem £errn, 
ber 3at)r unb Sag bei 3t)m gemotynt/ oon bem (Sr fd)on fo mandjen 
fd)6nen Scaler gejogen $at, ber in fetnem Ceben fetnen feller 
fd)iilbig geblteben ijt/ metl er ein paar donate t>ter ntd)t prompt 
besafylr, metl er md)t metjr fo oiel aufgeljen lafjt, in ber 2Cbmefen= 
t>eit bag Simmer auSjurdumen ! 

2B i r t f). &a id) aber ba$ dimmer notfjmenbtg braud)te ? ba 
id) ooraug fob/ baj? ber $err sfiRajor eg felbft gutmillig mttrbe 
gerdumt tjaben/ menn mir nur fo lange auf feine Surucrtunft fatten 
marten tonnen ? (SoUte id) benn fo eine frembe $errfd)aft mieber 
oon metner Stjur megfafyren lajfen ? @oltte id) einem anbern 
2£irtt)e fo etnen S3erbienft mutfyrciltig in ben 3ftad;en jagen ? Unb 
id) glaube ntd)t einmal/ i>a$ jte fonft wo untergefommen mare. 
£)ie 2Birtt)gt)duffr finb je|t atte ftarl befegt. ©ollte eine fo 
junge, fd)6ne/ liebengmurbige 25ame auf ber ©rrafie bleiben ? 
2)aju tft ©ein #err ju gatant. Unb mag oerliert er benn babet ? 
#abe id) iijm nid)t ein anbereg dimmer bafur eingerdurnt ? 

3 u ft. £inten an Urn £aubenfd)lage $ bte 2Cugftd)t jmtfdjen 
beg Sftadjbarg geuermauern. — 

2Btrti). 2)ie 2fugfid)t mar mot)l fe&r fd)6n/ et)e fie bee uer* 
$metfelte SRacrjbar oerbaute. 2)ag Simmer ift bod? fonft gatant 
unb tape$trt — 

3 u ft. ©emefen. 

SQSirtf). 9tid)t tod), bit eine jffianb ijt eg nod). Unb ©ein 
©tubd)en baneben, £err 3uft '■> mag fet)lt bem ©tubeben ? @g i)at 

einen 3tamim ber §mar im SOSinter ein menig raud)t 

3 u it. 2lber bod) im ©ommer red)t fyubfd) Idft. £err/ id) 
glaube gar/ <gu oertrt ung nod) oben baretn ? 
SOS i r 1 1). 9tu/ 9tu ! £err Sufi/ £err 3uft I 
3 u ft. SHad) (Sr £errn 3ujt ben &'opf ntd)t marm./ ober — 



175 

2B i r t i). 3d) mad) tym warm ? £)er Sanger tout's. — 

3 u ft. (Sin Officict/ trie mein £err ! ober meint (Sr, baf ein 
abgebantter £>fficier nidjt aud) ein £>fftcier ift/ bee 3fym ben 
£alg bred)en tann? Saturn waret 3t)r im £rtege fo gefd)tneibig, 
3fyr £erren SBirtfye ? SBarum war benn ba jeber Dffictec ein 
wurbiger SSttann, unb jeber (golbat ein el)rtid)er, braoer ^.erl ? 
9J*ad}t (Sud) bag bigd;en grtebe fdjon fo ubermuttjtg ? 

SB i r 1 1;. SBag ereifert @r fid) nun/ £err Suft ? 

3 u ft. 3d) wilt mid) ereifern 

t. & e 1 1 1) e i m (tm ^ereintreten). 3uft ! 

3 u ft (in ber SMnung/ baf? it)n ber SBirtt) Sufi nenne). <2o 
befannt ftnb mir ? — 

v. Ztlif). 3u{t! 

3 u ft. 3d) bdd)te, id) mare wot)l $erc Sujt fur 3*m. 

SGSirtl) (ber ben SXajor gematjr wirb). @t! ©t ! ^ertv 
£err, £err 3uft/ — fei) @r fid) bod) urn. ©ein £err 

d. Sent). 3uft, id) gtaube/ £)u janfffc. 2Bag r;abe id) Sir 
befofylen ? 

$85 1 r t i). £), 3t)ro ©naben ! $anf en ? ©a fei ©ott cor ! 3f)r 
untertfy&nigfter tad)t follte fid) unterftetjen/ mit Gnnem, ber bie 
©nabe t)at 3i)ncn angugefyoren/ p janfen ? 

S u ft. SKenn id) if)m bod) etng auf ben £a§enbuctel geben 
burfte ! — 

iB5 i r t i). @g ift roatyi #err Suft fprtdjt fur feinen #errn, unb 
ein mentg fyi§ig. 2tber baran t$ut er red)t 5 id) fd)d§e tt)n urn fo 
ciel t)6t)er $ id) liebe ifyn barum — 

3 u ft. £)af id) iijm nid)t bk 3af)ne augtreten foil ! 

SBirtf). 9cur (Sdjabe, bafi er fid) umfonjt ert)i£et. £)enn id) 
bin gemif cerfidjert/ ba$ 3*)ro ©naben !etne Ungnabe begwegen auf 
mid) geworfen fjaben/ meil — bie Stotf) — mid) notfywenbig — 

0. Sell I). ©djon gu mel mein #err ! 3d) bin 3fmen fdjul? 
big j Ste raumen mir in meiner 2Cbmefenl)eit bag Simmer aug 5 
@ie mufien begatjlt werben* id) muf mo anberg untergufommen 
fud,en. (Sebr naturlid). 

SB t r t r> 2£o anberg ? <Sie mollen auggiefyen/ gndbiger £err ? 
3d) unglucElidjer SRann ! id) gefc^lagener Stan ! STCein nimmer* 



176 



met)r ! Gjfyer mup tie Same bag D.uartter wieber rdumen. Ser 
£err SDfaior !ann ifyr, will it)r fetn dimmer nid)t laffenj bag 
dimmer ift fein : fie mufj fort/ id) farm tt)r ntdfot t)elfen. — 34 
get)e/ gnabiger £err. — 

o. & e 1 1 1). greunb ! nict)t gwei bumme ©treid)e fur einen ! 
Sie Same mujs in bem 23efi£ beg ^immerg bleiben — 

SBirtt). Unb 3t)ro ©naben follten glauben/ bajj id) aug 
3ftij?trauen, aug ©orge ffic meine SBejatyiung? — 2Ctg wenn id) 
nid)t wufke/ baf? mid) 3fyro ©naben be$at)ten fonnten/ fobalb 
©ie nur wollen ! — Sag uerfiegelte S3euteld)en — 500 Scaler 
£oui6bor, ftet)t barauf — weldjeg 3*)ro ©naben in bem ©d)reibepult 
ftet)en get)abt — ift in guter S3etn;at)rung. 

d. S e 1 1 1). Sag will id) fyoffen ! fo wie metne ubrigen ©acben. 
— 3ujt foil fie in (Smpfang net)men/ wenn er 3fyncn tie SRed)nung 
bejafytt t)at — 

2Sirtt). SSa^r^afttg/ id; erfrtraf red)t, alg tdh bag SBtuteU 
djen fanb. 34 t)abe tmmer 3t)ro ©naben fur einen orbent= 
lid)en unb oorfid)tigen ?0?ann gefyalten/ ber fid) memalS ganj 
auggtbt. 2(ber bennodv wenn id) bar ©elb in bem ©djreibepult 
cermutt)et t)dtte — 

o. Sell l). SSurben ©ie t)6ftid)er mit mir uevfat)ren fein. 
3d) oerfter)e ©ie — ©efyen fie nur/ mein £err j lajfen ©ie mid) : 
id) t)abe mit meinem 23ebienten ju fprecfyen. 

SOS i r 1 1). 2lber/ gndbiger £err — 

t>. Z e 1 1 1). Jtomm Suft/ ber £err will nid)t erlauben/ ba£ id() 
Sir in feinem £aufe fage/ wag Su tt)un folljl. 

2B i r 1 1). 34 get)e \a f ebon/ gnabiger £err ! 9J?ein ganjeg 
£aug ift ju 3^ren Sienjten. £ e f f i n g. 

LI. 

£)te d)ineftfd)e 33ru<fe, 
SSittermann. ©uten SJJiorgen, metne liebe fdiarmante 
SOflabam duller 5 id) freue mid) ved)t t)erjtid) ©ie wol)lauf ju 
fet)en ! £od;btefelben tjaben mid) rufen laffen. S3ermutl)lid) etwag 
Sfteueg aug ber Sfaftbenj !— 3a/ ja ! eg get)en wict^tige Singe cor j 
id) t)abe aud) ISciefe. 



177 

(Su I ali a (lad)e(nb). greiltd), lieber £err 23ittermann/ <Sie 
correfponbiren \a mit bcr ganjen SDBelt. 

S3 i 1 1 e r m a n n (nridjttg) . s Benigften$ t)abe id) in ben 4?aupt* 
ftdbten con (Suropa meine ftd)ern (Sorrefponbenten. 

(Sulalia. Unb bod) jweifte id)/ ob <2te nriffen/ tr>ag t)eute 
t)ier im $au[e florgefyen wtrb. 

Sitter ma n n. £ier im £aufe? 9flid)t8 con SSebeutung. 
SBir roollten fyeute ein paar Sonnen ©erjte auSffien 5 a&er bie 
SBitterung ijt mir §u trotfen. — 3d) t)attc geflern SSriefe auS 
©iebenbfitgen 5 aud) ba mangelt bee liebe SKegen. £)te allgemeine 
$lage con ganj (Suropa ! — Sod) ein spiaiftrdjen lonnen ©te ftd) 
t)eute madden/ mir ijaben <3d)affd)ur. 

$P e t e r (be§ SSorigen ©ot)n). Unb bie @ier bee grofjen ©lutfe 
mufien tjeute auSfommen. Unb ber nrilbe/ braune #engjt — 

33 i 1 1 e r m a n n. @d)tt>eig/ Solpel ! 

$>eter. 9tun/ ba t)aben roir'S ! id) barf bat SERaul nid)t auf« 
tl)un. (@r fefct [einen £ut auf/ unb gei)t maulenb ab.) 

(5 u I a t i a. Unfer ©raf roirb t)eute bier fein. 

95 i 1 1 e r m a n n. fffiie ? 5BaS ? 

@ u I a 1 1 a. ^ebft feiner ®emal)linn unb feinem <5d)tt>ager bem 
Sttajor con 4?orffr. 

S3 i 1 1 e r m a n n. @paf apart ? 

©ulalia. @ie nriffen, lieber £err 23ittermann/ idt) bin eben 
nid)t fet)r fpaj$l)aft. 

S3 i 1 1 e r m a n n. $)eter ! £)u lieber ©ott ! (Seine ^)ocf)ge= 
borne Grcellenj/ ber #err ©raf/ in eigener l)ot)er ^)erfon. ^)eter 
— unb bie gndbtge §rau ©rdftnn — unb feine Jpod)tr>of)lgebornen 
©naben, ber £err Sftajor — unb t)ier tfr 9cid)tS in ber getjorigen 
£)rbnung — speter ! speter ! 

ty e t e r. 9cu wag gtbt'g fci^on ttrieber ? 

S3 i 1 1 e r m a n n. Sftufe bod) gefd)ttrinb bie Seute gufammen/ 
fdjicf nad) bem gorffrr $ er foil ein SRet) in bie l)errfd)aftlid)e 
^ud)e Uefern 5 unb Siefe foil bie dimmer fcgen/ unb ben ©taub con 
ben ©piegeln tr>ifd)en, bamit bie gnabtge grau ©rdfinn fid) barin 
fpiegeln fann. Unb ber $0$ foil in ber @il ein paar ^apaunen 



178 

fd)lad)ten 5 unb £anng felt einen £ed>t aug bem Setcfje Ijolen * unb 
griebrid) foil metne (gonntaggpervuefe friftren. (Peter ab.) 

Qui alia. S3or alien £)ingen laffen <Ste tie SBetten lufren unb 
tie ©ofag augflopfen 5 ©ie wtffeit/ bee #err @raf t)at eg gern ein 
wentg bequem. 

83 i 1 1 e r m a n n. greiltd)/ fretltdv metne liebe fdjarmante 
SJlabam Soulier, bag muf fogletd) gefdjefyen. SScrgwetfclt ! ba 
t)abe id) tm grunen dimmer ©rbdpfel aufgefd)uttet, bie !6nnen 
ntd)t (0 etltg trangportirt werben. 

Gsulalia. 3ft ia aud) nid)t notfytg. 

S3tttermann. Steber @ott ! wo foil benn bcr ^>err ?Olaioc 
won ber £orft logiren ? 

(Sulalta. ©eben ©ie il)m bag Heine rotfye dimmer an ber 
Sreppe 5 bag ifr ein mebltcfyeg dimmer/ unb fyat eine ljerrlid)e 
2Cugftd)t. 

SSittermann. SRedjt gut/ liebe ^eraeng^abam duller: 
aber ba t)at fonjr immer ber £aug=©ecrercir beg £errn ©rafen 
gewoljnt. 3war ben braud)en ©etne Srcetlenj eben md)t notf)= 
wenbtg ; er fyat alle 3af)re !aum etn paar SSrtefe §u fd)retben. 
9D?an lonnte il)m — tjalt ! eg fommt mir ba etn oovtrejfltd)er 
(Sinfall. ©ie fennen bag tleine £augct)en am 6nbe beg ^arfg ? 
ba wollen wtr ben .pevrn ©ecretar fyinjiopfen. 

@ u la lia. ©ie uergeffen, Iteber £err SSittermann $ ba woljnt 
ber grembe. 

Sittermann. lid), wag gef)t ung ber grembe an ? SBer 
t)at ilm ^etfen etnjteljen ? er muf? fyeraug. 

(Sulalta. £)ag ware unbilltg. ©ie felbft l)aben bie 9Sot>= 
nung it)m eingeraumt, unb id) benfe, er bejafylt jte 3fynen gut. 

23 i 1 1 e r m a n n. (Sr begabjt wot)l, unb fo etn 2fcctbenj fur 
einen armen SSerwalter ijt freilid> nid)t §u oerad)ten 5 aber — 

(S u I a I i a. SRurit aber ? 

SSittermann. #ber man wetfj bod) nid)t, wer er tft ! rein 
Seufel lann aug if)m Hug werben. 3d) t)abe ben Renter won 
feinem ©elbe/ wenn er mid) fur jeben ©rofdjen qudlen will. 

(Jul alia. ®v qudlt ©ie ? woburd) ? 



179 



SSittermann. ^erbred) id) mir ntd)t fdjon fett gonjen 
9ftonaten rergebeng ben ,Kopf, urn Winter bag ©efyetmnifj gu !om= 
men ? 3mar fyatte id) uor .fturgem eincn SSrtef aug ©panien, 
in metd)em man mir melbet, baj? fid) in fjieftgen ©egenben ein ©pion 
auffjatte j unb ber SSefdireibung nad) — 

@ u I a I i a (ladetnb). Setd)t mogtid) ! £)er £onig son <Spa= 
nicn fyat son Sfyrer uortrcfflidicn ©djafgucfyt gefyort, unb ba feine 
etgenen ©dafe nid)t met taugen, fo mill er 3fynen bie .ftunftgriffe 
ablauern laffen. Sftein, Ueber £err SSittermann, laffen ©te ben 
fremben, gefyetmmjjoollen SKann gufrteben. @r ifl mir gmar nod) 
nie in ben SBurf ge!ommen/ unb id) bin aud) eben nid)t neugierig/ 
it)n gu fer;en 5 aber 2ltleg, mag id) con ifym t)6re, djaraftertftrt it)n 
alg etnen 9ttenfd)en, ben man attenttjalben butben mag. (Sr lebt 
ftill unb frtebltd). 

Sitter ma n n. £)ag tr>ut er. 

@ u I a I i a. @r beleibigt Eein £inb. 

23 i 1 1 e r m a n n. Sftein, bag tf)ut er ntcbt. 

@ u I a 1 1 a. @r fatlt Sftiemanben gur gaff. 

SSittermann. 9lein, bag aud) nid)t. 

(Sulalta. SKun mag motlen ©ie mefyr ? 

S3 i 1 1 e r m a n n. 3d) milt miffen, mer er ijr j unb menn er einem 
nur SHebe ftanbe, ba$ man itjn bei ©elegenfyeit fein augfyolen fonnte '. 
2tber menn er mir aud) etnmal im bunfetn fiinbengange, ober unten 
am S3ad)e auffi5pt— bag ftnb fo feine beiben £ieblinggfpa£iergdnge— 
fo beijJt eg: guten Sag unb guten SBeg, unb bamit l)otla! 3d) f)abe 
ein paar tO?al angefangen : eg tft bjeute fdjoneg SSetter— 3a! £)ie 
SS&ume fangen fd)on an augjufdjlagen— ; 3a 1 2)er £err mad)en fid), 
mie id) fet)e, eine f (eine SSemegung— 3a ! 9lun fo gefy bu, unb ber 
Seufel! Unb mie ber #err, fo ber £)iener$ gerabe fo ein ©tar. 3d) 
meij? nid)t eine ©nlbe con if)m, alg ba£ er gran§ fyeift. 

Qui alia, ©ie ereifern fid), tieber £err SSittermann, unb r>er= 
geffen gan§ baruber bie 2tnlunft unferg ©rafen. 

SSittermann. %d)\ berSeufell ©ott sergeif) mir bie ©unbe! 
£a fetjen ©ie nur, liebe 9Xabam Gutter, mag fur UngtM baraug 
entftefyt, menn man bie £eute nid)t lennt. 
.(Sulalia (nad) bet U^r fefyenb). ©d)on neun Utm $ menn ber 



180 

£err ©raf fid) ein ©tunbdjen con fetnem ©dfolafe abgebrodjen tjat, fo 
fann tic £errfd)aft balb t)ier fetn. 3d) ge^e bag SMnige ju t$un, 
tf)un (Ste bag S&rtge. 



©raf. 9^un/ ba maren mio ©ott fegnc unfern din * unb tfuggang! 
((5r t)at fid) befjagltd) in etneiKSeffel gemorfen.) STtun/ S3tttermann, 
@r ift bod) immcr ein ncirrifd)er £erl! 

23ittermann. (Suer £od)grafIid)en (Srcettens untertf)dnigft 
aufjumarten. 

©raf. 3d) benfe, text mollen red)t oiel ©pajj mit einanber 
fyaben. 

S3 i 1 1 e r m a n n. Sag mollen mir, beliebt eg ©ott. 

©raf (auf petern jeigenb). OBer ift benn ber grofe sjJtaul* 
affe ba? 

S3 1 1 1 e r m a n n. Sag ift/ mit SRefpect ju melben, mcin leiblid)er 
©oi)n/ mit ^amen Peter. 

Peter (mad)t £ra|fuf e) . 

© r a f . ©o# fo i 2Bie ftefjt'g in ber SOSirtt)fd)aft au$ 1 

S3 i 1 1 e i- m a n n. 2CUeg mot)l unb gut. £ab', otjne mid) $u 
rufymen, gearbeitet mie ein Pferb. 

© r a f. SSarum nid)t gar mie ein (gfel? 

SStttermann. SSMe ein (Sfel# menn (Sw. £ocbgraflidjen 
Gsrcellenj fo befefyten. — Sag £eu ift biefeg 3afyr t-ortrefflid) geratfyen. 
— Sem Stoggcn t)at ber SBuvm <2d)aben getfyan. 

© r a f. SBie fietjt'g mit ber 3agb QU g ? 

SStttermann. gebewrilbpret in SDtfenge, unb bte £a(en tjaben 
im grufyiafyr bem Sfoggengrag meiotid) jugefprod)en. 

© r a f. 3ft er aud) ein 3%r ? 

S3 i 1 1 e r m a n n. 23or btefem roofyl ! aber fcit tier Safyren, 
alg mir bag Unglucf begegnete, bafj id) brei %a\)mt tur!ifd)e @an[e 
fd)of/ bie id) fur Srappen anfat)/ \)aU id) feine gltnte mieber log- 
gebrannt. 9Mn peter fdriefit jumeUen ©perlinge. 

Peter. 3d) fd)ie£e ©perlinge. 

Sitter mann. 3d) tjabe tteber fur (Sm. £od)grafI. GrceUena 
fyofyeg piaiftrcben Qeforgt. Sen Par! follen ber £err ©raf fe^en* 
ttrie id) ben jugeftufct tjabe. ©ie merben \x)w nid)t mieber lennen. 



181 

(Sine (Sinftebelei, !rumme ©dnge, ein DbeltSf/ Jftuinen eineS alten 
SRaubfdilojTeS. Unb 2Clle3 mit Detonomie, 2CUcS ir.it bee fparfamjfen 
(Sparfamteit. #fi! £d! £d! ba t)ab' id), g. 93. fiber ben Hetnen 
glujj eine d)ineftfd)e SBrfitfe gebaut. &$a§ meinen ber £err ©raf, 
too id) bag £o($ baju fyernalnn? £d ! £d ! £d ! uon bem alten 
etngefallenen £fil)nerftall. 

©raf. £aS mupfe ja murbeS £ol$ fein. Unb bie 25ruc£e 
ftetyt nod) ? 

SSittermann. @te ftefyt nod) bis auf ben fyeuttgen Sag. 

©raf (aufftefjenb). SRun, id) mill bod) bie #errlid)teiten befe^cn. 
£af? er unterbeffen bie SEafel becfen ! 

S3 i 1 1 e r m a n n. 3ft fcfjon beforgt. 3d) merbe bie (gfyre fyaben, 
(Sxo. £od)grdflid)en ©rccUenj in Untertfydnigtat 511 begtetten. 

$) e t e r. SBSerbe aud) bie @i)re fyaben. 



$3 e t e r (at&emtos). 2fd)/ £err 3emine ! atyr £err 3cmtne ! 

(5 u I alt a. SSaSgibt's? 

$eter. Sec gndbtge £err ifi in§ SQSaffeu gef alien. £)te 
(Sxcellenj ift erfoffen. 

©ulaUa. StBer? 

s 3> e t e r. Set: gndbtge £err ©raf. 

Gulalia. 3ft ertrunfen ? 

?)cter. 3a! 

(Sulalia. £obt? 

<lPeter. 9tan, tobt ift er nid)t. 

(S u t a U a. S^un fo fd)reten ©ie nur nid)t fo/ ba|3 bie §rau 
©rafinn 9ttd)ts baoon erfdljrt. 

?) e t e r. 3d) nid)t fd)reien ? 2Cd) £err 3emine ! £err 3emine ! 
bie (Srcellenj tvieft trie ein $>ubel, am ganjen fceibe. 



©raf inn. S&aSgibt's? 
9ft a j r (SSruber ber ©rafinn). 2Belcb ©efd)rei ? 
(Sulalia. (gin 3ufatl, gnabige ©rafinn, id\ uermutrje, ein 
unbebeutenber 3ufall. £>er ©raf ift bem SSajfer §u natye ge!om= 
men unb i)at jtrf) bie #u£e ein menig nap gemadt. 

1 e te r. £ie pfie ? jo, profit tk 3ttal)l$eit ! @r ift fiber ben 
t)ineingep(umpt. r 



182 

© r & f t n n. SBarmfyerjiger ©ott ! 

$R a i o r. 3d) etle — 

©ulalia. SSleiben ©ie/ #err ^ajor 5 berufyigen ©te jtd), 
gnabige grau ! @g fet gefd)ef)en, teas ba xoolU, ber #err ©raf ift 
menigfteng gerettet. 9tid)t mafyr, 9J?ogje $>eter ? 

$3 e t e r. Reiner ©tp tie Srcelleng ift eben nid)t tobt, aber fie 
ill feljr naf. 

© r a f i n n. SKebe; iunger Sftenfd)/ rebe ! 

9X a i r. (Srjatjle 2CUeg, mag £)u meijjt. 

9> e t e r. 23om 2Cnfang big gu (Snbe ? 

©rdfinn. 3a, ia ! nut gefdjnrinb. 

ty e t c r. Stun* fefyen ©ie nut; mir maren alle brei t)ier im 
dimmer 5 id), mein spapa, unb ber ©raf. 

(5 ul alia. 3d) merle mof)l/ auf biefe 2trt mivb SXogje ^eter 
uor 2Cbenb mit feiner (Srjafylung nid)t ,fertig. £urj unb gut, fte 
maren l)ier im dimmer/ unb begleiteten ben #erm ©rafen Ijinaug — ■ 

*P e t e r. SRid)ttg. 

(5 u I a I i a. Unb ba gingen fte fpa^ieren — 

3>eter. ©anj red)t. 

6 u I a I i a. Stun, mag trug jtd) ferner ju ? 

^p € te r. 3 £err 3e ! SSSir gingen am 25aa> tjinunter unb lamen 
an bie d)ineftfd)e 33rucfe, bte mein $)apa aug bem atten £ui)nerftatle 
5ufammengefd)(agen fyat. 2)a ging nun bet £err ©raf auf bie 
23rude, unb ba fagte er, eg mare red)t fetn unb lieblid) anjufetjen/ mie 
ber glup fid) burd) ben S3ufd) fd)ldngelie, unb ba Ic^nte er fid) ein 
menig auf bag ©elanber* Irad)! brad) bog ©eldnber entjmeij 
plump ! lag bie (Sxcellenj im 2Bajfer. 

(5 u I a I i a. 2lber ©ie jogen itjn bod) gleid) mieber fjeraug ? 

ty e t e r. 3d) nid)t — 

(Sulalia. tfber ber spapa ? 

$p e te r. £)er $)apa aud) nidjt — 

(Sulalia. ©ie lief en tyn alfo liegen ? 

$P e t e r. 2£ir liegen tyri liegen: aber mir fd)rien alle beibe aug 
Seibegfraften. 3d) glaube/ man fyat eg big l)inunter ing £)orf fybren 
lonnen. 

@ula(ia. Unb ba eilten Seute Ijerbei ? 



183 

ty c t e r. £er frembe £err lam, ber bort unten neben bem alten 
Sobiag mofjnt, unb immer letn SBort fprid)t. Sag ift ein £eufelS= 
lerl ! sjOfiit einem ©prung roar er im SGSaffer! ba patfd)te er brtn 
i)erum, rote eine @nte, erroifd)te bie (Srceltenj bet ben #aaren, unb 
fdjleppte fte gludlid) ang Ufer. 

© r d f t n n. ©ott fegne ben fremben SOtann ! 

9ft a i o r. 2Bo bteiben fte benn 2Clle ? 

$ e t e r. ©ie I ommen bie 2Cllee Ijerauf. 

(Sulalia. 2Cud) bet grembe? 

*P e t e r. Center ©ir ! ber lief baoon. £)er £err ©raf roollte 
ftd) bet tym bebanfen, aber erroar fdjon fiber atte SSerge. 



© r d f i n n (itjrem @emal)l entgegen, tijn in tyre #rme fdjltef enb). 
2(d) metn SSejter ! 

© r a f. ©ret ©d)ritt com Seibe, ©ie feljen ia, ba|j id) triefe. 

© r a f t n n. Urn ©ottegroillen ! gefd)roinb trocfene SSSdfrfje ! 

© r a f. 5Run \a, \a ! ©ein ©ie rut)ig, eg t)at leine ©efafyr. 
©in alter ©olbat tft roof)l efyer ein 35tgd)en in ber ©cfyroemme 
aerocfen. 2(ber eg tj&tte ubel ablaufen lonnem roenn nictjt ber 
grof?mutl)ige grembe — 2Ber tft ber Sttann ? 2Bet lennt tyn ? 
SStttermann f^at mir bo allerlet uerroorreneg jkug t>orgefd)roa£t. 

(Sulalta. 2(ug Urn lann man nid)t flug roerben. @r lam 
oor etnigen Sflonaten in i)k ©egenb unb mtetyete con SStttermann 
ba$ Heine £aug am @nbe beg ^arlg. ©a lebt er ganj im ©tillen, 
er fteijt Sftfemanb, er fprtdjt mtt 9Rtemanben, i&) felbft far) tt)n nur 
ein paar Sftal ton feme. ©d)eu unb gebudt fd)leid)t er untyer, unb 
roeidjt Sebermann aug/ aber tyut met ©uteg im 23erborgenen. 

©raf. Cotte, gel)' f)uv unb bitte tt)rt auf ben 2Cbenb gum 
(Sffen. (gr mod)te worlieb nefjmen, tjorft 25u? er lame in bag 
£aug eineg greunbeg. 

© r d f i n n. ©ie r-ergeffen fid) um^ulleiben. 

©raf. ©leid), gleid) ! 

© r a f t n n. Unb ein nieberfd)lagenbeg ^uloer einnetjmen. 

©raf. 3d) t ; abe ben £enler con Sfyrem nieberfdjlagenben 
$)uloer ! (Sin ©lag Malaga/ urn bag SSlut ein roenig lebtiafter 
£>urd) bie 2lbern ju iagen. — £6re er/ aStttermann, bag mufj id) tym 



184 

nad)(agin/ er f)at eine t>eX(c burd)bringenbe ©timme/ er !ann brullen, 
ba§ man's big unter bag Staffer t>6rt. 

Sitter mann. (Sw. ^odjgrdfXid^cn (Sxcellcnj untertt)dnig{i 
aufeuwartcn. 

©raf. 2Cber mit feiner djtneftfc^cn 33ruc?e !onn er gum 
Seufel geb,en. (#b.) 

©rdfinn. jlomm/ SSrubery wir muffcn itjn uberreben/ bap 
er einen gangen Sfyceloffel soil Ungerifd) ^utocr einnimmt. (Sie 
{)aben bod) weldjcg im £aufe/ liebe $Rabam 9Mller ? 

<S u I a 1 1 a. KugenbUcrlid). (2Ule gefyen ab.) 

Sotte (.ftammerjungfer bet ©rdfinn). £d ! t)d ! fyd ! metn 
lieber £err 83ittermann, ©ie fyaben fid) etn wenig blamtrt. 

23 1 1 1 e r m a n n. Sieber ©ott ! t;od)eble SBtomfell/ man will 
bod) 2Ctle§ bfonomifd) einricfyten $ tie tjotjen v£err(d)aften fefyen bag 
felbji gern. 

Sotte. 3a/ aber man mufj bod) fetne SBrucfen won faulem 
£otj bauen, 

Sittermann. SKun fo gar fefyr oerfault war eg bod) aud) 
eben nid)t. ©e. (Srcellenj ber v£>err ®raf finb nur etn wenig 
fd)wer bei fieibe. 

Sotte. 2Cber warum fprangen ©te benn nid)t felbjt tng 
SBafier, urn ben gndbigen #erm 511 retten ? 

Sitter mann. ©ott betjute ! Csd) ware unterge[un!en, 
wte ein ©tuc£ 23lei. SKein/ wag beineg 2Cmtg nicbt ijt/ bacon 
lap bcinen 83orwi$. Unb id) Ijatte uberbief? eben einen widhtigen 
SSrief in ber Safd)e j ber ware mir \a ganj nap geworben $ einen 
23rief au§ granfreid) 00m (Sfyeoalier — wie Ijeipt er bod) nun 
gleid) ? (@r jiefyt ben Srief ijerooiv ftecrt il)n aber g'eid) wieber 
ein.) D ! ber enttjdlt intereffante -Dinge. ('Peter mauft il)m 
ben SSrief aug ber Safdje.) £5ie Sffielt wirb erftaunen, wenn 
bag offenttid) befannt wirb/ unb lein SHenfd) wirb auf ben Gsinfall 
gerattjen/ ba§ ber alte SSittermann ik £>anb tnit im ©piele bjatte. 

2 1 1 e. 9lein> wafyrlid) nicr)t. 

SSitterma nn. 3d) mufj bod) ge^em unb bie djtneftfdjc 
SSrucfe ein wenig repariren laffen/ wenn etwa bie ^rau ©rdfinn 
fiuffc ijaben follte— 



185 

S o 1 1 e. ©id) aud) etn roentg ju baben ? 
SSittermann. SRtdjt bod), wir roollen'S fd)on befefttgen. 
©etyotfamfier. £)tener, fyocfyebte Sttamfell ! 

$ofcebue. 



CHAPTER X. 
THE PRINCIPLES OF VERSIFICATION. 

344. Versification teaches the rules according to which 
verses are made. Two or more syllables, justly measured, 
form a metrical foot, and a certain number of metrical feet, 
rythmically combined, produce a verse ; the substance of 
verse, therefore, may properly be said to consist in the just 
measure of syllables. 

345. Among the Greeks and Romans, most syllables had 
a fixed quantity, and their manner of pronouncing rendered 
this so sensible to the ear, that a long syllable was counted 
precisely equal in time to two short syllables. In conse- 
quence of this, the versification of the Greeks and Romans 
was principally founded upon the length or shortness of their 
syllables. 

346. The measure of syllables is frequently determined 
by the quantity in German ; but its principal foundation is 
the accent. The sense of a word, the depth of thought 
which it conveys, and its intrinsic worth, decides its metrical 
importance ; the leading sense also decide the accent, which, 
with few exceptions, falls on the root of the word, as the 
representative of the original idea, whereas the relation of 
this idea to other objects is expressed by subordinate sylla- 
bles. Hence it follows, as a general rule, that every accented 
syllable is long, while every unaccented one is short. 

347. In polysyllabical words, the syllable upon which 
the rythmical accent is placed, receives the rising, and the 
rest the falling inflection of the voice. The syllable which 

r3 



186 

takes the rising inflection is marked thus (') : as, ftxeube? 
trunfen inebriated with joy. In this word the first and third 
syllables take the rising, while the second and fourth have 
the falling inflection. 

348. The time taken up in pronouncing a long syllable 
is equal to that which two short syllables require ; and this 
is what we are to understand by the measure of time, or the 
quantity of syllables in versification. A short syllable is 
indicated by the curve line (^), and a long one by the hori- 
zontal (-). 

349. The syllable which is pronounced with the rising 
inflection is long, while that which is pronounced with the 
falling inflection is short. This is a general rule, and, as 
an exception to it, a short syllable may be considered and 
used as long, when it is found next to another which is still 
shorter. 

350. In German a syllable has either a sharp or a soft 
sound, yet the sharp sound does not shorten those words 
which are of themselves long. 

351. Besides the long and short syllables already men- 
tioned, there are others which become long or short accord- 
ing to circumstances. 

352. In its accentuation, the German language chiefly 
regards the understanding, not measuring the words, but 
weighing the notions ; consequently, the measure of syllables, 
in most cases, depends upon the logical import of words. 
This principle forms the basis of verbal accent, by which 
one syllable in a word as the most important, is distin- 
guished from the rest. 

353. All monosyllable substantives are invariably long, 
in German. 

354. In polly syllables, that which receives the principal 
accent is long. 

355. In compound substantives the word which expresses 
the leading idea receives the principal accent, and is, in con- 
sequence, invariably long. When the compound substan- 



187 

tive consists of two or three substantives, the first usually 
takes the principal, and the other the secondary accent, and 
each forms a long syllable. This is also the case when the 
compound substantive begins with an attributive adjective, 
a separable preposition, or with ant or ur. 

356. All monosyllables, which are not substantives, are 
either long or short, according to their situation in the verse, 
or the influence which oratorical accent has upon them. 

357. Syllables which have the semi-accent are either long 
or short, because they have not the full length, but half 
incline to brevity. 

358. Syllables which never admit of an accent are short, 
though frequently used as long, when preceded by a syllable 
that is still shorter. 

359. According to the preceding rule, the syllables of 
inflection and derivation, and the initial syllables be/ ent/ tx, 
Qt, mx, and ger are short ; but the final syllables am, tjdt, left, 
nifi fcfyaft/ tfyum/ and ung are long before and after a short 
syllable, and short before and after a long one. Of the 
syllables bax and tfd), the former is always long, and the 
latter when preceded by a short syllable. 

360. A certain number of syllables constituting a distinct 
part of a verse, is called a poetical or metrical foot. There 
are four metrical feet of two, eight of three, and sixteen of 
four syllables. 

361. The metrical feet of two syllables, are the trochee, 
the iambus or the iambic foot, the spondee and the pyrrhic. 

362. The first syllable of a trochee is long, and the second 

short (- -). Ex. Stebe/ 93lenfd)en/ eroig. 

363. The first syllable of an iambic foot is short, and the 
second long (--). Ex. SSerjtanb/ gefunb, gelfebt. 

364. The spondee consists of two long syllables (- -). 
Ex. l l aufbat)n, SKtjjgunft. 



188 

365. The pyrrhic consists of two short syllables (~ ^). 

fSSei — fere. 

366. The metrical feet of three syllables are the dactyl, 
the anapcest, the amphibrach, the amphimacer or criticus, 
the molossus, the tribrach, the bacchius, and the antibacchius . 

367. The dactyl consists of one long and two short 

syllables (--»). Ex. &6ntge, beffere/ odterlid). 

368. The two fisrt of an anapaest are short, and the third is 

long (--_). Ex. unert)6rt, ungemetn. 

369. The first and third syllables of the amphibrach are 

short, and the second is long (- - -). Ex. 23ergnugen/ jufriebem 

t>erffd)ern. 

370. The first and third syllables of the amphimacer are 

long, and the second is short ( — ). Ex. 3artlid)fett/ roun= 

berbar. 

37 1 . The molossus consists of three long syllables ( ). 

Ex. arbeitfam. 

372. The tribrach consists of three short syllables (- * -). 

Ex. ftudjtigerer. 

373. The first syllable of the bacchius is short, and the 

two last are long ( ). Ex. (Sr eitt fdjnelt. 

374. The two first syllables of the antibacchius are long, 

and the last is short (- -w). Ex. Unglauberi/ #eerfd)aaren. 

375. The metrical feet of four syllables are the choriam- 
bus, the ditrochceus or dichoreus, the diiambus, the dispon- 
deusy the antispast, the proceleusmaticus or dipyrrhichius, 
the ionicus a majori, the ionicus a minori, the first epitrite, 
the second epitrite, the third epitrite, the fourth epitrite, the 
first pceon, the second poeon, the third pceon, and the fourth 
pceon. 

376. The first and fourth syllables of the choriambus, 



189 

composed of a choreus and an iambus, are long, and the 

second and third short (- - - -). Ex. SBonnebecaiffcftt. 

377. The first and third syllables of the ditrochams or 
dichoreus, composed of two trochees, are long, and the second 

and fourth short (- o _ «). Ex. SffirihifctjewDurbtg. 

378. The first and third syllables of the diiambus, com- 
posed of two iambic feet, are short, and the second and 

fourth long ( -). Ex. ©erec&tigfeit. 

379. The dispondeus, composed of two spondees, consists 

of four long syllables ( L _). Ex. £5anft, pretji" ©ott taut. 

380. The first and fourth syllables of the antispast are 

short, and the second and third long (----). Ex. 33ergnus 

gungen. 

381. The proceleusmaticus or dipyrrhichius, which forms 
a double pyrrhic, consists of four short syllables (« - - -) . 

Ex. Grin Iteblidjer ©evud). 

382. The two first syllables of the ionicus a majori are 

long, and the two last short (_ _ « u). Ex. (Stjntmrbiger. 

383. The two first syllables of the ionicus a minori are 

short, and the two last long (« v',_), Ex. (Sine bejfcre £ctufc 

tatyn. 

384. The first syllable of the first epitrite is short, and 

the three last syllables are long (- ). Ex. tie Saufbat)n 

natjt. 

385. The first, third, and fourth syllables of the second 
epitrite are long, and the second is short (_w__). Ex. 

©onnenoufgang. 

386. The first, second and fourth syllables of the third 
epitrite are long, and the third is short (--w_). Ex. tec 

2tnfang ber Sftadjt. 



190 

387. The three first syllables of the fourth epitrite are 

long, and the last is short ( '-). Ex. tie ^anblunggjiretge. 

388. The first syllable of the first paeon is long, and the 

three last syllables are short (_--u). Ex. gebraudbltd)ere 
SGSorte. 

389. The first, third and fourth syllables of the second 

paeon are short, and the second is long (- _^v). Ex. genet)- 

nrigen. 

390. The first, second and fourth syllables of the third 

paeon are short, and the third is long (- - - -). Ex. bet 

SSefteger. 

391. The three first syllables of the fourth paeon are 

short, and the fourth is long (- « » -). Ex. tie 3faligton. 

392. The most usual sorts of German verses are the tro- 
chaic, the iambic, the dactylic, the hexameter, the pentame- 
ter, and the anapaestic. 

393. Trochaic verse is composed of trochees. Ex. : 

grommer | &tab, o | tjdtt id) | nimmer | 
SRtt bem | <3d)roette | bid) cer | taufdrt ! 
£att' eg | me in | beinen | £n?etgen/ | 
£etl'ge | dtdje/ | mxt ge | raufdjt ! 
SQSarft bu | nimmer. | mir er | fd)ienen, | 
£of)e | ."otmmelg | font | gtnn! 
9timm/ id) | !ann fie | nidfjt oer | bienen, 

£>eine £rone/ | nimm fte | t)in ! 

394. Iambic verse is composed of iambuses, and may 
have from one to six feet. Ex. : 

Of One Foot. 
3Du mein/ 
3d) Setn. 



191 

Of Two Feet. 
£5er ©terne tyvafyt, 
3n ftiUet m<i)t. 

Of Three Feet. 
©r &at oor 2Cller £)bren 
©en fyehren <5tb gefd}tt>oren. 

0/ #wr .Fee*. 

S&te leidjt/ auf ungetreuen Snellen/ 

^ann alt 2)ein ©fucB ber ©turm gerfftellen. 

0/ Fi»e jFee*, 
With the cesural pause on the last syllable of the second foot.* 

£er @d)luramec fponnt | tie muben ©lieber log/ 

Unb ttrieget ung | in rceicfter 5Kut)e ©d)oog. 
With the cesural pause on the last syllable of the third foot. 

Sn metnem ©ott oergnugt/ [ wag !ann mir fefylen ? 

ffficfur mid) Sag unb Sftacnt | mit ©orgen qudlen ? 

Of Six Feet. 
With the cesural pause in the middle. 

£>er Siebe ©tuc£ gerod^rt I bm fcerrlichften ©enu£, 

SSonJSRcmgel gleicfr entfernt | unb upp'gem Ueberfluf?. 

395. Dactylic verse is composed of dactyls. Ex. : 
(Sbret bie | grauen ! ©ie j fledjten unb | roeben 
-ptmmltfd)e | Siofcn ing | irbifd)e | £eben/ 

gledjtcn bet | Stebe be j gtucfenbeg | SSanb. 

396. Hexameter verse consists of six feet, and may be 



* The cesura is a pause which takes place after a certain number of 
feet, according to the length, or nature of the verse. 



192 

composed either of dactyls or spondees, with this restric- 
tion, that the fifth foot should be a dactyle, and the sixth a 
spondee, or trochee. 

In hexameter lines, the cesural pause may fall on the 
first syllable of the third foot, the first half of the second, 
fourth or fifth foot ; and the harmony of hexameter lines is 
in proportion to the number of cesural pauses and the va- 
riety of their situations in the composition. In pentameter, 
the cesura invariably takes place in the middle of the line ; 
that is, upon the syllable which remains after the two entire 
feet. Tn the Alexandrine, or iambus of six feet, or thirteen 
and twelve syllables, which, on account of its fatiguing 
monotony, has been discontinued by German poets as heroic 
verse, the cesural pause can only take place after the third 
foot. In the iambic of five feet, this pause is usually made 
after the second, but frequently also after the third foot ; 
and it ought always to fall on the last syllable of a word. 

The iambic verse without rhyme, used in dramatic com- 
positions, consists of five feet, and has either eleven or ten 
syllables. Ex.: 

(Srtragen mu& man, tva§ ber £tmmel fenbet ; 
LtnbtlligeS erttdgt itin ebleg ^erj. 

Hexameter is used in epic poetry. Klopstock's Messiah, 
and Voss's elegant translation of Virgil, are written in this 
metre. 

Ex. From Klopstock. 

£od) aug ben I 2Bol!en et I t&nt ©ott! I Seine ge I rcaltige I ©timme. 
(Sing/ un | ftetbltdje (Seele ! ber | funbtgen SRenfdjen ©v. | l&fung. 
©ie ber Sttef | ftaS all | ijier | in feiner | 3ttenf(^ett oolt | enbet ! 
Unfet | 23atet im | $immtU £)em | ^ame | werbe ge | fyetltgt ! 
3uun$ | fommeSein | SReicfy! 3n bem | £tmme(ge | fd}ef)e£>etn | 

Unb aufber | (Srbe! S3et | tei^unS | unfere | taglicfc | Sprung ! 
fCSie bem | (Scfyulbtget | wit »er | gcben, ucr | gib unS tie | 
©cfjulben ! 



193 

gufor' uns | r»id)t in 25er | fud)ungen/ | fonbern er | lof ung com | 

SSofen ! 
Seinijlbag | SRetdjunbbie | &raftunbbie | £errlid)£ett | eroiglid). | 

tfmen ! 

Ex. From Voss. 

S'ttrjrug/ | buinber I 2S6lbungge | tetjntbeggelbr-etteten ! 23ud)baumg/ 

©innfrmft I SBaibge I fa'ngeben | fd)mcid)ttgen I £alm$ube I Qetftern. 

SQStr/ ber | £eimatt) £Be I girl unb I Ueblictje I gluven oer I laffcnb/ 

2Bir file^'n I £>e~imat£) unb I 2anb ! Su I Sittjrue, I lafng im 1 ©fatten/ 

Sefrfr bag ©e I fc&ij na~ct) | fallen tie | fdjSne ©e I ffcaltima I rt)Utg. 

-397. Pentameter verse, which is never used alone, but 
always united with hexameter, is composed of five feet that 
divide into two equal parts. The two entire feet are either 
dactyls or spondees, and the half foot, which receives the 
cesural pause, is a long syllable. In this metre a trochee 
may occasionally be introduced instead of a dactyl or 
spondee. The second part of a pentameter line, as well as 
the first, contains two entire feet and a long syllable. Ex. : 

©lucSltdierj Sdugling! Sic lift etn un|en&lfd)er|3taum nod) tie ( 2Blege \ 
SBerbe | ffiann, unb Sir | wfrb || eiig bit un | enblidje | 2Belt ||. 

398. Anapaestic verse admits of spondees, by which 
means it loses its monotony. 

£Belrf) fro | t)eg @ntju"c? | en erfut [ let bte ©rutf, ( 
2Senn im gvu | nenben fprof [ fen ben, bin | §enben £aln \ 
Sag ©esrceig | fid) oequngt, | unb ber Suft | fid)— erneiit. | 
2Beld) an | mmfcool | leg (SntjiJcf | en gewa~&rt | 
3n bem gen | je, menn neu | bag ®eg»eig | auffpropt, | 
gnfd;gru | nenber 23a"u | me balfa | mt^er Suft ! | 

399. Rhyme consists in the resemblance or consonance 

s 



194 

of one, two or three syllables at the end of two or more 
verses. 

400. In German, rhymes are either masculine, feminine, 
or gliding. Masculine rhymes have the accent on the last 
syllable : in feminine rhymes the penultimate syllable is ac- 
cented ; and in gliding, the antepenultimate. 

Ex. Of Masculine Rhymes. 
©inn — ©ettrinn ; (eid)t — weidjt 5 Stacfyt — $>rad)t 3 3ett — (Swrig* 
fettj Sftetd) — roetd); ©enricfyt — cerfprid)t. 

Ex. Of Feminine Rhymes. 

greuben — leiben 5 ladjen — mad)en ; fd)n?cigen — neigen 5 fdbreiten 
— firetten. 

Ex. Of Gliding Rhymes. 

^eungen — reintgen 5 ber?d)tigen — ermddjttgen. 

These rhymes, considered merely with reference to their 
accent, correspond to the Italian verses termed tronchi piani, 
and sdruccioli, the first of these having the accent on the 
last syllable of the verse, the second on the penultimate, 
and the third on the antepenultimate. 

401. Rhymes are either successive, alternate, or mixed. 

402. When in the rhyming syllables of words of two or 
more syllables, the same consonant precedes the rhyming 
vowel or diphthong, it is termed a rich or perfect rhyme ; 
and when the same rhyming word is repeated, it is said to 
form an equal rhyme. 

SBefyalten/ erfyaiten 5 perfonltd) and oerf6t)nlid)/ are rich or 
perfect rhymes, 

403. Words which are not accented in the same manner 
cannot rhyme together. Hence it follows, that the justness 
of rhymes is not in German determined by the manner in 
which words are written, but by the right pronunciation of 
them. 

404. The simplest manner of arranging rhymes is when 
thev follow each other in immediate succession. Ex. : 



195 

$at bit bee £tmmel fein Satent gegeben 5 
(gmpftngjt bu nid)t att ©idjter einft bein Seben : 
2)aniv Unbefonnener ! erfttmmft bu nie 
©en SSttufenberg mit ailer beiner. Stfliu) ! 
£)ann ift bein ©eifi beengt, fo oft bu ftngefb 
Umfonfo baf bu nad) Sftufym im £td)ten ringeft. 

405. In most poems the rhymes are mixed. Ex. : 

tfrton roar ber Sone fOleifrer/ 

£)ie Sitter lebt' in feinec £anb ; 

Samit ergo§t' ec alle ©eifter/ 

Unb gern empftng ifyn iebeS £anb. 

@r fd^iffte gotbbetaben/ 

3e|t oon SatentS ©ejlaben, 

3um fcfeonern -fyellaZ fyingeroanbt. 

© d) I e g e I. 

406. The rhymes of an entire poem may be all masculine, 

Sdgerlicb. 

grifd) ouf / it)r Sager/ frei unb flinl ! 

©tc 83ud)fe son bee SQSanb ! 
£5er Sftutiu'ge betampft bie 2Belt ! 
grifdfo ouf ben geinb ! frtfd) in bag gelb ! 

gut§ beutfdie SSatertanb ! 

ttuS SBeften, SKorben, ©ub unb £)jt 

Sreibt uns bee EHadje ©trafyl : 
SSom SDberfluffe/ SQSefer, SOtoin/ 
SSom (Slbfttom unb 00m SSater Styeiiv 

Unb aus bem ©onautyal. 

SDod) S3 r u b e r jinb roir alljufamm j 
Unb ba$ fcfyroeUt unfern s J3tutf). 



196 

Ung fnupft ber @prad)e ^eilig SSanb, 
Ung fnupft cin ©ott, ein 25aterlanb, 
<S t n treueg £)eutfd)eg SSlut, 

^tc^t §um (Srobern jogen wic 

SSom saterlid)en £eerb ; 
£)te fd)anblid)fte £t)rannenmad)t 
SSefdmpfen nrir in freub'ger ©d)(ad)t. 

£)og ift beg SSluteg roerty. 

3$r aber, bic ung treu geliebt, 

£)er Jg)erc fei euer ©djtlb/ 
S5e§at)len tpir'S mit un(crm SSlut ; 
Senn greitjeit iffc bag t)6d)fte ©ut, 

£)b'g taufenb Seben gilt. 

£)rum, muntre Sdger j fret unb flint, 

2Bie aud) bog fttebdjen roeint ! 
©ott fytlft ung tm gercd)ten £rieg ! 
grii'db in ben ^tampf ! — Sob ober Steg ! 

grifd)/ SSruber, auf ben geinb ! 

ft 5 r n e r. 

407. A little poem in which the rhymes are all feminine. 

SSor *Kaucty'3 SSujle t>er £6mgmn i l ouife. 

£)u fd)ldf ft fo fonft !— £)ie ftitlen 3uge t)aud)en 

9tod) beineg fiebeng fcfyone Srdume mieber ; 

25er ©d)lummer nur fenlt fetne glugel nteber, 

Unb tjeil'ger griebe fd)lie£t bie Haven 2Cugen. 

©0 fd)tummre fort, big S)eineg SSolteg SSruber, 

SGSenn glammen§etd)en oon ben SSergen raud)en, 

SDtft ©ott oerfofynt bie rojl'gen (3d)tt>erter braua>n, 

£)ag fieben opfern fur bie l)od)ften ©uter. 

Stef fubrt ber £err burd) Sflad&t unb burd) SSerberben ; 

@o follen ttrir im &ampf bag £ett erwerben, 

35af? unfre (Snfel frete banner fterben. 



197 



tfommt bctnn bee Sag bet gretyeit unb bee SKadje : 

£>ann ruft ©etn S3olf ; bann/ © e u t f d) e g r a U/ ermactye, 

(Sin guter (Sngel fur bte gute ©acfye. 

$ 6 r n e r. 

408. PIECES OF METRICAL COMPOSITION, 

Illustrative of the Principles of Rhyme laid down in this Chapter, care- 
fully selected from Authors of considerable celebrity, with a view to 
entertain, at the same time that they instruct, Students in German. 

£)er gr iebe. 

©d)6n ijt bet griebe/ ein tieblid)er $nabe 
Stegt er gelagert am rufyigen 23ad) ! 
Unb bie fyfipfenben Sammer gtafen 
Suftig urn i£)n ouf bem fonntdjten SRafen. 
©fifes Sonen entlo^t er ber gl&te 
Unb ba§ (§,6)o beS SSergeS roirb toad); 
£)ber im (Shimmer ber 2Cbenbrott)e 
SBiegt H)n in (Sd)lummer ber murmelnbe Sad). 

©djiller. 

Die #offnung. 

@S reben unb traumen bie S0lenfd)en met 

SSon beffern funftigen Sagen ; 
$la<i) einem glucfltd)en gotbencn £tel 

©iefyt man fie rennen unb jagen j 
25ie SOSelt roirb alt unb mtrb wieber jung, 
poty ber SOtenfd) ijofft immer SSefferung • 

SMe £offnung fufyrt in'S Seben eim 
<Sie umfiattert ben frof)lid)en £naben ; 

Sen Sungling begeiftert ii)r ^auberfebein, 
Sie mtvb mit bem ©reis nid)t begraben/ 

£)enn befdjlie^t er im @rabe ben muben Sauf, 

9lod) am ©rabe pfXanst er bie £offnung auf. 

@S ijt ton leerer fd)meid)elnber SBSa&n 

(Srjeugt im ©et)trne beS Zi>oun, 

s 3 



198 

3>m ^erjen funbet eg laut ftdb an : 

3u wag SSefferm ftnb wir geboren. 
Unb wag tie tnnere ©timme fprtd)t, 
Sag tdufd)t bie fjoffenbe (Seele nid)t. 



©filler. 



Sum ©eburtStag. 
Sein Seben/ SScfte ! aleid)' im SBilbe 

©em SSadhe/ bet ftetg Ijeiter fliefjt, 
Unb burd) etn fd)6neg Senjgefilbe 

©id) rufytg in bag Sflleer ergiefft. 

£ier fallen SSlut^en auf il)n nieber> 
Sort wallt er fanft auf £tefeln f)in j 

@g tonen itber il)m bie Sieber 
Ser tjolben grttyltnggfangerinn. 

$ier Sutjlt ein ©djatten it)n j bort bltnfet 
2Cug it)m ber (Sonne ©trafylenbilb 5 

Unb raenn it)n f)ier bie 33lume trinfet, 
@rqutc?t er £eerbe tort unb Mb, 

(go enbe/ nie getrubt con Seiben, 
2)ein ebleg Seben fpdt ben Sauf/ 

Unb ein fripftallneg 9Keer »on ^reuben 
3m ^arabiefe nefym' eg auf ! 

£ i f u e n. 
(Sin SCRanbarin warb wegen SKaubereien, 
£)ie gurften felten nur oerjeifyen, 
3um ©d)wert oerbammt. ^ifuen ; fetn ©ofyn, 
3Barf fid) 00c beg S5et)errfd)erg Sljron/ 
Unb bat urn feineg SSaterg Seben. 
n 3d) weif / er t|t beg Sobeg wertl) j 
Sod) mujjt bu bem ©efefc ein £)pfer geben> 
#ter i|l; eg ! wetfye mid) \am <Sd)wert, 
Unb laj3 itm log." Wit fcfeeinbar ftrenger SJttene 
©prad) ber ?£Ronard) : bein SBunfd) tft bir gewafyrt j 
SKan ful)r' tyn auf bie £obegbul)ne. 



199 

£)cr Sungling fupt entgudBt beg ftaiferg £anb 
Unb fpringet auf. »g>alt ! rief bet gurjt ooll ^reube, 
Sen 25ater fdbent' id) bir/ unb bid) bem S3aterlanb. 
(5r fuffet u)n unb fydngt fein eigneg £algge(dimeibe 
£em £etben urn. S3efd)dmt ergretft er ben Salar 
£)eg tfaiferg. #err» erlaf mir biefe golbne SSfitbC/ 
©prad) er/ bte tdgltd) mid) baran erinnern murbe/ 
®ajj einji mein SSater fdjulbig mar. 

5>f ef fcl. 

@legie auf ein £ant>mdbcfyen. 

(graflment.) 

<Sd)mermuit)gDoU unb bumpfig t)allt ©elaute 
SSom bemoogten .Kirdjentfyurm tjerab. 
33£&c toeinen/ -ftinber/ Gutter/ SSrdute 5 
Unb bet Sobtengrdber grdbt ein ©rab. 
2Cngeti)an mit einem ©terbefleibe/ 
©in? S3lumenfron' im blonben <$aati 
©d)lummert StoSd&en/ fo ber Gutter greube, 
(So ber @tolj beg Sorfeg mar. 

Sfyre Steben/ t>olt beg s0Hf?ge(d)icfeg/ 
Senlen nid)t an $)fdnberfpiel unb Sanj/ 
<Stet)'n am ©arge/ minben naffen 23Iicfeg 
Sfyrer greunbinn einen Sobegfranj. 
2Cd) ! fein Sttdbdjen mar ber Sfyrdnen merger/ 
2(lg bu guteg/ frommeg 9Kdbd)en bijt. 
Unb im £immel ift fein ©eijt rerf tarter 
%U bit (Seele sR6gd)eng ift. 

SBie ein (Sngel ftanb im <Sd)dferfleibe 
®ie oor tfyrer i teinen ^uttentfyur 5 
SSiefenblumen maren ifyr ©efdjmeibe/ 
Unb ein 2Setld)en itjreg SSufeng 3ier. 
Sfyre gddjer maren 3epf)irg giugel, 
Unb ber Sttorgenfyain tyt *Pu£gemad> 
£)tefe (Silberquellen itjre ©piegel/ 
3&w ©d)minfe bicfer SSad). 



200 

Sittfamfett umflof/ ttrie Sttonben|d)tmmer, 
Sfyre Sftofennxmgen, ifyren S3 lief 3 
dimmer raid) ber (gerapt) Unfdjulb/ ntmmev 
S3on ber tjolben ©djdfertnn guruc! . 
. SunglingSbltcfe taumelten coll geuer 
9?ad) bem 5Re£§ beS lieben Sft&bcfyenS #n $ 
2Cber feiner, al§ ttjr SSieigetrcuer/ 
Sftafyrte jemats it)ren ©inn. 

£&ltg. 

©locfenflang unb Gfyorgefang. 

[From the Tragedy of " Faust," by Gothe.] 

(5 tyor ber @ ngel. 
Shrift t|t eejknben ! 
greube bem ©terbltdjen/ 
Den bte uerberbltd)en, 
©d)leid)enben, evblid)en 
Mangel umwanben. 

8 a u ft. 

S(Beid)' tiefeS ©ummen/ meld)' ein feller Son 

3tei)t mtt ©etralt bag ©lag ten meinem 9Jiunbe ? 

23erfunbta.et tljr bumpfen ©locfen fdjon 

©eg £>pferfefte3 erfte geierjtunbe ? 

3fyr @t)6re ftngt tt>r fdjon ben trofrltdjen ©efang ? 

£5er etnfl/ urn ©rabeS SKad)t, oon (SngelSlippen llan^/ 

@enrifl)ett einem neuen SSunbe. 

(51) or ber SBeiber. 
fjftit ©pejereien 
fatten mtr it>n gepflegt, 
3Bir feine Sreuen 
fatten itjn fjtngelegt 5 
Sudjer unb SSinben 
3Seinlid) ummanben mtr/ 
2Cd) ! unb mtr ftnben 
(Shrift nid)t mefyr tjter. 



•201 

(Sfyot ber (S n gel. 
Gfjrtft tft erftanben ! 
©elig bie liebenbe/ 
£eilfam' unb ubenbe 
9>rufung befianben. 

Sautf. 
2BaS fudjt if)r/ mdd)tig unb gelinb/ 
3*)r £immelgtone mid) am ©taube ? 
$lingt bort umfjer, mo roeid)e SRen[d)en ftnb. 
$ie SBotfd&aft t)6r' id) tooljl, alletn mir fefc)(t ber ©taube ; 
Sag SCunber tjl beg ©taubeng ttebjreg £tnb. 
3u ienen @p^aren n>ag id) nid)t gu ftreben/ 
SBofyer bie fyolbe 9*ad)rid)t tont : 
Unb bod) an biefen £lang con Sugenb auf gemofynt, 
iKuft er aud) je$t jurucr" mid) in bag Seben. 
©onit ftucjte fid) ber £immelg*Siebe £ufj 
2£uf mid) fyerab/ in ernjler <Sabb at fyftttle 5 
£)a flang fo afynbunggooll beg ©locfentoneg guile, 
Unb ein ©ebet roar brtmftiger ©enuf 5 
©in unbegretflid) fjolbeg ©e^nen 
Srieb mid) burd) SSatb unb SBtefen fytnjugefy'n/ 
Unb unter taufenb tjetfen Sfyranen, 
guf)tt' td) mir eine SOSelt entftet)'n. 
JDiejj 2ieb oerftmbete ber Sugenb munt're ©piele/ 
©er- grut)linggfeier freieg ©lite! 5 
(Srinn'rung i)dlt mid) nun ; mtt ftnblidjem (§5efur;te/ 
23om le|ten/ ernften <Sd)ritt jurucf. 
D ! tonet fort iijr fufjen £immetglteber ! 
£)te &t)rane quiltt, bie (Sibe tjat mid) roieber ! 

(5 f) r ber hunger. 
£at ber 23egrabene 
@d)on ft'd) nad) oben> 
Sebenb ©rtjabene/ 
£errltd) erijoben 5 



•202 

3ft er in SBerbeiufr 
©djaffenber greube nafy' $ 
2Cd) ! an ber @rbe SBruft/ 
(Sinb mir gum £etbe ba. 
Siefj er bie (Seinen 
@d)mad)tenb ung f)ter jurutf $ 
2(d) ! wir beweinen 
SRetfter bein ©lud ! 

(5 f) o r ber (§ n g e I. 
(Styriji ift erftanben 
2Cug ber SSerwefung ©d)oo§. 
SReif et oon SSanben 
greubig eud) log ! 
£t)dtig iim preifenben, 
Stebe bewetfenben, 
SSruberlid) fpetfenbcn, 
sprebigenb retfenben, 
2Sonne oerfyeifienben/ 
@ud) ift ber SReifter naf)'/ 
6ud) ift er bo ! 

(Stmunterun.g. 

(Set)t/ wie bie Sage fid) fonnig erfldren ! 

23lau ift ber £immel unb grunenb bag 2anb. 
£lag' ift ein SOlipton im (St)oie ber @pf)dten ! 

Srdgt benn bie ©d)6pfung ein Srauergewanb ? 
£ebet bie S3lide/ bie trube fid) fenlen ! 

jQtUt bie SSlitfe ! beg ©d)6nen ift oiel. 
Sugenb wirb felber su greuben unS lenfen $ 

greub' ifr ber 2Beigl)eit betofynenbeg $kl, 

Deffnet bie ©eele bem Cidjte ber greube/ 
jpordyt ! it>r ertSnet beg £dnflingg ©efang : 

ZCt&met I fie buffet im Sfofengeftdube j 
gufjlet ! fie fdufelt am SSadjletn enttang j 



203 

Softer ! fie giufyt ung tm <3afte ber Zvaubt, 
3Bur$et bie grud)te beim tanbltd)en ?CRat)l ,* 

@d)auet, fie grunet in £rautern unb Saube/ 
€0Jalt ung bie #ugft'd)t tng btumige Sfyal. 

greunbe/ mag gletten eud) meibifdie Sfyranen 

Ueber bie btufyenben SBangen fyerab? 
3temt ftcf> fur banner bag meiblidje ©etjnen ? 

2Bunfd)t if)r oergagenb su mobern tm ©rab? 
©blereg bletbt ung nod) otcl §u ioerrid)ten 5 

SSiel aud) beg ©uten ift nod) nid)t getfyan. 
£etterfeit lotjnt bie (grfullung ber $Pfiid)ten, 

SKufye befcfyatte bag (Snbe ber S5at)n. 

5Kand)erlei (Sorgen unb mandjerlei ©djmerjen 

£lualen ung wafyrlid) aug eigener (Sdjutb j 
#offnung ift Sabfal hem munbeften ^crjen/ 

£)ulbenbe ftctrret gelafj'ne ©ebulb. 
SQSenn end) bie Tcebel beg Srubftnng umgrauen/ 

#ebt §u ben ©ternen ben ftntenben SORutt) 5 
£eget nur mcinnlid)eg, fyofyeg Sertraucn ; 

©uten ergefyt eg am (5nbe bocb gut. 

Saffet ung frofyiid) i>k ©d)opfungen fefyen : 

©otteg Sftatur ift entjucfenb unb fyefyr ! 
2Cber aud) ftillen beg £)urftigen glefyen : . 

greuben beg 9BSof)lt$un§ entjMen nod) mefyr. 
litebet ! bie Sieb' ift ber fd)6nfte ber Sriebe 5 

SBSetyt nur ber Unfdjulb bie tjeitige ©hub;. 
2Cber bann liebt aud) mit meiferer Zhbe 

XUeg/ mag ebel unb fd)6n ift unb gut. 

v^anbelt ! burd) ^anblungen jeigt fid) ber SBeife, 
3f£ub>m unb Unfterblicfyfeit fir.b it)r ©eleit. 

3etd)>.iet mit Sfyaten bie fdiminbelnben ©leifc 
Unferer flud)ttg entrollenben skit. 

Sen ung um[d)ltefjenben $\vtil begtucfen/ 
9cu£en fo mel alg ein jeber nermag 5 



204 

£), bag erfullet mtt fttilem (Sntgucfen ! 
£)/ bag entrcolfet ben bufrerften Sag ! 

SOlutfyig ! aud) Seiben/ ftnb cinfr fie oergangen, 

Saben tie @eelc# rate SKegen bie 2tu 5 
©raber con Srauer^prefien umljangen, 

SDtolet balb fttller 23ergifjmeinntd)t SStau. 
^ceunbe/ mt fallen, nrir follen ung freuen 5 

greub' tft beg Staters erfyabneg ©ebot. 
greube ber Unfdjulb farm ntemalg gereuen/ 

2ad)elt burd) SRofen bem nat)enben Sob. 

(Salts. 

£)ie (Sid) cm 

2lbenb rcirb'g, beg Sageg ©timmen fdjroetgen, 
sftotfyer ftrafylt ber Sonne lefcteg ©lul)n 5 

Unb f)ier jt|' id) unter euren ^wetgen, 
Unb bag «^>er§ tft mtr fo uoll, fo fufyn ! 

2Clter jktten alte treue -kugen, 

(2d)muc!t eud) bod) beS fiebenS frtfcbeg ©run/ 

Unb ber S3orrcelt fraftige ©eftalten 

@inb ung nod) in eurer $)rad)t ertjalten. 

S3tel beg (Sbeln t)at bie £eit gertrummert, 
SStel beg (5d)6nen flarb ben frutjen Sob 5 

Surd) bie reid)en SSlatterfr&nje fd)immert 
©etnen 2(bfd)ieb bort bag 2Cbenbrott). 

Sod) urn bag SKertyangnij* unbefummert, 
$at oergebeng eud) bte £ett bebrot)t, 

Unb eg ruft mir aug ber stoetge SCefyen : 

2CUeg @ro£e tnuf im Sob beftefjen ! — 

Unb tyr r)abt beftanben ! — unter JCUen 

©cunt tyr frifd) unb lutjn mtt ftarlem SJlutfy, 

2Bot)i letn $)ilger wivb noruber roallen, 
tDer in eurem @d)atten ntd)t gerufyt. 

Unb roenn fyerbjrttd) eure flatter fallen j 
Sobt aud) ftnb fie eud) ein fbjtlid) ©ut : 



205 

£)cnnr uerwefenN werben euve JCtnber 
(Surer nddjjlen 'gruf)linggprad)t iiBegrunber. 

@d)6ne§ Stlb oon alter beutfefyer Sreue/ 

Sffiie fte bejfre 3etten angefebaut 5 
2Bo in freubig turner Sobegweifye 

SSurger t^trc ©taaten feftgebaut. — 
'M) \va$ l)tlft'g/ baf? id) ben <3d)tners erneue ? 

©inb bod) atle btefem SSd)metj> oertraut ! 
&eutfd)eg 2Sol!/ bu f)errtid)jreg uor Wlen, 
Seine (Sid) en ft e f) n ; bu b i ft gefallen! 

£ 6 r 11 e r. 

2Cbfd)tet) Don SBBien. 
Seb' wol)l! leb' wot)l ! — 9ftit bumpfen Jperjenefdjldgen 

93egrufj' id) bid)/ unb fotge meiner ^Pfltdf)t. 
3m 2Cuge will fid) eine Sfyrdne regen 5 

2Ba5 jrrdub' id} mid) ? bie Sljrdne fd)mdl)t mid) nicijr. — • 
'2Cdj ! wo id) wanble* fei's auf griebengwegen, 

©ei'g wo ber Sob bie blut'gen Grange bridjt : 
£>a wevben beine tfyeuren Jpulbgejialten 
3n Steb' unb @et)nfud)t meine (Seele fpalten. 

S -Ser?ennt mid) nidjt/ tt)C ©enien meineS Sebeng, 
SSerfennt ntd)t meiner ©eele ernften ©rang ! 

IBegreift bie treue 9ttd)tung meineg ©trebeng/ 
©0 in bem Stebe, rvk im ©d)werter!lang. 

(Sg fdwdrmten meine Srdume nidjt oergebeng $ 
2Bag id) fo oft gefeiert mit ©efang, 

gur Sol! unb greitjeit ein begeiftert ©terben : 

Safit mid) nun felbft urn bie(e .Krone werben. 

'Boljl leid)ter mogen fid) bie ^rdnje fled)ten, 

(Srrungen mit beg ZicbeS fyeitrem sflflutt) 5 
Sin red)te£ ^erj fdjlagt freubig nad) bem Sfiecbten. 

£) t e id) gepflegt mit |ugenblid)er ©lull), 
Sapt mid) b e r ^Cunft ein SSaterlanb erfedjten/ 

Unb gait' eg aud) bag eigne wdrmfte Slut. — 



206 

9lod) biefen £uj$ ! unb roenn's ber Sefcte Mtebe ! 
@g gibt ja feinen Sob fur unfre ftiebe. 

£6rner. 

<S cfy w e 1 1 1 i e &♦ 

[SBenia ©tunben oor bem Sobe bed iBetfaffctd gebic&ttt.] 

£u @dfo»e« an metner Stolen/ 
2Bo§ foil bein fjeitreg SSttnfen ? 

©djauft tmd) fo freunblid) an/ 

^ab' meine greube bran. 
£urraf) ! 
/, 9Ktd& trdgt ein wadrer SReiter* 
/, £)rum Mini' id) aud) fo fetter/ 

,, 23tn frcien Cannes 2Bct)r $ 

//£)aS frcut bem ©d&werte fefyr." 
£urraf) ! 
3a/ Qutcg ©djroert/ fret bin td)/ 
Unb tiebc bid) fyerjinnig/ 

2Ctg nmrft bu mtr getraut, 

"KU eine Ucbe SSraut. 
#urrat) ! 
// Sir fyab' tdj's \a ergeben/ 
// Sftein ltdrteS (gtfenleben. 

// 2(d) ro&ren nrir getraut ! 

/, SBann §ol|t bu beine SSraut ?" 
£urraf) ! 
£ur S3rautnad)tgs^or9cnr5t^c 
SKuft fefttid) bic Srompete 5 

SOSenn bie £anonen fdjret'n/ 

#ol' id) ba$ 2teba>n etn. 
£urraf) ! 
// O feUgeg Umfangen ! 
// 3d) fyarre mit S3etlangen. 

,/ 2)u SBr&ut'gam/ tjoXe mid)/ 

„ 9Mn ^rdn§d)en bleibt fur bid)." 
£tu:rat) ! 



207 

2Ba§ ftivrft bu in bee ©cfyetbe, 

£)u ^jelle ©ifenfreube/ 

@o wilb/ fo fd)lacf)tenfi:oi) ? 
SRein (Sdjmert, roaS lUrrft bu fo ? 
£utrat) ! 

>/ 2Bof)l lUcr' id) in ber ©djeibe : 

n 3d) fetjnc mid) jum (Sttreite/ 
// 3Red)t wilb unb fdjlad)tenfrofy/ 
/> Stum, dttitev, Itirr' id) fo." 
£urrafy ! 

SSieib bod) im engen <Stubd)en. 

2Ba3 tt)iUft bu fytet, mein £iebd)en ? 
SSleib ffcill im Mmmerlein/ 
SSleib/ balb fyot' id) bid) ein. 
£utrat) ! 

,, Safi mid) nid)t lange fatten ! 

,, £) fdjbnet fiiebeggarten, 
// SSott Moslem Mutigtotf), 
n Unb aufgebtufytem Sob." 
turret*) ! 

©o lomm benn auS bee ©djeibc/ 

2)u Sftettecg tfugenweibe. 

£erauS, mein <Sd)tt>ert, fyeraug ! 
guf)t' bid) ing SBaterfyauS. 
£urraf) ! 

/, 2Cd) ^errlid) ijVs im greten/ 

„ 3m rujit'gen £od)aeitreit)en, 
// SSie gl&njt im <Sonnenftcat)l 
,,®o bvdutlid) fyell bee ©tatyl!" 
#urraf)! — 

SBofylauf, ifyt leden (Streiter, 

SBofylauf, tyr beutfd)en Suiter ! 
SBicb eud) ba$ £er$ ntd)t warm/ 
pint's £iebd)en in ben ILvm. 
£uirai) ! 



208 

(Srti ttjat e§ an bee gmfen 
9Uir gang serjtofylen bltnten ; 

£>od) an bte 3fad)te traut 

©ott ftd)tbarltd) tie SSraut. 
purrafy ! 

SDwfti truest ben iiebefyeifien 
Sfrauttidjen SRunb won (Stfen 

iin cure gippen feft. 

Slud)/ roer tie SSvaut rjetl6fjt ! 
^uirat) ! 

9lun lopt ba$ Siebd)en fingen* 
2)of t)clle gunmen (pitngen ! 
Sec ^odjgettmorgen graut. — 
•ourrab, tie (Stfcnbraut J 
£urrat) ! 

Corner. 

£ f) e o t> o v Corner. 
SBetfiummt ift betne tnegetifcfye fieper 5 

2>n fcines ©d)etbe rul)t bein tapfreS @d)U>crt. 
Sod) fdjau tytabt buSSaterlanbSbefreter: 
SBefreit ift 2)eutfd)lanb/ rote bein SBunfd) begetyrt. 

Svumtpfygefang fet beine Sobtenfeter ! 
Unb btefe ©lutfyen, bte bein £erj pergefyrf/ 
>3ie vollen fort, etn ©trom ton Ud)tem getter, 
3>n beinem £tebe, rceldjeS en>ig roafyrt. 

Unb/ tritt auS fetner ^tjantaft'e 23e$irten 
£inau§ ber ©idjter in's lebenb'ge SBtvten/ 
©0 lefyr' bein 23etfptel ber ungtaub'gen SBSett : 

SSSer mtt SSegeijt'rung fcr)tug bk golbnen ©atten, £ 
tfann mutfyig aud) ben $ampf beS £ebeti£ ftreiten 5 
(Sin vuafyrer Std)ter tfi etn tpafyrcr .pelb. 
granj Stycremtn. 



J Wertheimer ami Co., Pinters, Circus Place, Finstmrj Ciicus. 



LIBRARY OF CONGRESS 
003 225 031 2 * 



